Table of contents for issues of D{\ae}dalus

Last update: Tue Oct 10 12:04:44 MDT 2023                Valid HTML 3.2!

Volume 86, Number 1, May, 1955
Volume 86, Number 2, September, 1956
Volume 86, Number 3, May, 1957
Volume 86, Number 4, October, 1957
Volume 87, Number 1, Winter, 1958
Volume 87, Number 2, Spring, 1958
Volume 87, Number 3, Summer, 1958
Volume 87, Number 4, Fall, 1958
Volume 88, Number 1, Winter, 1959
Volume 88, Number 2, Spring, 1959
Volume 88, Number 3, Summer, 1959
Volume 88, Number 4, Fall, 1959
Volume 89, Number 1, Winter, 1960
Volume 89, Number 2, Spring, 1960
Volume 89, Number 3, Summer, 1960
Volume 89, Number 4, Fall, 1960
Volume 90, Number 1, Winter, 1961
Volume 90, Number 2, Spring, 1961
Volume 90, Number 3, Summer, 1961
Volume 90, Number 4, Fall, 1961
Volume 91, Number 1, Winter, 1962
Volume 91, Number 2, Spring, 1962
Volume 91, Number 3, Summer, 1962
Volume 91, Number 4, Fall, 1962
Volume 92, Number 1, Winter, 1963
Volume 92, Number 2, Spring, 1963
Volume 92, Number 3, Summer, 1963
Volume 92, Number 4, Fall, 1963
Volume 93, Number 1, Winter, 1964
Volume 93, Number 2, Spring, 1964
Volume 93, Number 3, Summer, 1964
Volume 93, Number 4, Fall, 1964
Volume 94, Number 1, Winter, 1965
Volume 94, Number 2, Spring, 1965
Volume 94, Number 3, Summer, 1965
Volume 94, Number 4, Fall, 1965
Volume 95, Number 1, Winter, 1966
Volume 95, Number 2, Spring, 1966
Volume 95, Number 3, Summer, 1966
Volume 95, Number 4, Fall, 1966
Volume 96, Number 1, Winter, 1967
Volume 96, Number 2, Spring, 1967
Volume 96, Number 3, Summer, 1967
Volume 96, Number 4, Fall, 1967
Volume 97, Number ??, 1968
Volume 97, Number 1, Winter, 1968
Volume 97, Number 2, Spring, 1968
Volume 97, Number 3, Summer, 1968
Volume 97, Number 4, Fall, 1968
Volume 98, Number 1, Winter, 1969
Volume 98, Number 2, Spring, 1969
Volume 98, Number 3, Summer, 1969
Volume 98, Number 4, Fall, 1969
Volume 99, Number 1, Winter, 1970
Volume 99, Number 2, Spring, 1970
Volume 99, Number 3, Summer, 1970
Volume 99, Number 4, Fall, 1970
Volume 100, Number 1, Winter, 1971
Volume 100, Number 2, Spring, 1971
Volume 100, Number 3, Summer, 1971
Volume 100, Number 4, Fall, 1971
Volume 101, Number 1, Winter, 1972
Volume 101, Number 2, Spring, 1972
Volume 101, Number 3, Summer, 1972
Volume 101, Number 4, Fall, 1972
Volume 102, Number 1, Winter, 1973
Volume 102, Number 2, Spring, 1973
Volume 102, Number 3, Summer, 1973
Volume 102, Number 4, Fall, 1973
Volume 103, Number 1, Winter, 1974
Volume 103, Number 2, Spring, 1974
Volume 103, Number 3, Summer, 1974
Volume 103, Number 4, Fall, 1974
Volume 104, Number 1, Winter, 1975
Volume 104, Number 2, Spring, 1975
Volume 104, Number 3, Summer, 1975
Volume 104, Number 4, Fall, 1975
Volume 105, Number 1, Winter, 1976
Volume 105, Number 2, Spring, 1976
Volume 105, Number 3, Fall, 1976
Volume 105, Number 4, Fall, 1976
Volume 106, Number 1, Winter, 1977
Volume 106, Number 2, Spring, 1977
Volume 106, Number 3, Summer, 1977
Volume 106, Number 4, Fall, 1977
Volume 107, Number 1, Winter, 1978
Volume 107, Number 2, Spring, 1978
Volume 107, Number 3, Summer, 1978
Volume 107, Number 4, Fall, 1978
Volume 108, Number 1, Winter, 1979
Volume 108, Number 2, Spring, 1979
Volume 108, Number 3, Summer, 1979
Volume 108, Number 4, Fall, 1979
Volume 109, Number 1, Winter, 1980
Volume 109, Number 2, Spring, 1980
Volume 109, Number 3, Summer, 1980
Volume 109, Number 4, Fall, 1980
Volume 110, Number 1, Winter, 1981
Volume 110, Number 2, Spring, 1981
Volume 110, Number 3, Summer, 1981
Volume 110, Number 4, Fall, 1981
Volume 111, Number 1, Winter, 1982
Volume 111, Number 2, Spring, 1982
Volume 111, Number 3, Summer, 1982
Volume 111, Number 4, Fall, 1982
Volume 112, Number 1, Winter, 1983
Volume 112, Number 2, Spring, 1983
Volume 112, Number 3, Summer, 1983
Volume 112, Number 4, Fall, 1983
Volume 113, Number 1, Winter, 1984
Volume 113, Number 2, Spring, 1984
Volume 113, Number 3, Summer, 1984
Volume 113, Number 4, Fall, 1984
Volume 114, Number 1, Winter, 1985
Volume 114, Number 2, Spring, 1985
Volume 114, Number 3, Summer, 1985
Volume 114, Number 4, Fall, 1985
Volume 115, Number 1, Winter, 1986
Volume 115, Number 2, Spring, 1986
Volume 115, Number 3, Summer, 1986
Volume 115, Number 4, Fall, 1986
Volume 116, Number 1, Winter, 1987
Volume 116, Number 2, Spring, 1987
Volume 116, Number 3, Summer, 1987
Volume 116, Number 4, Fall, 1987
Volume 117, Number 1, Winter, 1988
Volume 117, Number 2, Spring, 1988
Volume 117, Number 3, Summer, 1988
Volume 117, Number 4, Fall, 1988
Volume 118, Number 1, Winter, 1989
Volume 118, Number 2, Spring, 1989
Volume 118, Number 3, Summer, 1989
Volume 118, Number 4, Fall, 1989
Volume 119, Number 1, Winter, 1990
Volume 119, Number 2, Spring, 1990
Volume 119, Number 3, Summer, 1990
Volume 119, Number 4, Fall, 1990
Volume 120, Number 1, Winter, 1991
Volume 120, Number 2, Spring, 1991
Volume 120, Number 3, Summer, 1991
Volume 120, Number 4, Fall, 1991
Volume 121, Number 1, Winter, 1992
Volume 121, Number 2, Spring, 1992
Volume 121, Number 3, Summer, 1992
Volume 121, Number 4, Fall, 1992
Volume 122, Number 1, Winter, 1993
Volume 122, Number 2, Spring, 1993
Volume 122, Number 3, Summer, 1993
Volume 122, Number 4, Fall, 1993
Volume 123, Number 1, Winter, 1994
Volume 123, Number 2, Spring, 1994
Volume 123, Number 3, Summer, 1994
Volume 123, Number 4, Fall, 1994
Volume 124, Number 1, Winter, 1995
Volume 124, Number 2, Spring, 1995
Volume 124, Number 3, Summer, 1995
Volume 124, Number 4, Fall, 1995
Volume 125, Number 1, Winter, 1996
Volume 125, Number 2, Spring, 1996
Volume 125, Number 3, Summer, 1996
Volume 125, Number 4, Fall, 1996
Volume 126, Number 1, Winter, 1997
Volume 126, Number 2, Spring, 1997
Volume 126, Number 3, Summer, 1997
Volume 126, Number 4, Fall, 1997
Volume 127, Number 1, Winter, 1998
Volume 127, Number 2, Spring, 1998
Volume 127, Number 3, Summer, 1998
Volume 127, Number 4, Fall, 1998
Volume 128, Number ??, 1999
Volume 128, Number 1, Winter, 1999
Volume 128, Number 2, Spring, 1999
Volume 128, Number 3, Summer, 1999
Volume 128, Number 4, Fall, 1999
Volume 129, Number 1, Winter, 2000
Volume 129, Number 2, Spring, 2000
Volume 129, Number 3, Summer, 2000
Volume 129, Number 4, Fall, 2000
Volume 130, Number 1, Winter, 2001
Volume 130, Number 2, Spring, 2001
Volume 130, Number 3, Summer, 2001
Volume 130, Number 4, Fall, 2001
Volume 131, Number 1, Winter, 2002
Volume 131, Number 2, Spring, 2002
Volume 131, Number 3, Summer, 2002
Volume 131, Number 4, Fall, 2002
Volume 132, Number 1, Winter, 2003
Volume 132, Number 2, Spring, 2003
Volume 132, Number 3, Summer, 2003
Volume 132, Number 4, Fall, 2003
Volume 133, Number 1, Winter, 2004
Volume 133, Number 2, Spring, 2004
Volume 133, Number 3, Summer, 2004
Volume 133, Number 4, Fall, 2004
Volume 134, Number 1, Winter, 2005
Volume 134, Number 2, Spring, 2005
Volume 134, Number 3, Summer, 2005
Volume 134, Number 4, Fall, 2005
Volume 135, Number 1, Winter, 2006
Volume 135, Number 2, Spring, 2006
Volume 135, Number 3, Summer, 2006
Volume 135, Number 4, Fall, 2006
Volume 136, Number 1, Winter, 2007
Volume 136, Number 2, Spring, 2007
Volume 136, Number 3, Summer, 2007
Volume 136, Number 4, Fall, 2007
Volume 137, Number 1, Winter, 2008
Volume 137, Number 2, Spring, 2008
Volume 137, Number 3, Summer, 2008
Volume 137, Number 4, Fall, 2008
Volume 138, Number 1, Winter, 2009
Volume 138, Number 2, Spring, 2009
Volume 138, Number 3, Summer, 2009
Volume 138, Number 4, Fall, 2009
Volume 139, Number 1, Winter, 2010
Volume 139, Number 2, Spring, 2010
Volume 139, Number 3, Summer, 2010
Volume 139, Number 4, Fall, 2010
Volume 140, Number 1, Winter, 2011
Volume 140, Number 2, Spring, 2011
Volume 140, Number 3, Summer, 2011
Volume 140, Number 4, Fall, 2011
Volume 141, Number 1, Winter, 2012
Volume 141, Number 2, Spring, 2012
Volume 141, Number 3, Summer, 2012
Volume 141, Number 4, Fall, 2012
Volume 142, Number 1, Winter, 2013
Volume 142, Number 2, Spring, 2013
Volume 142, Number 3, Summer, 2013
Volume 142, Number 4, Fall, 2013
Volume 143, Number 1, Winter, 2014
Volume 143, Number 2, Spring, 2014
Volume 143, Number 3, Summer, 2014
Volume 143, Number 4, Fall, 2014
Volume 144, Number 1, Winter, 2015
Volume 144, Number 2, Spring, 2015
Volume 144, Number 3, Summer, 2015
Volume 144, Number 4, Fall, 2015
Volume 145, Number 1, Winter, 2016
Volume 145, Number 2, Spring, 2016
Volume 145, Number 3, Summer, 2016
Volume 145, Number 4, Fall, 2016
Volume 146, Number 1, Winter, 2017
Volume 146, Number 2, Spring, 2017
Volume 146, Number 3, Summer, 2017
Volume 146, Number 4, Fall, 2017
Volume 147, Number 1, Winter, 2018
Volume 147, Number 2, Spring, 2018
Volume 147, Number 3, Summer, 2018
Volume 147, Number 4, Fall, 2018
Volume 148, Number 1, Winter, 2018
Volume 148, Number 2, Spring, 2019
Volume 148, Number 3, Summer, 2019
Volume 148, Number 4, Fall, 2019
Volume 149, Number 1, Winter, 2020
Volume 149, Number 2, Spring, 2020
Volume 149, Number 3, Summer, 2020
Volume 149, Number 4, Fall, 2020
Volume 150, Number 01, Winter, 2021
Volume 150, Number 2, Spring, 2021
Volume 150, Number 3, Summer, 2021
Volume 150, Number 4, Fall, 2021
Volume 151, Number 1, Winter, 2022
Volume 151, Number 2, Spring, 2022
Volume 151, Number 3, Summer, 2022
Volume 151, Number 4, Fall, 2022
Volume 152, Number 1, Winter, 2023
Volume 152, Number 2, Spring, 2023
Volume 152, Number 3, Summer, 2023


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 86, Number 1, May, 1955

          Walter Muir Whitehill   A Foreword to ``Dædalus'' . . . . . . . . 3--5
                   David McCord   Dædalus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--8
                Bart J. Bok and   
          Michiel J. Bester and   
               Campbell M. Wade   Catalogue of H(II) Regions in the Milky
                                  Way, for Longitudes $ 250^\circ $--$
                                  355^\circ $  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9--16
                   James Franck   Physical Problems of Photosynthesis  . . 17--42
               Sanborn C. Brown   Count Rumford on Photosynthesis  . . . . 43--46
      Walter Muir Whitehill and   
             Julian P. Boyd and   
         Leonard W. Labaree and   
          L. H. Butterfield and   
          Wilmarth S. Lewis and   
                Waldo G. Leland   Publishing the Papers of Great Men . . . 47--79
           Johannes A. Gaertner   Art as the Function of an Audience . . . 80--93
                      Anonymous   Records of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . 94--99
              G. Washington and   
              Albert Schweitzer   Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--103
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 86, Number 2, September, 1956

                      Anonymous   Officers, Committees, and New Members,
                                  as Elected on 9 May 1956 . . . . . . . . 1--8
          Walter Muir Whitehill   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--109
                 Harlow Shapley   A Farewell to the Academy House on
                                  Newbury Street . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--112
               Caryl P. Haskins   Science and the Whole Man  . . . . . . . 113--121
                Jakob Rosenberg   Rembrandt the Draughtsman with
                                  Consideration of the Problem of
                                  Authenticity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--136
                      Anonymous   Records of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . 137--166
      John Singleton Copley and   
                     John Adams   Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--168
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 86, Number 3, May, 1957

          Walter Muir Whitehill   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171--173
               John E. Burchard   Imperium Sine Fine . . . . . . . . . . . 174--189
                 Terence Millin   Man, Beast, and Field: Some Influences
                                  of the Francis Amory Prize Researches    190--205
               Harold R. Medina   A Liberal Education and the Advancement
                                  of American Freedom  . . . . . . . . . . 206--213
                  Morris Bishop   Franklin in France . . . . . . . . . . . 214--230
                 E. Power Biggs   Benjamin Franklin and the Armonica . . . 231--241
                     Chiang Yee   The Chinese Painter  . . . . . . . . . . 242--252
                      Anonymous   Records of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . 253--280
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 86, Number 4, October, 1957

          Walter Muir Whitehill   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--284
           Francis Henry Taylor   The Archaic Smile: The Relation of Art
                                  and the Dignity of Man . . . . . . . . . 285--322
               S. Chandrasekhar   Thermal Convection . . . . . . . . . . . 323--339
               Sanborn C. Brown   Count Rumford Discovers Thermal
                                  Convection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340--343
                 Robert Gardner   Anthropology and Film  . . . . . . . . . 344--352
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 87, Number 1, Winter, 1958

                  Gerald Holton   Perspectives on the Issue ``Science and
                                  the Modern World View''  . . . . . . . . 3--7
                  Henry Guerlac   Three Eighteenth-Century Social
                                  Philosophers: Scientific Influences on
                                  Their Thought  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8--24
                 Harcourt Brown   Science and the Human Comedy: Voltaire   25--34
          Giorgio de Santillana   The Seventeenth-Century Legacy: Our
                                  Mirror of Being  . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--56
                  Philipp Frank   Contemporary Science and the
                                  Contemporary World View  . . . . . . . . 57--66
             Robert Oppenheimer   The Growth of Science and the Structure
                                  of Culture: Comments on Dr. Frank's
                                  Paper  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--76
               Jerome S. Bruner   The Freudian Conception of Man and the
                                  Continuity of Nature . . . . . . . . . . 77--84
                 P. W. Bridgman   Quo Vadis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--93
                 Charles Morris   Prospects for a New Synthesis: Science
                                  and the Humanities as Complementary
                                  Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--101
           Howard Mumford Jones   A Humanist Looks at Science  . . . . . . 102--110
                      Max Weber   Science as a Vocation  . . . . . . . . . 111--134
              Kirtley F. Mather   On the Nature of the Unity We Seek . . . 135--138
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 87, Number 2, Spring, 1958

                   W. W. Rostow   Preface to the Issue ``The American
                                  National Style'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--4
               George F. Kennan   America's Administrative Response to Its
                                  World Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--24
                Henry A. Murray   Individuality: The Meaning and Content
                                  of Individuality in Contemporary America 25--47
                 Abraham Kaplan   American Ethics and Public Policy  . . . 48--77
                Clyde Kluckhohn   The Evolution of Contemporary American
                                  Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--109
                   W. W. Rostow   The American National Style  . . . . . . 110--144
                 D. H. Lawrence   The Plumed Serpent . . . . . . . . . . . 145--146
                      Anonymous   Fallout and Disarmament: a Debate
                                  between Linus Pauling and Edward Teller  147--163
                     Niels Bohr   On Atoms and Human Knowledge . . . . . . 164--175
                 P. W. Bridgman   Remarks on Niels Bohr's Talk . . . . . . 175--177
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 87, Number 3, Summer, 1958

                   Paul Tillich   The Religious Symbol . . . . . . . . . . 3--21
                 Amos N. Wilder   The Cross: Social Trauma or Redemption   22--36
                  Kenneth Burke   On the First Three Chapters of Genesis   37--64
                Talcott Parsons   The Pattern of Religious Organization in
                                  the United States  . . . . . . . . . . . 65--85
                 I. A. Richards   The Sense of Poetry: Shakespeare's ``The
                                  Phoenix and the Turtle'' . . . . . . . . 86--94
              Werner Heisenberg   The Representation of Nature in
                                  Contemporary Physics . . . . . . . . . . 95--108
                A. N. Whitehead   Uses of Symbolism  . . . . . . . . . . . 109--123
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 87, Number 4, Fall, 1958

                  Daniel Lerner   Preface to the Issue ``On Evidence and
                                  Inference''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--10
               Raymond Aron and   
             Suzanne Keller and   
         Mrs. Judith K. Davison   Evidence and Inference in History  . . . 11--39
         Henry M. Hart, Jr. and   
             John T. McNaughton   Evidence and Inference in the Law  . . . 40--64
                Erik H. Erikson   The Nature of Clinical Evidence  . . . . 65--87
                 Martin Deutsch   Evidence and Inference in Nuclear
                                  Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88--98
             Paul F. Lazarsfeld   Evidence and Inference in Social
                                  Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99--130
                     Jacob Fine   In Search of a Poison  . . . . . . . . . 131--147
                   W. S. Jevons   Principles of Science  . . . . . . . . . 148--154
           Jerome S. Bruner and   
              Philipp Frank and   
               Paul Tillich and   
              Lewis Mumford and   
               Ernest Nagel and   
          Walter Rosenblith and   
                Henry A. Murray   A Colloquy on the Unity of Learning  . . 155--165
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 88, Number 1, Winter, 1959

                Brand Blanshard   Introduction to the Issue ``Education in
                                  the Age of Science'' . . . . . . . . . . 3--6
                    Sidney Hook   The Ends and Content of Education  . . . 7--24
              George N. Shuster   What Is Education? . . . . . . . . . . . 25--39
                   Douglas Bush   Education and the Humanities . . . . . . 40--55
                   Ernest Nagel   The Place of Science in a Liberal
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--74
                  Arthur Bestor   Education and Its Proper Relationship to
                                  the Forces of American Society . . . . . 75--90
                 John L. Childs   Education and the American Scene . . . . 91--106
               Reinhold Niebuhr   Education and the World Scene  . . . . . 107--120
             Hans J. Morgenthau   Education and World Politics . . . . . . 121--138
                  Margaret Mead   Closing the Gap between the Scientists
                                  and the Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--146
                  David Riesman   The Academic Career: Notes on
                                  Recruitment and Colleagueship  . . . . . 147--169
          Philippe LeCorbeiller   Education in Science: Prerequisite for
                                  National Survival  . . . . . . . . . . . 170--174
                Edwin C. Kemble   Presentation of the Report of the
                                  Academy Committee on the Role of Science
                                  in American Education  . . . . . . . . . 175--181
                  Warren Weaver   Purposes and Innovations in Science
                                  Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182--185
             Fletcher G. Watson   Basic Difficulties in Present High
                                  School Science Teaching  . . . . . . . . 186--191
                A. N. Whitehead   The Aims of Education  . . . . . . . . . 192--205
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 88, Number 2, Spring, 1959

                Henry A. Murray   Introduction to the Issue ``Myth and
                                  Mythmaking'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--222
                    Harry Levin   Some Meanings of Myth  . . . . . . . . . 223--231
                Joseph Campbell   The Historical Development of Mythology  232--254
                  Mircea Eliade   The Yearning for Paradise in Primitive
                                  Tradition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255--267
                Clyde Kluckhohn   Recurrent Themes in Myths and Mythmaking 268--279
              Richard M. Dorson   Theories of Myth and the Folklorist  . . 280--290
               Robert Lee Wolff   The Three Romes: The Migration of an
                                  Ideology and the Making of an Autocrat   291--311
                 Ernst Topitsch   World Interpretation and
                                  Self-Interpretation: Some Basic Patterns 312--325
                   Andrew Lytle   The Working Novelist and the Mythmaking
                                  Process  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--338
               Marshall McLuhan   Myth and Mass Media  . . . . . . . . . . 339--348
               Jerome S. Bruner   Myth and Identity  . . . . . . . . . . . 349--358
                   Mark Schorer   The Necessity of Myth  . . . . . . . . . 359--362
                  Georges Sorel   Reflections on Violence  . . . . . . . . 363--368
                    Thomas Mann   Doctor Faustus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--373
                    Thomas Mann   Freud and the Future . . . . . . . . . . 374--378
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 88, Number 3, Summer, 1959

                  Gerald Holton   Foreword to the Issue ``Current Work and
                                  Controversies''  . . . . . . . . . . . . 383--384
                  Howard Simons   World-Wide Capabilities for Production
                                  and Control of Nuclear Weapons . . . . . 385--409
                  Rene J. Dubos   Medical Utopias  . . . . . . . . . . . . 410--424
                Hudson Hoagland   Population Problems and the Control of
                                  Fertility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425--443
                 John L. Thomas   The Catholic Position on Population
                                  Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444--453
                John C. Bennett   Protestant Ethics and Population Control 454--459
          Seymour Martin Lipset   American Intellectuals: Their Politics
                                  and Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460--486
    Arthur Schlesinger, Jr. and   
            Karl W. Deutsch and   
              David Riesman and   
            Talcott Parsons and   
                    Daniel Bell   Comments on ``American Intellectuals:
                                  Their Politics and Status''  . . . . . . 487--498
             Sumner H. Slichter   Observations on the American Economy . . 499--504
                 Solomon Barkin   Economic Policies for a Leader of the
                                  Free World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505--517
                 P. W. Bridgman   P. W. Bridgman's ``The Logic of Modern
                                  Physics'' after Thirty Years . . . . . . 518--526
                  Lewis Mumford   An Appraisal of Lewis Mumford's
                                  ``Technics and Civilization'' (1934) . . 527--536
                     Edith Cobb   The Ecology of Imagination in Childhood  537--548
                     John Dewey   Reflections of John Dewey: Excerpts from
                                  Unpublished Correspondence . . . . . . . 549--559
               A. Hunter Dupree   The First Darwinian Debate in America:
                                  Gray versus Agassiz  . . . . . . . . . . 560--569
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 88, Number 4, Fall, 1959

                      Anonymous   Prefatory Note on the Issue ``Quantity
                                  and Quality''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575--576
                 John G. Kemeny   Mathematics without Numbers  . . . . . . 577--591
            Victor F. Weisskopf   Quality and Quantity in Quantum Physics  592--605
                  S. S. Stevens   The Quantification of Sensation  . . . . 606--621
               Wassily Leontief   The Problem of Quality and Quantity in
                                  Economics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622--632
             Harold D. Lasswell   The Qualitative and the Quantitative in
                                  Political and Legal Analysis . . . . . . 633--645
              Lawrence S. Kubie   Is Preventive Psychiatry Possible? . . . 646--668
                Karl W. Deutsch   The Impact of Science and Technology on
                                  International Politics . . . . . . . . . 669--685
                Renato Poggioli   The Pastoral of the Self . . . . . . . . 686--699
                Clarence Morris   Reputations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700--711
                   Robert Frost   On Emerson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712--718
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 89, Number 1, Winter, 1960

                          G. H.   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--2
                   Gyorgy Kepes   Introduction to the Issue ``The Visual
                                  Arts Today'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--12
                  Margaret Mead   Work, Leisure, and Creativity  . . . . . 13--23
               Sigfried Giedion   The Roots of Symbolic Expression . . . . 24--33
                  Felix Deutsch   Body, Mind, and Art  . . . . . . . . . . 34--45
                   Le Corbusier   Architecture and the Arts  . . . . . . . 46--51
               John E. Burchard   Alienated Affections in the Arts . . . . 52--61
           Pietro Belluschi and   
              Harry Bertoia and   
                Reg. Butler and   
           Eduardo Chillida and   
                Jimmy Ernst and   
             Walter Gropius and   
               Le Corbusier and   
            Richard Lippold and   
              Walter Netsch and   
         Irene Rice Pereira and   
          José Luis Sert   Views on Art and Architecture: a
                                  Conversation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--73
               Eduard F. Sekler   The City and the Arts  . . . . . . . . . 74--78
           Vincent van Gogh and   
          Wassily Kandinsky and   
                  Juan Gris and   
                  Paul Klee and   
       Fernand Léger and   
              Piet Mondrian and   
           Joan Miró and   
              Jean Dubuffet and   
José Ortega y Gasset and   
               Albert Camus and   
            Pierre Soulages and   
         Jean Hélion and   
               Josef Albers and   
            Theodore Roszak and   
             Marcel Duchamp and   
                  Naum Gabo and   
                   Jean Arp and   
               Stuart Davis and   
            Oskar Kokoschka and   
                  Ben Shahn and   
                 Saul Steinberg   Statements and Documents: Artists on Art
                                  and Reality, on Their Work, and on
                                  Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--126
                  Paul Rand and   
                       Ann Rand   Advertisement: Ad Vivum or Ad Hominem?   127--135
                Edward Steichen   On Photography . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--137
                  Boris Kaufman   Film Making as an Art  . . . . . . . . . 138--143
                 Robert Gardner   A Human Document . . . . . . . . . . . . 144--149
                     Maya Deren   Cinematography: The Creative Use of
                                  Reality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150--167
                      Anonymous   The New Landscape  . . . . . . . . . . . 169--176
                     Paul Weiss   Organic Form: Scientific and Aesthetic
                                  Aspects  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--190
                Andreas Speiser   Symmetry in Science and Art  . . . . . . 191--198
               Rudolf Wittkower   The Changing Concept of Proportion . . . 199--215
                James J. Gibson   Pictures, Perspective, and Perception    216--227
                 E. H. Gombrich   On Physiognomic Perception . . . . . . . 228--241
              Suzanne K. Langer   On Artistic Sensibility  . . . . . . . . 242--244
           W. J. H. B. Sandberg   Picasso's ``Guernica'' . . . . . . . . . 245--252
              James S. Ackerman   Art History and the Problems of
                                  Criticism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253--263
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 89, Number 2, Spring, 1960

                          G. H.   Preface  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271--272
                  Norman Jacobs   Introduction to the Issue ``Mass Culture
                                  and Mass Media'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 273--277
                  Hannah Arendt   Society and Culture  . . . . . . . . . . 278--287
                   Edward Shils   Mass Society and Its Culture . . . . . . 288--314
            Ernest van den Haag   A Dissent from the Consensual Society    315--324
                  Oscar Handlin   Comments on Mass and Popular Culture . . 325--332
                     Leo Rosten   The Intellectual and the Mass Media:
                                  Some Rigorously Random Remarks . . . . . 333--346
                  Frank Stanton   Parallel Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347--353
          James Johnson Sweeney   The Artist and the Museum in a Mass
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354--358
                Randall Jarrell   A Sad Heart at the Supermarket . . . . . 359--372
                  James Baldwin   Mass Culture and the Creative Artist:
                                  Some Personal Notes  . . . . . . . . . . 373--376
            Stanley Edgar Hyman   Ideals, Dangers, and Limitations of Mass
                                  Culture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377--387
               H. Stuart Hughes   Mass Culture and Social Criticism  . . . 388--393
        Arthur Schlesinger, Jr.   Notes on a National Cultural Policy  . . 394--400
Alexis-Charles-Henri Clérel De Tocqueville   De Tocqueville on Democracy and the Arts 401--409
             William I. Nichols   Editing for 13,000,000 Families  . . . . 410--418
                    T. S. Eliot   The Influence of Landscape upon the Poet 419--428
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 89, Number 3, Summer, 1960

                       S. R. G.   Prefatory Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437--437
                  Richard Pipes   Foreword to the Issue ``The Russian
                                  Intelligentsia'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 438--440
                   Martin Malia   What Is the Intelligentsia?  . . . . . . 441--458
               Leonard Schapiro   The Pre-Revolutionary Intelligentsia and
                                  the Legal Order  . . . . . . . . . . . . 459--471
                    Boris Elkin   The Russian Intelligentsia on the Eve of
                                  the Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472--486
                  Richard Pipes   The Historical Evolution of the Russian
                                  Intelligentsia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487--502
                 Leopold Labedz   The Structure of the Soviet
                                  Intelligentsia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503--519
                     David Burg   Observations on Soviet University
                                  Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520--540
             Leopold H. Haimson   The Solitary Hero and the Philistines. A
                                  Note on the Heritage of the Stalin Era   541--550
                    Max Hayward   The Thaw and the Writers . . . . . . . . 551--561
                 David Joravsky   Soviet Scientists and the Great Break    562--580
                  Gustav Wetter   Ideology and Science in the Soviet Union
                                  Recent Developments  . . . . . . . . . . 581--603
              Benjamin Schwartz   The Intelligentsia in Communist China. A
                                  Tentative Comparison . . . . . . . . . . 604--621
    Julián Marías   The Situation of the Intelligentsia in
                                  Spain Today  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622--631
                      Anonymous   Philosophy and the Natural Sciences in
                                  the USSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632--647
                      Anonymous   ``Doctor Zhivago'': Letter to Boris
                                  Pasternak from the Editors of ``Novyi
                                  Mir''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648--668
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 89, Number 4, Fall, 1960

                  Gerald Holton   Editor's Prefatory Note  . . . . . . . . 674--676
              Jerome B. Wiesner   Foreword to the Issue ``Arms Control''   677--680
                  D. G. Brennan   Setting and Goals of Arms Control  . . . 681--707
                Robert R. Bowie   Basic Requirements of Arms Control . . . 708--722
                William R. Frye   Characteristics of Recent Arms-Control
                                  Proposals and Agreements . . . . . . . . 723--743
                    Herman Kahn   The Arms Race and Some of Its Hazards    744--780
                  Edward Teller   The Feasibility of Arms Control and the
                                  Principle of Openness  . . . . . . . . . 781--799
             Henry A. Kissinger   Limited War: Conventional or Nuclear? A
                                  Reappraisal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800--817
                      Paul Doty   The Role of the Smaller Powers . . . . . 818--830
                A. Doak Barnett   The Inclusion of Communist China in an
                                  Arms-Control Program . . . . . . . . . . 831--845
            Kenneth E. Boulding   The Domestic Implications of Arms
                                  Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846--859
                Bernard T. Feld   Inspection Techniques of Arms Control    860--878
                  Louis B. Sohn   Adjudication and Enforcement in Arms
                                  Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879--891
                T. C. Schelling   Reciprocal Measures for Arms
                                  Stabilization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892--914
              Jerome B. Wiesner   Comprehensive Arms-Limitation Systems    915--950
               Saville R. Davis   Recent Policy Making in the United
                                  States Government  . . . . . . . . . . . 951--966
             Hubert H. Humphrey   Government Organization for Arms Control 967--983
            Ithiel de Sola Pool   Public Opinion and the Control of
                                  Armaments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 984--999
              William T. R. Fox   Political and Diplomatic Prerequisites
                                  of Arms Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1000--1014
                    Erich Fromm   The Case for Unilateral Disarmament  . . 1015--1028
                 Harrison Brown   Tasks for a World without War  . . . . . 1029--1038
                  Arthur Larson   Arms Control through World Law . . . . . 1039--1054
             Christopher Wright   Selected Critical Bibliography . . . . . 1055--1070
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 90, Number 1, Winter, 1961

                       S. R. G.   Prefatory Note to the Issue ``The Future
                                  Metropolis'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--3
                Kevin Lynch and   
                   Lloyd Rodwin   A World of Cities  . . . . . . . . . . . 4--10
                  Oscar Handlin   The Social System  . . . . . . . . . . . 11--30
                 Raymond Vernon   The Economics and Finances of the Large
                                  Metropolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--47
                 Aaron Fleisher   The Influence of Technology on Urban
                                  Forms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--60
             Edward C. Banfield   The Political Implications of
                                  Metropolitan Growth  . . . . . . . . . . 61--78
                    Kevin Lynch   The Pattern of the Metropolis  . . . . . 79--98
                Karl W. Deutsch   On Social Communication and the
                                  Metropolis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99--110
                   John Dyckman   The Changing Uses of the City  . . . . . 111--131
                   Lloyd Rodwin   Metropolitan Policy for Developing Areas 132--146
                   Gyorgy Kepes   Notes on Expression and Communication in
                                  the Cityscape  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147--165
               Morton White and   
                    Lucia White   The American Intellectual versus the
                                  American City  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166--179
                Martin Meyerson   Utopian Traditions and the Planning of
                                  Cities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--193
          Philip Noel-Baker and   
              John Boyd Orr and   
            Alastair Buchan and   
               Raymond Aron and   
                     Jules Moch   Comments on the Issue ``Arms Control''   194--213
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 90, Number 2, Spring, 1961

                  Oscar Handlin   Preface to the Issue ``Ethnic Groups in
                                  American Life''  . . . . . . . . . . . . 219--219
                  Oscar Handlin   Historical Perspectives on the American
                                  Ethnic Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--232
               Kenneth D. Benne   The Uses of Fraternity . . . . . . . . . 233--246
               J. Milton Yinger   Social Forces Involved in Group
                                  Identification or Withdrawal . . . . . . 247--262
               Milton M. Gordon   Assimilation in America: Theory and
                                  Reality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--285
               Ozzie G. Simmons   The Mutual Images and Expectations of
                                  Anglo-Americans and Mexican-Americans    286--299
             Peter H. Rossi and   
                 Alice S. Rossi   Some Effects of Parochial School
                                  Education in America . . . . . . . . . . 300--328
              Joshua A. Fishman   Childhood Indoctrination for
                                  Minority-Group Membership  . . . . . . . 329--349
                   Raymond Aron   The Situation of Democracy: Western
                                  Political Institutions in the Twentieth
                                  Century  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350--370
            Edmund R. Leach and   
              Herbert Weisinger   Reputations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371--399
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 90, Number 3, Summer, 1961

            Hudson Hoagland and   
                Ralph W. Burhoe   Introduction to the Issue ``Evolution
                                  and Man's Progress'' . . . . . . . . . . 411--415
                  James F. Crow   Mechanisms and Trends in Human Evolution 416--431
              Hermann J. Muller   Should We Weaken or Strengthen Our
                                  Genetic Heritage?  . . . . . . . . . . . 432--450
          Robert S. Morison and   
             Garrett Hardin and   
              J. Paul Scott and   
          Lawrence K. Frank and   
                 Ernst Mayr and   
      Theodosius Dobzhansky and   
              James F. Crow and   
          Hermann J. Muller and   
          I. Michael Lerner and   
            Ralph W. Gerard and   
          George G. Simpson and   
              Donald H. Fleming   Comments on Genetic Evolution  . . . . . 451--476
          Julian H. Steward and   
             Demitri B. Shimkin   Some Mechanisms of Sociocultural
                                  Evolution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477--497
           Walter A. Rosenblith   On Some Social Consequences of
                                  Scientific and Technological Change  . . 498--513
          George G. Simpson and   
            Ralph W. Gerard and   
         Ward H. Goodenough and   
                   Alex Inkeles   Comments on Cultural Evolution . . . . . 514--533
                  B. F. Skinner   The Design of Cultures . . . . . . . . . 534--546
                Henry A. Murray   Unprecedented Evolutions . . . . . . . . 547--569
            Henry A. Murray and   
              B. F. Skinner and   
          Abraham H. Maslow and   
             Carl R. Rogers and   
          Lawrence K. Frank and   
            Anatol Rapoport and   
                Hallock Hoffman   Cultural Evolution as Viewed by
                                  Psychologists  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570--586
                  Northrop Frye   Myth, Fiction, and Displacement  . . . . 587--605
                      Anonymous   Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608--609
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 90, Number 4, Fall, 1961

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Excellence and
                                  Leadership in a Democracy''  . . . . . . 619--627
                    Henri Peyre   Excellence and Leadership: Has Western
                                  Europe Any Lessons for Us? . . . . . . . 628--651
          Henry Steele Commager   Leadership in Eighteenth-Century America
                                  and Today  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652--673
                    John Conway   Standards of Excellence  . . . . . . . . 674--692
            D. Wilfred Abse and   
                  Lucie Jessner   The Psychodynamic Aspects of Leadership  693--710
            David C. McClelland   Encouraging Excellence . . . . . . . . . 711--724
               Adam Yarmolinsky   The Explicit Recognition of Excellence:
                                  a Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725--733
          James MacGregor Burns   Excellence and Leadership in President
                                  and Congress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734--749
                   Don K. Price   Administrative Leadership  . . . . . . . 750--763
              Robert S. Morison   The Need for New Types of Excellence . . 764--781
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 91, Number 1, Winter, 1962

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Youth: Change and
                                  Challenge''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--4
                Erik H. Erikson   Youth: Fidelity and Diversity  . . . . . 5--27
               S. N. Eisenstadt   Archetypal Patterns of Youth . . . . . . 28--46
              Kaspar D. Naegele   Youth and Society: Some Observations . . 47--67
               Bruno Bettelheim   The Problem of Generations . . . . . . . 68--96
                Talcott Parsons   Youth in the Context of American Society 97--123
                   Reuel Denney   American Youth Today: a Bigger Cast, a
                                  Wider Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--144
               Kenneth Keniston   Social Change and Youth in America . . . 145--171
              Robert Jay Lifton   Youth and History: Individual Change in
                                  Postwar Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172--197
                 Laurence Wylie   Youth in France and the United States    198--215
                 George Sherman   Soviet Youth: Myth and Reality . . . . . 216--237
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 91, Number 2, Spring, 1962

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Science and
                                  Technology in Contemporary Society'' . . 247--248
                   Raymond Aron   The Education of the Citizen in
                                  Industrial Society . . . . . . . . . . . 249--263
                     Eric Ashby   The Administrator: Bottleneck or Pump?   264--278
                  Aldous Huxley   Education on the Nonverbal Level . . . . 279--293
              Lawrence S. Kubie   The Fostering of Creative Scientific
                                  Productivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294--309
                W. Arthur Lewis   Education for Scientific Professions in
                                  the Poor Countries . . . . . . . . . . . 310--318
              Robert S. Morison   The University and Technical Assistance  319--340
                Gordon S. Brown   New Horizons in Engineering Education    341--361
                  Gerald Holton   Scientific Research and Scholarship
                                  Notes toward the Design of Proper Scales 362--399
                Frank E. Manuel   Two Styles of Philosophical History  . . 400--417
                  Walter J. Ong   Religion, Scholarship, and the
                                  Resituation of Man . . . . . . . . . . . 418--436
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 91, Number 3, Summer, 1962

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Current Work and
                                  Controversies''---2  . . . . . . . . . . 455--456
                   Morton White   Reflections on Anti-Intellectualism  . . 457--468
                  Seymour Slive   Realism and Symbolism in
                                  Seventeenth-Century Dutch Painting . . . 469--500
             Richard Hofstadter   The Child and the World  . . . . . . . . 501--526
              William P. Travis   International Trade Theory and the Trade
                                  Expansion Act of 1962  . . . . . . . . . 527--542
                 Paul Friedrich   Language and Politics in India . . . . . 543--559
                  David Hawkins   Design for a Mind  . . . . . . . . . . . 560--577
               William Dray and   
                  Newton Garver   Some Causal Accounts of the American
                                  Civil War  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578--598
               Edward Grant and   
                Benjamin Nelson   Hypotheses in Late Medieval and Early
                                  Modern Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599--616
             G. A. Kursanov and   
             Alexander G. Korol   Philipp Frank and His Philosophy of
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617--641
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 91, Number 4, Fall, 1962

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``American Foreign
                                  Policy: Freedoms and Restraints''  . . . 651--652
                  Ernest R. May   The Nature of Foreign Policy: The
                                  Calculated versus the Axiomatic  . . . . 653--667
               Stanley Hoffmann   Restraints and Choices in American
                                  Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668--704
                    Roger Smith   Restraints on American Foreign Policy    705--716
                   Raymond Aron   Reflections on American Diplomacy  . . . 717--732
                 Bernard Brodie   Defense Policy and the Possibility of
                                  Total War  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733--748
          Lincoln P. Bloomfield   The United Nations in Crisis: The Role
                                  of the United Nations in United States
                                  Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749--765
             Peter Paul Stender   The Paradox of Soviet Power  . . . . . . 766--782
                   Herbert Feis   The United States and China  . . . . . . 783--799
                  John N. Plank   The Alliance for Progress: Problems and
                                  Prospects  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 800--811
               Richard E. Caves   The Liberal Revolt against Liberal Trade
                                  Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812--819
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 92, Number 1, Winter, 1963

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The American
                                  Reading Public'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--4
               Reuben A. Brower   Book Reading and the Reading of Books    5--20
               Benjamin De Mott   Statement and Struggle: a Note on
                                  Teaching against the Environment . . . . 21--29
               Marshall A. Best   In Books, They Call It Revolution  . . . 30--41
                       Dan Lacy   The Economics of Publishing, or Adam
                                  Smith and Literature . . . . . . . . . . 42--62
                  Jason Epstein   A Criticism of Commercial Publishing . . 63--67
                 Roger W. Shugg   The Professors and Their Publishers  . . 68--77
               Thomas J. Wilson   American Book Publishing: Hazards and
                                  Opportunities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--91
                   Edward Shils   The Bookshop in America  . . . . . . . . 92--104
               Leonard Shatzkin   The Book in Search of a Reader . . . . . 105--115
                     Leo Bogart   Newspapers in the Age of Television  . . 116--127
                    Henri Peyre   What Is Wrong with American
                                  Book-Reviewing?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 128--144
                 John Hollander   Some Animadversions on Current Reviewing 145--154
                      Anonymous   \booktitleCatch-22 by Joseph Heller  . . 155--165
                      Anonymous   La Dolce Vita by Federico Fellini; Oscar
                                  Deliso; Bernard Shir-Cliff . . . . . . . 165--167
                      Anonymous   Love and Death in the American Novel by
                                  Leslie Fiedler . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--172
                      Anonymous   The Reconstruction of American History
                                  by John Higham . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172--174
                      Anonymous   Russians as People by Wright Miller;
                                  East Minus West = Zero by Werner Keller  174--178
                      Anonymous   \booktitleYoung Man Luther. A Study in
                                  Psychoanalysis and History by Erik H.
                                  Erikson; \booktitleThought Reform and
                                  the Psychology of Totalism. A Study of
                                  ``Brainwashing'' in China by Robert Jay
                                  Lifton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178--187
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 92, Number 2, Spring, 1963

              Albert J. Guerard   Introduction to the Issue ``Perspectives
                                  on the Novel'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--205
                    Harry Levin   Apogee and Aftermath of the Novel  . . . 206--219
                   Robert Kiely   The Craft of Despondency: The
                                  Traditional Novelists  . . . . . . . . . 220--237
             David L. Stevenson   The Activists  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238--249
               David Littlejohn   The Anti-Realists  . . . . . . . . . . . 250--264
                   Peter Brooks   In the Laboratory of the Novel . . . . . 265--280
                   Andrew Lytle   Impressionism, the Ego, and the First
                                  Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281--296
              Brewster Ghiselin   Automatism, Intention, and Autonomy in
                                  the Novelist's Production  . . . . . . . 297--311
                   Thomas Moser   Towards ``The Good Soldier'': Discovery
                                  of a Sexual Theme  . . . . . . . . . . . 312--325
              Claire Rosenfield   The Shadow within: The Conscious and
                                  Unconscious Use of the Double  . . . . . 326--344
              Lawrence Kohlberg   Psychological Analysis and Literary
                                  Form: a Study of the Doubles in
                                  Dostoevsky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345--362
                Simon O. Lesser   The Role of Unconscious Understanding in
                                  Flaubert and Dostoevsky  . . . . . . . . 363--382
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 92, Number 3, Summer, 1963

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Themes in
                                  Transition'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393--395
                 William Letwin   Four Fallacies about Economic
                                  Development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396--414
            Overton Hume Taylor   The ``Free Enterprise'' Ideology and
                                  American Ideals and Institutions . . . . 415--432
                H. Scott Gordon   Ideas of Economic Justice  . . . . . . . 433--446
                  Bruce Mazlish   The Idea of Progress . . . . . . . . . . 447--461
              Robert Jay Lifton   Psychological Effects of the Atomic Bomb
                                  in Hiroshima: The Theme of Death . . . . 462--497
                 Amitai Etzioni   European Unification and Perspectives on
                                  Sovereignty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498--520
               Krister Stendahl   Religion in the University . . . . . . . 521--528
                George A. Kelly   The Expert as Historical Actor . . . . . 529--548
           Joseph Goldstein and   
                       Jay Katz   Why an ``Insanity Defense''  . . . . . . 549--563
                  S. A. Barnett   Instinct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564--580
                   Agnes Mongan   European Landscape Drawing 1400--1900: a
                                  Brief Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581--635
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 92, Number 4, Fall, 1963

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Professions'' 647--648
                Kenneth S. Lynn   Introduction to the Issue ``The
                                  Professions''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649--654
              Everett C. Hughes   Professions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655--668
                 Bernard Barber   Some Problems in the Sociology of the
                                  Professions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669--688
                 Paul A. Freund   The Legal Profession . . . . . . . . . . 689--700
             James Howard Means   \em Homo Medicus Americanus  . . . . . . 701--723
             James M. Gustafson   The Clergy in the United States  . . . . 724--744
                Alma S. Wittlin   The Teacher  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745--763
               John J. Beer and   
                 W. David Lewis   Aspects of the Professionalization of
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764--784
           Samuel P. Huntington   Power, Expertise and the Military
                                  Profession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785--807
              Norman E. Zinberg   Psychiatry: a Professional Dilemma . . . 808--823
                 William Alonso   Cities and City Planners . . . . . . . . 824--839
                    John Conway   Politics as a Profession in the United
                                  States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840--856
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 93, Number 1, Winter, 1964

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``A New Europe?''   3--5
              Achille Albonetti   The New Europe and the West  . . . . . . 6--42
                   Raymond Aron   Old Nations, New Europe  . . . . . . . . 43--66
                  Oliver Franks   Britain and Europe . . . . . . . . . . . 67--82
                  Max Kohnstamm   The European Tide  . . . . . . . . . . . 83--108
                  Richard Mayne   Economic Integration in the New Europe:
                                  A Statistical Approach . . . . . . . . . 109--133
                  William Clark   New Europe and the New Nations . . . . . 134--152
                 Alfred Grosser   The Evolution of European Parliaments    153--178
          Karl Dietrich Bracher   Problems of Parliamentary Democracy in
                                  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--198
            Alessandro Pizzorno   The Individualistic Mobilization of
                                  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199--224
                Ralf Dahrendorf   Recent Changes in the Class Structure of
                                  European Societies . . . . . . . . . . . 225--270
          Seymour Martin Lipset   The Changing Class Structure and
                                  Contemporary European Politics . . . . . 271--303
                 Alain Touraine   Management and the Working Class in
                                  Western Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304--334
             Manlio Rossi-Doria   Agriculture and Europe . . . . . . . . . 335--357
              Ernesto N. Rogers   The Phenomenology of European
                                  Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358--372
                   Frank Bowles   Education in the New Europe  . . . . . . 373--393
             Fabio Luca Cavazza   The European School System: Problems and
                                  Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394--415
                Stephane Hessel   Is Europe Facing Its Educational
                                  Problems?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416--433
                 Alexander King   Science and Technology in the New Europe 434--458
                  Eric Larrabee   Transcripts of a Transatlantic Dialogue  459--470
                Charles Frankel   Bureaucracy and Democracy in the New
                                  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471--492
                      Eric Weil   Philosophical and Political Thought in
                                  Europe Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493--513
                 Michel Crozier   The Cultural Revolution: Notes on the
                                  Changes in the Intellectual Climate of
                                  France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514--542
            Stephen R. Graubard   A New Europe?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543--566
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 93, Number 2, Spring, 1964

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Woman in
                                  America''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579--581
                Erik H. Erikson   Inner and Outer Space: Reflections on
                                  Womanhood  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582--606
                 Alice S. Rossi   Equality between the Sexes: an Immodest
                                  Proposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607--652
                 Carl N. Degler   Revolution without Ideology: The
                                  Changing Place of Women in America . . . 653--670
                Esther Peterson   Working Women  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671--699
                   Lotte Bailyn   Notes on the Role of Choice in the
                                  Psychology of Professional Women . . . . 700--710
                  David Riesman   Two Generations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 711--735
                 Edna G. Rostow   Conflict and Accommodation . . . . . . . 736--760
                    Jill Conway   Jane Addams: an American Heroine . . . . 761--780
                Joan M. Erikson   Nothing to Fear: Notes on the Life of
                                  Eleanor Roosevelt  . . . . . . . . . . . 781--801
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 93, Number 3, Summer, 1964

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Population,
                                  Prediction, Conflict, Existentialism''   811--811
                Hudson Hoagland   Mechanisms of Population Control . . . . 812--829
                     Jean Mayer   Food and Population: The Wrong Problem?  830--844
                    Daniel Bell   Twelve Modes of Prediction: a
                                  Preliminary Sorting of Approaches in the
                                  Social Sciences  . . . . . . . . . . . . 845--880
               Kenneth N. Waltz   The Stability of a Bipolar World . . . . 881--909
                   Roger Fisher   Perceiving the World through Bipolar
                                  Glasses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 910--915
            William E. Griffith   Eppuor Si Muove  . . . . . . . . . . . . 916--919
                   Roger Fisher   Fractionating Conflict . . . . . . . . . 920--941
        Lawrence S. Finkelstein   Comments on ``Fractionating Conflict''   942--945
                 Stanley Cavell   Existentialism and Analytical Philosophy 946--974
                 Heinz Politzer   The Trial against the Court  . . . . . . 975--997
            Kurt Rudolf Fischer   The Existentialism of Nietzsche's
                                  Zarathustra  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 998--1016
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 93, Number 4, Fall, 1964

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Contemporary
                                  University: U.S.A.'' . . . . . . . . . . 1027--1032
              William C. Devane   The College of Liberal Arts  . . . . . . 1033--1050
                     Clark Kerr   The Frantic Race to Remain Contemporary  1051--1070
                W. Allen Wallis   Centripetal and Centrifugal Forces in
                                  University Organization  . . . . . . . . 1071--1082
            Frederic Heimberger   The State Universities . . . . . . . . . 1083--1108
              Robert S. Morison   Foundations and Universities . . . . . . 1109--1141
                 Peter H. Rossi   Researchers, Scholars and Policy Makers:
                                  The Politics of Large Scale Research . . 1142--1161
              Jerome M. Ziegler   Continuing Education in the University   1162--1183
                     Paul Weiss   Science in the University  . . . . . . . 1184--1218
                   Douglas Bush   The Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219--1237
             Julius A. Stratton   Commencement Address, Massachusetts
                                  Institute of Technology, June 12, 1964   1238--1243
               Stanley Hoffmann   Europe's Identity Crisis: Between the
                                  past and America . . . . . . . . . . . . 1244--1297
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 94, Number 1, Winter, 1965

                       S. R. G.   Preface  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii--iv
                  Gerald Holton   Introduction to the Issue ``Science and
                                  Culture''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xxix
                    Harry Levin   Semantics of Culture . . . . . . . . . . 1--13
              James S. Ackerman   On Scientia  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14--23
                Edmund R. Leach   Culture and Social Cohesion: an
                                  Anthropologist's View  . . . . . . . . . 24--38
                Talcott Parsons   Unity and Diversity in the Modern
                                  Intellectual Disciplines: The Role of
                                  the Social Sciences  . . . . . . . . . . 39--65
                  Harvey Brooks   Scientific Concepts and Cultural Change  66--83
                   Don K. Price   The Established Dissenters . . . . . . . 84--116
                   Gyorgy Kepes   The Visual Arts and Sciences: a Proposal
                                  for Collaboration  . . . . . . . . . . . 117--134
                  Margaret Mead   The Future as the Basis for Establishing
                                  a Shared Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--155
                  Oscar Handlin   Science and Technology in Popular
                                  Culture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156--170
                      Eric Weil   Science in Modern Culture, or the
                                  Meaning of Meaninglessness . . . . . . . 171--189
                Herbert Marcuse   Remarks on a Redefinition of Culture . . 190--207
                    Daniel Bell   The Disjunction of Culture and Social
                                  Structure: Some Notes on the Meaning of
                                  Social Reality . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208--222
              René Dubos   Science and Man's Nature . . . . . . . . 223--244
              Robert S. Morison   Toward a Common Scale of Measurement . . 245--262
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 94, Number 2, Spring, 1965

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Utopia''  . . . . iii--vi
                  Lewis Mumford   Utopia, the City and the Machine . . . . 271--292
                Frank E. Manuel   Toward a Psychological History of
                                  Utopias  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293--322
                  Northrop Frye   Varieties of Literary Utopias  . . . . . 323--347
                  Crane Brinton   Utopia and Democracy . . . . . . . . . . 348--366
                  Judith Shklar   The Political Theory of Utopia: From
                                  Melancholy to Nostalgia  . . . . . . . . 367--381
                      Adam Ulam   Socialism and Utopia . . . . . . . . . . 382--400
                 Maren Lockwood   The Experimental Utopia in America . . . 401--418
François Bloch-Lainé   The Utility of Utopias for Reformers . . 419--436
           Bertrand de Jouvenel   Utopia for Practical Purposes  . . . . . 437--453
                   George Kateb   Utopia and the Good Life . . . . . . . . 454--473
                  Paul B. Sears   Utopia and the Living Landscape  . . . . 474--486
             John Maynard Smith   Eugenics and Utopia  . . . . . . . . . . 487--505
                 John R. Pierce   Communications Technology and the Future 506--517
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 94, Number 3, Summer, 1965

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Creativity and
                                  Learning'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii--iv
              Jerome B. Wiesner   Education for Creativity in the Sciences 527--537
                  David Hawkins   The Informed Vision: an Essay on Science
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538--552
                   Jerome Kagan   Personality and the Learning Process . . 553--563
              Lawrence S. Kubie   Unsolved Problems of Scientific
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564--587
                  Loren Eiseley   Darwin, Coleridge, and the Theory of
                                  Unconscious Creation . . . . . . . . . . 588--602
              Philip H. Abelson   Relation of Group Activity to Creativity
                                  in Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603--614
               J. Douglas Brown   The Development of Creative
                                  Teacher-Scholars . . . . . . . . . . . . 615--631
             Cliff W. Wing, Jr.   Student Selection, the Educational
                                  Environment, and the Cultivation of
                                  Talent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632--641
                 Nevitt Sanford   The Human Problems Institute and General
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642--662
               E. Paul Torrance   Scientific Views of Creativity and
                                  Factors Affecting Its Growth . . . . . . 663--681
               Caryl P. Haskins   The Changing Environments of Science . . 682--712
         George B. Kistiakowsky   On Federal Support of Basic Research . . 713--734
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 94, Number 4, Fall, 1965

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Negro
                                  American'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii--iv
              Lyndon B. Johnson   Foreword to the Issue  . . . . . . . . . 743--744
        Daniel Patrick Moynihan   Employment, Income, and the Ordeal of
                                  the Negro Family . . . . . . . . . . . . 745--770
                    Clair Drake   The Social and Economic Status of the
                                  Negro in the United States . . . . . . . 771--814
                     Rashi Fein   An Economic and Social Profile of the
                                  Negro American . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815--846
               Philip M. Hauser   Demographic Factors in the Integration
                                  of the Negro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 847--877
                    James Tobin   On Improving the Economic Status of the
                                  Negro  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 878--898
             John Hope Franklin   The Two Worlds of Race: a Historical
                                  View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899--920
              Harold C. Fleming   The Federal Executive and Civil Rights:
                                  1961--1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921--948
                James Q. Wilson   The Negro in Politics  . . . . . . . . . 949--973
            Thomas F. Pettigrew   Complexity and Change in American Racial
                                  Patterns: A Social Psychological View    974--1008
                Talcott Parsons   Full Citizenship for the Negro American?
                                  A Sociological Problem . . . . . . . . . 1009--1054
             Rupert Emerson and   
                  Martin Kilson   The American Dilemma in a Changing
                                  World: The Rise of Africa and the Negro
                                  American . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055--1084
              Joseph H. Fichter   American Religion and the Negro  . . . . 1085--1106
                   Robert Coles   It's the Same, but It's Different  . . . 1107--1132
              Everett C. Hughes   Anomalies and Projections  . . . . . . . 1133--1147
             John B. Turner and   
          Whitney M. Young, Jr.   Who Has the Revolution or Thoughts on
                                  the Second Reconstruction  . . . . . . . 1148--1163
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 95, Number 1, Winter, 1966

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Negro
                                  American---2'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii--vi
            G. Franklin Edwards   Community and Class Realities: The
                                  Ordeal of Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--23
                John H. Fischer   Race and Reconciliation: The Role of the
                                  School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24--44
              Robert A. Dentler   Barriers to Northern School
                                  Desegregation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--63
                 Charles Abrams   The Housing Problem and the Negro  . . . 64--76
               Eunice Grier and   
                   George Grier   Equality and beyond: Housing Segregation
                                  in the Great Society . . . . . . . . . . 77--106
                Eugene P. Foley   The Negro Businessman: In Search of a
                                  Tradition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--144
                Erik H. Erikson   The Concept of Identity in Race
                                  Relations: Notes and Queries . . . . . . 145--171
                  Lee Rainwater   Crucible of Identity: The Negro
                                  Lower-Class Family . . . . . . . . . . . 172--216
              Paul B. Sheatsley   White Attitudes toward the Negro . . . . 217--238
               Kenneth B. Clark   The Civil Rights Movement: Momentum and
                                  Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239--267
                  Oscar Handlin   The Goals of Integration . . . . . . . . 268--286
                      Anonymous   Transcript of the American Academy
                                  Conference on the Negro American: May
                                  14--15, 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287--441
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 95, Number 2, Spring, 1966

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Conditions of
                                  World Order''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii--iv
               Stanley Hoffmann   Report of the Conference on Conditions
                                  of World Order: June 12--19, 1965, Villa
                                  Serbelloni, Bellagio, Italy  . . . . . . 455--478
                   Raymond Aron   The Anarchical Order of Power  . . . . . 479--502
             Henry A. Kissinger   Domestic Structure and Foreign Policy    503--529
                  Jan Tinbergen   International Economic Planning  . . . . 530--557
          Jean Fourastié   Remarks on Conditions of World Order . . 558--571
             Hans-Georg Gadamer   Notes on Planning for the Future . . . . 572--589
  José Luis L. Aranguren   Openness to the World: an Approach to
                                  World Peace  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590--606
                Helio Jaguaribe   World Order, Rationality, and
                                  Socioeconomic Development  . . . . . . . 607--626
                D. P. O'Connell   The Role of International Law  . . . . . 627--643
                     Ivan Malek   World Order and the Responsibility of
                                  Scientists: A Functional as Opposed to
                                  an Institutional Approach  . . . . . . . 644--665
               C. H. Waddington   The Desire for Material Progress as a
                                  World Ordering System  . . . . . . . . . 666--673
                 Davidson Nicol   Toward a World Order: an African
                                  Viewpoint  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674--693
                   Lord Gladwyn   World Order and the Nation-State: a
                                  Regional Approach  . . . . . . . . . . . 694--703
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 95, Number 3, Summer, 1966

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Tradition and
                                  Change'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii--iv
                Martin Meyerson   The Ethos of the American College
                                  Student: Beyond the Protests . . . . . . 713--739
         Mary Catherine Bateson   ``A Riddle of Two Worlds'': an
                                  Interpretation of the Poetry of H. N.
                                  Bialik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740--762
           Samuel P. Huntington   The Political Modernization of
                                  Traditional Monarchies . . . . . . . . . 763--788
             Nevin S. Scrimshaw   The Urgency of World Food Problems . . . 789--796
                John W. Dyckman   Some Conditions of Civic Order in an
                                  Urbanized World  . . . . . . . . . . . . 797--812
                       Paul Mus   Buddhism and World Order . . . . . . . . 813--827
Godfried van Benthem van den Bergh   Contemporary Nationalism in the Western
                                  World  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 828--861
               Stanley Hoffmann   Obstinate or Obsolete? The Fate of the
                                  Nation-State and the Case of Western
                                  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862--915
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 95, Number 4, Fall, 1966

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Fiction in
                                  Several Languages''  . . . . . . . . . . iii--v
                 Howard Hibbett   Tradition and Trauma in the Contemporary
                                  Japanese Novel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925--940
                George N. Sfeir   The Contemporary Arabic Novel  . . . . . 941--960
              N. V. M. Gonzalez   The Filipino and the Novel . . . . . . . 961--971
                   Robert Alter   The Israeli Novel  . . . . . . . . . . . 972--985
                  E. R. Monegal   The Contemporary Brazilian Novel . . . . 986--1003
                 Czeslaw Milosz   The Novel in Poland  . . . . . . . . . . 1004--1020
             Costas M. Proussis   The Novels of Angelos Terzakis . . . . . 1021--1045
               Erwin N. Hiebert   The Uses and Abuses of Thermodynamics in
                                  Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1046--1080
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 96, Number 1, Winter, 1967

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Religion in
                                  America''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii--vii
               Robert N. Bellah   Civil Religion in America  . . . . . . . 1--21
            Franklin H. Littell   The Churches and the Body Politic  . . . 22--42
          William G. McLoughlin   Is There a Third Force in Christendom?   43--68
                 Langdon Gilkey   Social and Intellectual Sources of
                                  Contemporary Protestant Theology in
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69--98
                Martin E. Marty   The Spirit's Holy Errand: The Search for
                                  a Spiritual Style in Secular America . . 99--115
                Thomas F. O'Dea   The Crisis of the Contemporary Religious
                                  Consciousness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116--134
                  Harvey G. Cox   The ``New Breed'' in American Churches:
                                  Sources of Social Activism in American
                                  Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--150
                Daniel Callahan   The Quest for Social Relevance . . . . . 151--179
             Wilber G. Katz and   
          Harold P. Southerland   Religious Pluralism and the Supreme
                                  Court  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--192
             Emil L. Fackenheim   On the Self-Exposure of Faith to the
                                  Modern-Secular World: Philosophical
                                  Reflections in the Light of Jewish
                                  Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--219
              Milton Himmelfarb   Secular Society? A Jewish Perspective    220--236
                  Michael Novak   Christianity: Renewed or Slowly
                                  Abandoned? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237--266
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 96, Number 2, Spring, 1967

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Color and Race''  iii--x
                   Edward Shils   Color, the Universal Intellectual
                                  Community, and the Afro--Asian
                                  Intellectual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--295
          Robert K. A. Gardiner   Race and Color in International
                                  Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296--311
                  Roger Bastide   Color, Racism, and Christianity  . . . . 312--327
                   Philip Mason   The Revolt against Western Values  . . . 328--352
               Harold R. Isaacs   Group Identity and Political Change: The
                                  Role of Color and Physical
                                  Characteristics  . . . . . . . . . . . . 353--375
         François Raveau   An Outline of the Role of Color in
                                  Adaptation Phenomena . . . . . . . . . . 376--389
              Kenneth J. Gergen   The Significance of Skin Color in Human
                                  Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390--406
              Hiroshi Wagatsuma   The Social Perception of Skin Color in
                                  Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--443
   André Béteille   Race and Descent as Social Categories in
                                  India  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444--463
                Leon Carl Brown   Color in Northern Africa . . . . . . . . 464--482
                    Colin Legum   Color and Power in the South African
                                  Situation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483--495
              E. R. Braithwaite   The ``Colored Immigrant'' in Britain . . 496--511
                 Kenneth Little   Some Aspects of Color, Class, and
                                  Culture in Britain . . . . . . . . . . . 512--526
                C. Eric Lincoln   Color and Group Identity in the United
                                  States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527--541
             Julian Pitt-Rivers   Race, Color, and Class in Central
                                  America and the Andes  . . . . . . . . . 542--559
            Florestan Fernandes   The Weight of the Past . . . . . . . . . 560--579
                David Lowenthal   Race and Color in the West Indies  . . . 580--626
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 96, Number 3, Summer, 1967

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Toward the Year
                                  2000: Work in Progress'' . . . . . . . . v--vi
                    Daniel Bell   The Year 2000: The Trajectory of an Idea 639--651
                      Anonymous   Preliminary Memorandum . . . . . . . . . 652--655
                      Anonymous   Baselines for the Future: October
                                  22--24, 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656--665
                      Anonymous   Alternative Futures  . . . . . . . . . . 666--679
                      Anonymous   Centralization and Decentralization  . . 680--690
                      Anonymous   The Need for Models  . . . . . . . . . . 691--697
                    Daniel Bell   A Summary by the Chairman  . . . . . . . 698--704
                Herman Kahn and   
              Anthony J. Wiener   The Next Thirty-Three Years: a Framework
                                  for Speculation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 705--732
       Fred Charles Iklé   Can Social Predictions Be Evaluated? . . 733--758
                Donald A. Schon   Forecasting and Technological
                                  Forecasting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759--770
                  Martin Shubik   Information, Rationality, and Free
                                  Choice in a Future Democratic Society    771--778
                Leonard J. Duhl   Planning and Predicting: Or What to Do
                                  When You Don't Know the Names of the
                                  Variables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779--788
              Harvey S. Perloff   Modernizing Urban Development  . . . . . 789--800
             Daniel P. Moynihan   The Relationship of Federal to Local
                                  Authorities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801--808
              Lawrence K. Frank   The Need for a New Political Theory  . . 809--816
            Stephen R. Graubard   University Cities in the Year 2000 . . . 817--822
                  Harold Orlans   Educational and Scientific Institutions  823--831
                     Ernst Mayr   Biological Man and the Year 2000 . . . . 832--836
             Gardner C. Quarton   Deliberate Efforts to Control Human
                                  Behavior and Modify Personality  . . . . 837--853
               Krister Stendahl   Religion, Mysticism, and the
                                  Institutional Church . . . . . . . . . . 854--859
                Erik H. Erikson   Memorandum on Youth  . . . . . . . . . . 860--870
                  Margaret Mead   The Life Cycle and Its Variations: The
                                  Division of Roles  . . . . . . . . . . . 871--875
              Harry Kalven, Jr.   The Problems of Privacy in the Year 2000 876--882
               George A. Miller   Some Psychological Perspectives on the
                                  Year 2000  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883--896
                  David Riesman   Notes on Meritocracy . . . . . . . . . . 897--908
                 John R. Pierce   Communication  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909--921
               Eugene V. Rostow   Thinking about the Future of
                                  International Society  . . . . . . . . . 922--926
           Samuel P. Huntington   Political Development and the Decline of
                                  the American System of World Order . . . 927--929
            Ithiel de Sola Pool   The International System in the Next
                                  Half Century . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 930--935
                      Anonymous   The Nature and Limitations of
                                  Forecasting: February 11--12, 1966 . . . 936--947
                      Anonymous   Four Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948--963
                      Anonymous   The Need for Normative Statements  . . . 964--974
                    Daniel Bell   A Summary by the Chairman  . . . . . . . 975--977
                      Anonymous   Members of the Commission on the Year
                                  2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978--978
                      Anonymous   The Working Parties: Summer 1967 . . . . 979--984
                    Daniel Bell   Coda: Work in Further Progress . . . . . 985--988
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 96, Number 4, Fall, 1967

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``America's
                                  Changing Environment'' . . . . . . . . . iii--viii
              F. Fraser Darling   A Wider Environment of Ecology and
                                  Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003--1019
            Robert W. Patterson   The Art of the Impossible  . . . . . . . 1020--1033
              Hans H. Landsberg   The U.S. Resource Outlook: Quantity and
                                  Quality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034--1057
               John V. Krutilla   Some Environmental Effects of Economic
                                  Development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1058--1070
                    David Allee   American Agriculture: Its Resource
                                  Issues for the Coming Years  . . . . . . 1071--1081
                  Azriel Teller   Air-Pollution Abatement: Economic
                                  Rationality and Reality  . . . . . . . . 1082--1098
              Nathaniel Wollman   The New Economics of Resources . . . . . 1099--1114
                Aaron Wildavsky   Aesthetic Power or the Triumph of the
                                  Sensitive Minority over the Vulgar Mass:
                                  a Political Analysis of the New
                                  Economics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115--1128
             Athelstan Spilhaus   The Experimental City  . . . . . . . . . 1129--1141
                 Harold Gilliam   The Fallacy of Single-Purpose Planning   1142--1157
            Alexis Papageorgiou   Architectural Schemata for Outdoor
                                  Recreation Areas of Tomorrow . . . . . . 1158--1171
                  Roger Revelle   Outdoor Recreation in a Hyper-Productive
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172--1191
           S. Dillon Ripley and   
             Helmut K. Buechner   Ecosystem Science as a Point of
                                  Synthesis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1192--1199
              George J. Maslach   The Reorganization of Educational
                                  Resources  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200--1209
              Robert S. Morison   Education for Environmental Concerns . . 1210--1223
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 97, Number ??, 1968

            Stephen R. Graubard   Note on the Tenth Anniversary  . . . . . 1--6
                      Anonymous   Ten-Year Cumulative Index 1958--1968 . . 7--27
                      Anonymous   Ten-Year Author Index 1958--1968 . . . . 29--45
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 97, Number 1, Winter, 1968

            Stephen R. Graubard   Note on the 10th Anniversary . . . . . . v--xii
          Seymour Martin Lipset   Students and Politics in Comparative
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--20
           Clement H. Moore and   
            Arlie R. Hochschild   Student Unions in North African Politics 21--50
                David J. Finlay   Students and Politics in Ghana . . . . . 51--69
                Robert E. Scott   Student Political Activism in Latin
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70--98
                   Myron Glazer   Student Politics in a Chilean University 99--115
               A. H. Halsey and   
                  Stephen Marks   British Student Politics . . . . . . . . 116--136
                Frank A. Pinner   Tradition and Transgression: Western
                                  European Students in the Postwar World   137--155
               Erik Allardt and   
            Richard F. Tomasson   Stability and Strains in Scandinavian
                                  Student Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . 156--165
                Richard Cornell   Students and Politics in the Communist
                                  Countries of Eastern Europe  . . . . . . 166--183
        Leslie L. Roos, Jr. and   
            Noralou P. Roos and   
                  Gary R. Field   Students and Politics in Turkey  . . . . 184--203
               Michiya Shimbori   The Sociology of a Student Movement: a
                                  Japanese Case Study  . . . . . . . . . . 204--228
                    John Israel   Reflections on the Modern Chinese
                                  Student Movement . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--253
              Philip G. Altbach   Student Politics and Higher Education in
                                  India  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--273
              Josef Silverstein   Burmese Student Politics in a Changing
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274--292
            Richard E. Peterson   The Student Left in American Higher
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293--317
                Martin Duberman   An Experiment in Education . . . . . . . 318--341
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 97, Number 2, Spring, 1968

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Historical
                                  Population Studies'' . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
                  Roger Revelle   Introduction to the Issue ``Historical
                                  Population Studies'' . . . . . . . . . . 353--362
                   David Landes   The Treatment of Population in History
                                  Textbooks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363--384
                    Louis Henry   Historical Demography  . . . . . . . . . 385--396
                    J. A. Banks   Historical Sociology and the Study of
                                  Population . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397--414
            T. H. Hollingsworth   The Importance of the Quality of the
                                  Data in Historical Demography  . . . . . 415--432
             Joseph J. Spengler   Demographic Factors and Early Modern
                                  Economic Development . . . . . . . . . . 433--446
                  David M. Heer   Economic Development and the Fertility
                                  Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447--462
            John T. Noonan, Jr.   Intellectual and Demographic History . . 463--485
           Etienne van de Walle   Marriage and Marital Fertility . . . . . 486--501
                    Paul Demeny   Early Fertility Decline in
                                  Austria-Hungary: a Lesson in Demographic
                                  Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502--522
             Massimo Livi-Bacci   Fertility and Population Growth in Spain
                                  in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth
                                  Centuries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523--535
         Jean-Noël Biraben   Certain Demographic Characteristics of
                                  the Plague Epidemic in France, 1720--22  536--545
                  E. A. Wrigley   Mortality in Pre-Industrial England: The
                                  Example of Colyton, Devon, over Three
                                  Centuries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546--580
                    D. V. Glass   Notes on the Demography of London at the
                                  End of the Seventeenth Century . . . . . 581--592
                 Pierre Goubert   Legitimate Fecundity and Infant
                                  Mortality in France during the
                                  Eighteenth Century: A Comparison . . . . 593--603
    Bernard H. Slicher van Bath   Historical Demography and the Social and
                                  Economic Development of the Netherlands  604--621
                Susan B. Hanley   Population Trends and Economic
                                  Development in Tokugawa Japan: The Case
                                  of Bizen Province in Okayama . . . . . . 622--635
                  Gerald Holton   Mach, Einstein, and the Search for
                                  Reality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636--673
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 97, Number 3, Summer, 1968

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Philosophers and
                                  Kings: Studies in Leadership'' . . . . . v--vi
             Dankwart A. Rustow   Introduction to the Issue ``Philosophers
                                  and Kings: Studies in Leadership'' . . . 683--694
                Erik H. Erikson   On the Nature of Psycho-Historical
                                  Evidence: In Search of Gandhi  . . . . . 695--730
               Robert C. Tucker   The Theory of Charismatic Leadership . . 731--756
                 David E. Apter   Nkrumah, Charisma, and the Coup  . . . . 757--792
             Dankwart A. Rustow   Atatürk as Founder of a State . . . . . . 793--828
           Stanley Hoffmann and   
                  Inge Hoffmann   The Will to Grandeur: De Gaulle as
                                  Political Artist . . . . . . . . . . . . 829--887
             Henry A. Kissinger   The White Revolutionary: Reflections on
                                  Bismarck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 888--924
            Albert O. Hirschman   Underdevelopment, Obstacles to the
                                  Perception of Change, and Leadership . . 925--937
                James D. Barber   Adult Identity and Presidential Style:
                                  The Rhetorical Emphasis  . . . . . . . . 938--968
                Frank E. Manuel   Newton as Autocrat of Science  . . . . . 969--1001
                  Barry D. Karl   The Power of Intellect and the Politics
                                  of Ideas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002--1035
                  Bruce Mazlish   James Mill and the Utilitarians  . . . . 1036--1061
                 Cushing Strout   William James and the Twice-Born Sick
                                  Soul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1062--1082
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 97, Number 4, Fall, 1968

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Conscience of
                                  the City'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
                Martin Meyerson   Introduction to the Issue ``The
                                  Conscience of the City'' . . . . . . . . vii--xi
               Melvin M. Webber   The Post-City Age  . . . . . . . . . . . 1091--1110
            Kenneth E. Boulding   The City as an Element in the
                                  International System . . . . . . . . . . 1111--1123
                 John R. Seeley   Remaking the Urban Scene: New Youth in
                                  an Old Environment . . . . . . . . . . . 1124--1139
                  Lyle C. Fitch   Eight Goals for an Urbanizing America    1141--1164
                Edmund N. Bacon   Urban Process  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1165--1178
              Donald N. Michael   On Coping with Complexity: Planning and
                                  Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179--1193
            Alexander L. George   Political Leadership and Social Change
                                  in American Cities . . . . . . . . . . . 1194--1217
            Franklin A. Lindsay   Managerial Innovation and the Cities . . 1218--1230
             Edward C. Banfield   Why Government Cannot Solve the Urban
                                  Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231--1241
               Peter F. Drucker   Worker and Work in the Metropolis  . . . 1243--1262
               Adam Yarmolinsky   The Service Society  . . . . . . . . . . 1263--1276
               Stephen Carr and   
                    Kevin Lynch   Where Learning Happens . . . . . . . . . 1277--1291
               Richard L. Meier   The Metropolis as a
                                  Transaction-Maximizing System  . . . . . 1292--1313
                   Robert Coles   Like It Is in the Alley  . . . . . . . . 1315--1330
                  Anthony Downs   Alternative Futures for the American
                                  Ghetto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1331--1378
                  Michael Young   The Liberal Approach: Its Weaknesses and
                                  Its Strengths: a Comment on the U.S.
                                  Riot Commission Report . . . . . . . . . 1379--1389
                     Max Lerner   The Negro American and His City: Person
                                  in Place in Culture  . . . . . . . . . . 1390--1408
                Martin Meyerson   Urban Policy: Reforming Reform . . . . . 1410--1430
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 98, Number 1, Winter, 1969

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Perspectives on
                                  Business'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xx
                 William Letwin   The Past and Future of the American
                                  Businessman  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--22
        Alfred D. Chandler, Jr.   The Role of Business in the United
                                  States: A Historical Survey  . . . . . . 23--40
              Richard H. Holton   Business and Government  . . . . . . . . 41--59
              Robert T. Averitt   American Business: Achievement and
                                  Challenge  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--77
                   Eli Goldston   New Prospects for American Business  . . 78--112
                 Raymond Vernon   The Role of U.S. Enterprise Abroad . . . 113--133
            Neil W. Chamberlain   The Life of the Mind in the Firm . . . . 134--146
                 Michel Crozier   A New Rationale for American Business    147--158
               R. Joseph Monsen   The American Business View . . . . . . . 159--173
                Leonard S. Silk   Business Power, Today and Tomorrow . . . 174--190
               Andrew Shonfield   Business in the Twenty-First Century . . 191--207
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 98, Number 2, Spring, 1969

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Ethical Aspects
                                  of Experimentation with Human Subjects'' v--vii
                 Paul A. Freund   Introduction to the Issue ``Ethical
                                  Aspects of Experimentation with Human
                                  Subjects'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii--xiv
                     Hans Jonas   Philosophical Reflections on
                                  Experimenting with Human Subjects  . . . 219--247
            Herrman L. Blumgart   The Medical Framework for Viewing the
                                  Problem of Human Experimentation . . . . 248--274
               Henry K. Beecher   Scarce Resources and Medical Advancement 275--313
                 Paul A. Freund   Legal Frameworks for Human
                                  Experimentation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 314--324
                Talcott Parsons   Research with Human Subjects and the
                                  ``Professional Complex'' . . . . . . . . 325--360
                  Margaret Mead   Research with Human Beings: a Model
                                  Derived from Anthropological Field
                                  Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361--386
                Guido Calabresi   Reflections on Medical Experimentation
                                  in Humans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387--405
                 Louis L. Jaffe   Law as a System of Control . . . . . . . 406--426
                David F. Cavers   The Legal Control of the Clinical
                                  Investigation of Drugs: Some Political,
                                  Economic, and Social Questions . . . . . 427--448
                  Louis Lasagna   Special Subjects in Human
                                  Experimentation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 449--462
                Geoffrey Edsall   A Positive Approach to the Problem of
                                  Human Experimentation  . . . . . . . . . 463--479
                       Jay Katz   The Education of the
                                  Physician-Investigator . . . . . . . . . 480--501
               Francis D. Moore   Therapeutic Innovation: Ethical
                                  Boundaries in the Initial Clinical
                                  Trials of New Drugs and Surgical
                                  Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502--522
              David D. Rutstein   The Ethical Design of Human Experiments  523--541
              William J. Curran   Governmental Regulation of the Use of
                                  Human Subjects in Medical Research: The
                                  Approach of Two Federal Agencies . . . . 542--594
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 98, Number 3, Summer, 1969

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Future of the
                                  Humanities'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
              James S. Ackerman   Introduction to the Issue ``The Future
                                  of the Humanities''  . . . . . . . . . . 605--614
                  Walter J. Ong   Crisis and Understanding in the
                                  Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617--640
                   G. Jon Roush   What Will Become of the Past?  . . . . . 641--653
                   Herbert Blau   Relevance: The Shadow of a Magnitude . . 654--676
              Roger W. Shattuck   Thoughts on the Humanities . . . . . . . 677--683
                   Robert Coles   The Words and Music of Social Change . . 684--698
                 R. J. Kaufmann   On Knowing One's Place: a Humanistic
                                  Meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699--713
                      Anonymous   Excerpts from \booktitleConference I . . 715--735
                  Leon Kirchner   Notes on Understanding . . . . . . . . . 739--746
                      Wolf Kahn   Uses of Painting Today . . . . . . . . . 747--754
                  Jesse Reichek   A Painter and Teacher as Amateur
                                  Humanist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755--764
                 Michael O'Hare   Designers' Dilemma . . . . . . . . . . . 765--777
                      Anonymous   Excerpts from \booktitleConference II    779--800
                 Gerald F. Else   The Old and the New Humanities . . . . . 803--808
              Cedric H. Whitman   Why Not the Classics? An Old-Fashioned
                                  View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809--814
           Michael C. J. Putnam   Notes on Classical Studies . . . . . . . 815--823
                  Leo Steinberg   Objectivity and the Shrinking Self . . . 824--836
             John M. Rosenfield   The Arts in the Realm of Values  . . . . 837--843
                   Leo Treitler   On Responsibility and Relevance in
                                  Humanistic Disciplines . . . . . . . . . 844--852
              James S. Ackerman   Two Styles: a Challenge to Higher
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 855--869
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   [Illustrations]  . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 98, Number 4, Fall, 1969

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Dialogues'' . . . v--viii
             Samuel H. Beer and   
                 Lee Benson and   
              Felix Gilbert and   
        Stephen R. Graubard and   
           David J. Herlihy and   
           Stanley Hoffmann and   
                Carl Kaysen and   
            Leonard Krieger and   
             Thomas S. Kuhn and   
               David Landes and   
            Joseph Levenson and   
            Frank E. Manuel and   
            J. G. A. Pocock and   
           David J. Rothman and   
           Carl E. Schorske and   
             Lawrence Stone and   
                  Charles Tilly   New Trends in History  . . . . . . . . . 888--976
            Clifford Geertz and   
               Martin Malia and   
            Talcott Parsons and   
              Roger Revelle and   
                      Eric Weil   The Languages of the Humanistic Studies  978--1028
                Daniel Bell and   
              John Brademas and   
                Jill Conway and   
            Martin Duberman and   
           Robert J. Glaser and   
        Stephen R. Graubard and   
              Hanna H. Gray and   
                Carl Kaysen and   
             Edward H. Levi and   
            Martin Meyerson and   
          Robert S. Morison and   
            Talcott Parsons and   
             Bruce L. Payne and   
              David Riesman and   
         Neil R. Rudenstine and   
               Preble Stolz and   
                   David M. Wax   The Governance of the Universities I . . 1030--1091
         Landrum R. Bolling and   
              Peter J. Caws and   
           Sarah E. Diamant and   
            C. M. Dick, Jr. and   
              Seymour Eskow and   
       Edgar Z. Friedenberg and   
        Stephen R. Graubard and   
          Andrew M. Greeley and   
            Jeff Greenfield and   
         Eugene E. Grollmes and   
              Gerald Holton and   
              Willard Hurst and   
           Dexter M. Keezer and   
                 Clark Kerr and   
                S. E. Luria and   
                 Jean Mayer and   
          Walter P. Metzger and   
            Martin Meyerson and   
          Robert S. Morison and   
                 Henry Norr and   
            Talcott Parsons and   
             Bruce L. Payne and   
              Roger Revelle and   
       Philip C. Ritterbush and   
         Neil R. Rudenstine and   
  Edward Joseph Shoben, Jr. and   
             John R. Silber and   
       Charles E. Silberman and   
              R. L. Sproull and   
         Kenneth S. Tollett and   
             George R. Waggoner   The Governance of the Universities II    1092--1154
           Joseph Ben-David and   
 François Bourricaud and   
                 Asa Briggs and   
          Mauro Cappelletti and   
             Michel Crozier and   
               A. D. Dunton and   
    Baron John Scott Fulton and   
             Pierre Grappin and   
        Stephen R. Graubard and   
              Walther Killy and   
               Yoichi Maeda and   
            Martin Meyerson and   
          Elting E. Morison and   
         Victor G. Onushkin and   
            Talcott Parsons and   
        Alessandro Pizzorno and   
          Marshall Robinson and   
               Edward Shils and   
                Solly Zuckerman   Higher Education in Industrial Societies 1157--1223
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 99, Number 1, Winter, 1970

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Embattled
                                  University'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xvi
                    Martin Trow   Reflections on the Transition from Mass
                                  to Universal Higher Education  . . . . . 1--42
                    Jill Conway   Styles of Academic Culture . . . . . . . 43--55
           Edgar Z. Friedenberg   The University Community in an Open
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--74
                S. E. Luria and   
                    Zella Luria   The Role of the University: Ivory Tower,
                                  Service Station, or Frontier Post? . . . 75--83
                  Peter J. Caws   Design for a University  . . . . . . . . 84--107
                     Clark Kerr   Governance and Functions . . . . . . . . 108--121
                Morris B. Abram   Reflections on the University in the New
                                  Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--140
                Ralph A. Dungan   Higher Education: The Effort to Adjust   141--153
                Erik H. Erikson   Reflections on the Dissent of
                                  Contemporary Youth . . . . . . . . . . . 154--176
               Stanley Hoffmann   Participation in Perspective?  . . . . . 177--221
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 99, Number 2, Spring, 1970

            Stephen R. Graubard   Preface to the Issue ``Theory in
                                  Humanistic Studies'' . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
                      Eric Weil   Humanistic Studies: Their Object,
                                  Methods, and Meaning . . . . . . . . . . 237--255
           Morton W. Bloomfield   The Two Cognitive Dimensions of the
                                  Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256--267
                  Northrop Frye   The Critical Path: an Essay on the
                                  Social Context of Literary Criticism . . 268--342
              E. D. Hirsch, Jr.   Value and Knowledge in the Humanities    343--354
               Geoffrey Hartman   Toward Literary History  . . . . . . . . 355--383
                    Paul De Man   Literary History and Literary Modernity  384--404
               J. Hillis Miller   Williams' ``Spring and All'' and the
                                  Progress of Poetry . . . . . . . . . . . 405--434
              Roy Harvey Pearce   Gesta Humanorum: Notes on the Humanist
                                  as Witness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435--450
                Richard Hoggart   Humanistic Studies and Mass Culture  . . 451--472
             Eugene D. Genovese   The Influence of the Black Power
                                  Movement on Historical Scholarship:
                                  Reflections of a White Historian . . . . 473--494
                Talcott Parsons   Theory in the Humanities and Sociology   495--523
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 99, Number 3, Summer, 1970

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Rights and
                                  Responsibilities: The University's
                                  Dilemma''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiv
                 McGeorge Bundy   Were Those the Days? . . . . . . . . . . 531--567
              Walter P. Metzger   The Crisis of Academic Authority . . . . 568--608
              Robert S. Morison   Some Aspects of Policy-Making in the
                                  American University  . . . . . . . . . . 609--644
           Philip C. Ritterbush   Adaptive Response within the
                                  Institutional System of Higher Education
                                  and Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645--660
               Franklin L. Ford   Roles and the Critique of Learning . . . 661--675
      Edward Joseph Shoben, Jr.   Cultural Criticism and the American
                                  College  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676--699
                Leon D. Epstein   State Authority and State Universities   700--712
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 99, Number 4, Fall, 1970

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Making of
                                  Modern Science: Biographical Studies''   v--vi
                  Gerald Holton   Introduction to the Issue ``The Making
                                  of Modern Science: Biographical
                                  Studies''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723--729
                Erik H. Erikson   Autobiographic Notes on the Identity
                                  Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730--759
                   Edward Shils   Tradition, Ecology, and Institution in
                                  the History of Sociology . . . . . . . . 760--825
                Talcott Parsons   On Building Social System Theory: a
                                  Personal History . . . . . . . . . . . . 826--881
                     Curt Stern   The Continuity of Genetics . . . . . . . 882--908
               Gunther S. Stent   DNA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909--937
                    Robert Olby   Francis Crick, DNA, and the Central
                                  Dogma  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938--987
                  Linus Pauling   Fifty Years of Progress in Structural
                                  Chemistry and Molecular Biology  . . . . 988--1014
                  Gerald Holton   The Roots of Complementarity . . . . . . 1015--1055
              Alvin M. Weinberg   Scientific Teams and Scientific
                                  Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1056--1075
                   R. R. Wilson   My Fight against Team Research . . . . . 1076--1087
                    W. O. Baker   Computers as Information-Processing
                                  Machines in Modern Science . . . . . . . 1088--1120
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 100, Number 1, Winter, 1971

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Historical
                                  Studies Today''  . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiv
                Jacques Le Goff   Is Politics Still the Backbone of
                                  History? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--19
                 E. J. Hobsbawm   From Social History to the History of
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--45
                 Lawrence Stone   Prosopography  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46--79
                  Felix Gilbert   Intellectual History: Its Aims and
                                  Methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--97
           Benjamin I. Schwartz   A Brief Defense of Political and
                                  Intellectual History \ldots with
                                  Particular Reference to Non-Western
                                  Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--112
                 Pierre Goubert   Local History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--127
                 Lawrence Stone   English and United States Local History  128--132
                John E. Talbott   The History of Education . . . . . . . . 133--150
          François Furet   Quantitative History . . . . . . . . . . 151--167
                   M. I. Finley   Archaeology and History  . . . . . . . . 168--186
                Frank E. Manuel   The Use and Abuse of Psychology in
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--213
                 Robert Darnton   Reading, Writing, and Publishing in
                                  Eighteenth-Century France: a Case Study
                                  in the Sociology of Literature . . . . . 214--256
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 100, Number 2, Spring, 1971

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Historian and
                                  the World of the Twentieth Century'' . . v--xii
                 Thomas S. Kuhn   The Relations between History and
                                  History of Science . . . . . . . . . . . 271--304
                  John Habakkuk   Economic History and Economic Theory . . 305--322
                Gordon A. Craig   Political History  . . . . . . . . . . . 323--338
        Arthur Schlesinger, Jr.   The Historian as Participant . . . . . . 339--358
             Stephan Thernstrom   Reflections on the New Urban History . . 359--375
                    Peter Paret   The History of War . . . . . . . . . . . 376--396
    Emmanuel Le Roy Ladurie and   
                    Paul Dumont   Quantitative and Cartographical
                                  Exploitation of French Military
                                  Archives, 1819--1826 . . . . . . . . . . 397--441
                    Jan Vansina   Once upon a Time: Oral Traditions as
                                  History in Africa  . . . . . . . . . . . 442--468
                 Marino Berengo   Italian Historical Scholarship since the
                                  Fascist Era  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469--484
                   Hans Mommsen   Historical Scholarship in Transition:
                                  The Situation in the Federal Republic of
                                  Germany  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485--508
                   H. J. Hanham   Clio's Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509--519
                  Felix Gilbert   Post Scriptum  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520--530
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 100, Number 3, Summer, 1971

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Future of the
                                  Black Colleges'' . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
              Andrew F. Brimmer   The Economic Outlook and the Future of
                                  the Negro College  . . . . . . . . . . . 539--572
            Henry Allen Bullock   The Black College and the New Black
                                  Awareness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573--602
                C. Eric Lincoln   The Negro Colleges and Cultural Change   603--629
            Vivian W. Henderson   Negro Colleges Face the Future . . . . . 630--646
          William J. Trent, Jr.   The Future Role of the Negro College and
                                  Its Financing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647--659
                   S. M. Nabrit   Reflections on the Future of Black
                                  Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660--677
             Michael R. Winston   Through the Back Door: Academic Racism
                                  and the Negro Scholar in Historical
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678--719
        Patricia Roberts Harris   The Negro College and Its Community  . . 720--731
                  Mack H. Jones   The Responsibility of the Black College
                                  to the Black Community: Then and Now . . 732--744
               Elias Blake, Jr.   Future Leadership Roles for
                                  Predominantly Black Colleges and
                                  Universities in American Higher
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745--771
               Conrad K. Harper   The Legal Status of the Black College    772--782
              Winfred L. Godwin   Southern State Governments and Higher
                                  Education for Negroes  . . . . . . . . . 783--797
                   Tobe Johnson   The Black College as System  . . . . . . 798--812
            Thomas F. Pettigrew   The Role of Whites in the Black College
                                  of the Future  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813--832
                    Clair Drake   The Black University in the American
                                  Social Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833--897
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 100, Number 4, Fall, 1971

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Twelve to
                                  Sixteen: Early Adolescence'' . . . . . . v--vii
                   J. M. Tanner   Sequence, Tempo, and Individual
                                  Variation in the Growth and Development
                                  of Boys and Girls Aged Twelve to Sixteen 907--930
                    Chad Gordon   Social Characteristics of Early
                                  Adolescence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 931--960
                     Peter Blos   The Child Analyst Looks at the Young
                                  Adolescent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961--978
                    David Bakan   Adolescence in America: From Idea to
                                  Social Fact  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979--995
                   Jerome Kagan   A Conception of Early Adolescence  . . . 997--1012
                 Joseph Adelson   The Political Imagination of the Young
                                  Adolescent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1013--1050
          Lawrence Kohlberg and   
                 Carol Gilligan   The Adolescent as a Philosopher: The
                                  Discovery of the Self in a
                                  Postconventional World . . . . . . . . . 1051--1086
               Edward C. Martin   Reflections on the Early Adolescent in
                                  School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087--1103
            John Janeway Conger   A World They Never Knew: The Family and
                                  Social Change  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1105--1138
                   Robert Coles   The Weather of the Years . . . . . . . . 1139--1157
               Phyllis La Farge   An Uptight Adolescence . . . . . . . . . 1159--1175
               Thomas J. Cottle   The Connections of Adolescence . . . . . 1177--1219
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 101, Number 1, Winter, 1972

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Myth, Symbol, and
                                  Culture''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                Clifford Geertz   Deep Play: Notes on the Balinese
                                  Cockfight  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--37
             James W. Fernandez   Persuasions and Performances: Of the
                                  Beast in Every Body \ldots And the
                                  Metaphors of Everyman  . . . . . . . . . 39--60
                   Mary Douglas   Deciphering a Meal . . . . . . . . . . . 61--81
            Frank E. Manuel and   
              Fritzie P. Manuel   Sketch for a Natural History of Paradise 83--128
               Judith N. Shklar   Subversive Genealogies . . . . . . . . . 129--154
               Reuben A. Brower   Visual and Verbal Translation of Myth:
                                  Neptune in Virgil, Rubens, Dryden  . . . 155--182
                  Steven Marcus   Language into Structure: Pickwick
                                  Revisited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183--202
                Robert M. Adams   The Sense of Verification: Pragmatic
                                  Commonplaces about Literary Criticism    203--214
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 101, Number 2, Spring, 1972

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Intellectuals and
                                  Tradition''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xv
               S. N. Eisenstadt   Intellectuals and Tradition  . . . . . . 1--19
                   Edward Shils   Intellectuals, Tradition, and the
                                  Traditions of Intellectuals: Some
                                  Preliminary Considerations . . . . . . . 21--34
          Frederic Wakeman, Jr.   The Price of Autonomy: Intellectuals in
                                  Ming and Ch'ing Politics . . . . . . . . 35--70
           Benjamin I. Schwartz   The Limits of ``Tradition versus
                                  Modernity'' as Categories of
                                  Explanation: The Case of the Chinese
                                  Intellectuals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--88
               Robert N. Bellah   Intellectual and Society in Japan  . . . 89--115
                Michael Confino   On Intellectuals and Intellectual
                                  Traditions in Eighteenth- and
                                  Nineteenth-Century Russia  . . . . . . . 117--149
                Thomas F. O'Dea   The Role of the Intellectual in the
                                  Catholic Tradition . . . . . . . . . . . 151--189
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 101, Number 3, Summer, 1972

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Intellectuals and
                                  Change'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xi
              Leszek Kolakowski   Intellectuals against Intellect  . . . . 1--15
                 Menahem Milson   Medieval and Modern Intellectual
                                  Traditions in the Arab World . . . . . . 17--37
                Nikki R. Keddie   Intellectuals in the Modern Middle East:
                                  a Brief Historical Consideration . . . . 39--57
                   Juan J. Linz   Intellectual Roles in Sixteenth- and
                                  Seventeenth-Century Spain  . . . . . . . 59--108
     François Bourricaud   The Adventures of Ariel  . . . . . . . . 109--136
      Seymour Martin Lipset and   
              Richard B. Dobson   The Intellectual as Critic and Rebel:
                                  With Special Reference to the United
                                  States and the Soviet Union  . . . . . . 137--198
                    Jill Conway   Intellectuals in America: Varieties of
                                  Accommodation and Conflict . . . . . . . 199--205
                Martin E. Malia   The Intellectuals: Adversaries or
                                  Clerisy? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206--216
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 101, Number 4, Fall, 1972

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``As Others See the
                                  United States''  . . . . . . . . . . . . v--ix
                   Raymond Aron   Richard Nixon and the Future of American
                                  Foreign Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--24
               Jagdish Bhagwati   The United States in the Nixon Era: The
                                  End of Innocence . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--47
              Achille Albonetti   The United States: Economic or Political
                                  Challenge? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--66
                    Octavio Paz   Eroticism and Gastrosophy  . . . . . . . 67--85
                  Annie Kriegel   Consistent Misapprehension: European
                                  Views of America and Their Logic . . . . 87--102
                     Omar Grine   America against Itself: a Case of
                                  Democratic Anarchism?  . . . . . . . . . 103--117
                    Celso Lafer   The United States: a View from Brazil    119--128
                    John Maddox   American Science: Endless Search for
                                  Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--140
                Michael Burrage   Democracy and the Mystery of the Crafts:
                                  Observations on Work Relationships in
                                  America and Britain  . . . . . . . . . . 141--162
                 C. A. Doxiadis   Three Letters to an American . . . . . . 163--183
        Richard Llewelyn-Davies   The American City through English Eyes   185--193
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 102, Number 1, Winter, 1973

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Post-Traditional
                                  Societies''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
               S. N. Eisenstadt   Post-Traditional Societies and the
                                  Continuity and Reconstruction of
                                  Tradition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--27
                   Edmund Leach   Buddhism in the Post-Colonial Political
                                  Order in Burma and Ceylon  . . . . . . . 29--54
                  S. J. Tambiah   The Persistence and Transformation of
                                  Tradition in Southeast Asia, with
                                  Special Reference to Thailand  . . . . . 55--84
                  Heinz Bechert   Sangha, State, Society, ``Nation'':
                                  Persistence of Traditions in
                                  ``Post-Traditional'' Buddhist Societies  85--95
               J. C. Heesterman   India and the Inner Conflict of
                                  Tradition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--113
                    Ashis Nandy   The Making and Unmaking of Political
                                  Cultures in India  . . . . . . . . . . . 115--137
                     Nur Yalman   Some Observations on Secularism in
                                  Islam: The Cultural Revolution in Turkey 139--168
                   Serif Mardin   Center-Periphery Relations: a Key to
                                  Turkish Politics?  . . . . . . . . . . . 169--190
                 Ernest Gellner   Post-Traditional Forms in Islam: The
                                  Turf and Trade, and Votes and Peanuts    191--206
                Elbaki Hermassi   Political Traditions of the Maghrib  . . 207--224
               Abdelkader Zghal   The Reactivation of Tradition in a
                                  Post-Traditional Society . . . . . . . . 225--237
                 Jacques Berque   Tradition and Innovation in the Maghrib  239--250
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 102, Number 2, Spring, 1973

                      Anonymous   Preface to the Issue ``The Search for
                                  Knowledge''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xi
                 E. H. Gombrich   Research in the Humanities: Ideals and
                                  Idols  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--10
                  Northrop Frye   The Search for Acceptable Words  . . . . 11--26
                      Eric Weil   Supporting the Humanities  . . . . . . . 27--38
               Joseph Ben-David   How to Organize Research in the Social
                                  Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--51
                 Ronald Dworkin   Legal Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--64
               Harry G. Johnson   National Styles in Economic Research:
                                  The United States, the United Kingdom,
                                  Canada, and Various European Countries   65--74
                    S. E. Luria   On Research Styles and Allied Matters    75--84
                 John C. Eccles   The Discipline of Science with Special
                                  Reference to the Neurosciences . . . . . 85--99
              David Z. Robinson   Will the University Decline as the
                                  Center for Scientific Research?  . . . . 101--110
                    J. B. Adams   Some Problems of a Big Science . . . . . 111--124
                  Harvey Brooks   Knowledge and Action: The Dilemma of
                                  Science Policy in the '70's  . . . . . . 125--143
             Lewis M. Branscomb   Conducting and Using Research  . . . . . 145--152
                   C. H. Townes   Differentiation and Competition between
                                  University and Other Research
                                  Laboratories in the United States  . . . 153--165
                  Peter Kapitza   Basic Factors in the Organization of
                                  Science and How They Are Handled in the
                                  U.S.S.R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--176
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 102, Number 3, Summer, 1973

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Language as a
                                  Human Problem''  . . . . . . . . . . . . v--v
                   Einar Haugen   The Problems of Language . . . . . . . . 1--4
              Morton Bloomfield   The Study of Language  . . . . . . . . . 5--13
             William G. Moulton   The Nature of Language . . . . . . . . . 17--35
               Charles Ferguson   Language Problems of Variation and
                                  Repertoire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--46
                   Einar Haugen   The Curse of Babel . . . . . . . . . . . 47--57
                     Dell Hymes   Speech and Language: On the Origins and
                                  Foundations of Inequality among Speakers 59--85
                 Karl V. Teeter   Linguistics and Anthropology . . . . . . 87--98
                Calvert Watkins   Language and Its History . . . . . . . . 99--111
              Eric H. Lenneberg   The Neurology of Language  . . . . . . . 115--133
             Courtney B. Cazden   Problems for Education: Language as
                                  Curriculum Content and Learning
                                  Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--148
                 Peter Strevens   Second Language Learning . . . . . . . . 149--160
                    Eric Wanner   Do We Understand Sentences from the
                                  Outside-in or from the Inside-out? . . . 163--183
               Edward L. Keenan   Logic and Language . . . . . . . . . . . 185--194
          D. Terence Langendoen   The Problem of Linguistic Theory in
                                  Relation to Language Behavior: a Tribute
                                  and Reply to Paul Goodman  . . . . . . . 195--201
                  David G. Hays   Language and Interpersonal Relationships 203--216
                     Martin Kay   Automatic Translation of Natural
                                  Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217--230
                  Paul Kiparsky   The Role of Linguistics in a Theory of
                                  Poetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231--244
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 102, Number 4, Fall, 1973

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The No-Growth
                                  Society''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
                   Mancur Olson   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--13
                 Kingsley Davis   Zero Population Growth: The Goal and the
                                  Means  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--30
                John P. Holdren   Population and the American Predicament:
                                  The Case against Complacency . . . . . . 31--43
                Norman B. Ryder   Two Cheers for ZPG . . . . . . . . . . . 45--62
                   E. J. Mishan   Ills, Bads, and Disamenities: The Wages
                                  of Growth  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63--87
            Kenneth E. Boulding   The Shadow of the Stationary State . . . 89--101
             Richard Zeckhauser   The Risks of Growth  . . . . . . . . . . 103--118
                Marc J. Roberts   On Reforming Economic Growth . . . . . . 119--137
                  Harvey Brooks   The Technology of Zero Growth  . . . . . 139--152
                   Lester Brown   Rich Countries and Poor in a Finite,
                                  Interdependent World . . . . . . . . . . 153--164
             Willard R. Johnson   Should the Poor Buy No Growth? . . . . . 165--189
                 William Alonso   Urban Zero Population Growth . . . . . . 191--206
               Roland N. McKean   Growth vs. No Growth: an Evaluation  . . 207--227
               Mancur Olson and   
          Hans H. Landsberg and   
               Joseph L. Fisher   Epilogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--241
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 103, Number 1, Winter, 1974

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Twentieth-Century
                                  Classics Revisited'' . . . . . . . . . . v--xvii
                  Northrop Frye   ``The Decline of the West'' by Oswald
                                  Spengler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--13
                G. W. Bowersock   ``The Social and Economic History of the
                                  Roman Empire'' by Michael Ivanovitch
                                  Rostovtzeff  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--23
                    Peter Brown   ``Mohammed and Charlemagne'' by Henri
                                  Pirenne  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--33
             William J. Bouwsma   ``The Waning of the Middle Ages'' by
                                  Johan Huizinga . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--43
        Charles P. Kindleberger   ``The Great Transformation'' by Karl
                                  Polanyi  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--52
                 Raymond Vernon   ``The Theory of the Leisure Class'' by
                                  Thorstein Veblen . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--57
               Judith N. Shklar   ``The Education of Henry Adams'' by
                                  Henry Adams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--66
                 Carl N. Degler   ``Woman as Force in History'' by Mary
                                  Beard  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--73
                 Geoffrey Clive   ``Revolt of the Masses'' by José Ortega y
                                  Gassett  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75--82
                   Edward Shils   ``Ideology and Utopia'' by Karl Mannheim 83--89
                Talcott Parsons   ``The Interpretation of Dreams'' by
                                  Sigmund Freud  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--96
                   Robert Coles   ``The Nature and Destiny of Man'' by
                                  Reinhold Niebuhr . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--104
            Carleton B. Chapman   ``The Flexner Report'' by Abraham
                                  Flexner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--117
              Bruce A. Ackerman   ``Law and the Modern Mind'' by Jerome
                                  Frank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--130
           Michael C. J. Putnam   ``Three Philosophical Poets'' by George
                                  Santayana  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--140
                Joan S. Carberg   ``A Vision'' by William Butler Yeats . . 141--156
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 103, Number 2, Spring, 1974

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Slavery,
                                  Colonialism, and Racism''  . . . . . . . v--vi
              David Brion Davis   Slavery and the Post-World War II
                                  Historians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--16
               Philip D. Curtin   The Black Experience of Colonialism and
                                  Imperialism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--29
                 Michael Banton   1960: a Turning Point in the Study of
                                  Race Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--44
                Sidney W. Mintz   The Caribbean Region . . . . . . . . . . 45--71
        Edward Kamau Brathwaite   The African Presence in Caribbean
                                  Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--109
                  Roger Bastide   The Present Status of Afro--American
                                  Research in Latin America  . . . . . . . 111--123
           J. F. Ade. Ajayi and   
                   E. J. Alagoa   Black Africa: The Historians'
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--134
              Per Wästberg   Themes in African Literature Today . . . 135--150
           J. H. Kwabena Nketia   The Musical Heritage of Africa . . . . . 151--161
               Benjamin Quarles   Black History Unbound  . . . . . . . . . 163--178
                  Thomas Sowell   The Plight of Black Students in the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--196
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 103, Number 3, Summer, 1974

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Science and Its
                                  Public: The Changing Relationship''  . . v--vii
                   Edward Shils   Faith, Utility, and the Legitimacy of
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--15
                Theodore Roszak   The Monster and the Titan: Science,
                                  Knowledge, and Gnosis  . . . . . . . . . 17--32
                Steven Weinberg   Reflectons of a Working Scientist  . . . 33--45
                Marc J. Roberts   On the Nature and Condition of Social
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--64
                  Gerald Holton   On Being Caught between Dionysians and
                                  Apollonians  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65--81
         André Mayer and   
                     Jean Mayer   Agriculture, the Island Empire . . . . . 83--95
                   Don K. Price   Money and Influence: The Links of
                                  Science to Public Policy . . . . . . . . 97--113
               David Z. Beckler   The Precarious Life of Science in the
                                  White House  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--134
             Emilio Q. Daddario   Science Policy: Relationships Are the
                                  Key  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--142
                  David J. Rose   New Laboratories for Old . . . . . . . . 143--155
             Russell McCormmach   On Academic Scientists in Wilhelmian
                                  Germany  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--171
                  John A. Moore   Creationism in California  . . . . . . . 173--189
             Amitai Etzioni and   
                     Clyde Nunn   The Public Appreciation of Science in
                                  Contemporary America . . . . . . . . . . 191--205
                  David Perlman   Science and the Mass Media . . . . . . . 207--222
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 103, Number 4, Fall, 1974

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``American Higher
                                  Education: Toward an Uncertain Future''.
                                  Volume I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--x
            Stephen R. Graubard   Thoughts on Higher Educational Purposes
                                  and Goals: A Memorandum  . . . . . . . . 1--11
                  Felix Gilbert   Reflections on ``Higher Education''  . . 12--17
                     Peter Caws   Instruction and Inquiry  . . . . . . . . 18--24
                Charles Frankel   Reflections on a Worn-out Model  . . . . 25--32
               C. Vann Woodward   The Erosion of Academic Privileges and
                                  Immunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--37
                  Willard Quine   Paradoxes of Plenty  . . . . . . . . . . 38--40
              Barnaby C. Keeney   Credibility, Will, and Response  . . . . 41--43
         Alexander Gerschenkron   The Legacies of Evil . . . . . . . . . . 44--49
               James A. Perkins   The University: Old Ghosts and New . . . 50--53
                 Joseph Adelson   Looking Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54--57
                    Allan Bloom   The Failure of the University  . . . . . 58--66
           Theodore M. Hesburgh   The ``Events'': a Retrospective View . . 67--71
            Vivian W. Henderson   Blacks and Change in Higher Education    72--79
                   Adam B. Ulam   Where Do We Go from Here?  . . . . . . . 80--84
                 David E. Apter   An Epitaph for Two Revolutions That
                                  Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--103
                Martin E. Marty   Knowledge Elites and Counter-Elites  . . 104--109
               Robert N. Bellah   The New Religious Consciousness and the
                                  Secular University . . . . . . . . . . . 110--115
                Frank E. Manuel   Clio Vanishes from New York City . . . . 116--127
           Morton W. Bloomfield   Elitism in the Humanities  . . . . . . . 128--137
                 Gerald F. Else   Some Ill-Tempered Reflections on the
                                  Present State of Higher Education in the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--142
                Gordon A. Craig   Green Stamp or Structured Undergraduate
                                  Education? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--147
                  Steven Muller   Higher Education or Higher Skilling? . . 148--158
                      Derek Bok   On the Purposes of Undergraduate
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159--172
                Martin Meyerson   Civilizing Education: Uniting Liberal
                                  and Professional Learning  . . . . . . . 173--179
                    Carl Kaysen   What Should Undergraduate Education Do?  180--185
              Gabriel A. Almond   Some Reflections on the Crisis of the
                                  University Curriculum  . . . . . . . . . 186--187
           Elisabeth K. Allison   The Evaluation of Educational Experience 188--195
                  B. F. Skinner   Designing Higher Education . . . . . . . 196--202
                  Michael Novak   The One and the Many . . . . . . . . . . 203--211
             Michael R. Winston   Reflections on Student Unrest,
                                  Institutional Response, and Curricular
                                  Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212--216
                Richard Sennett   The Artist and the University  . . . . . 217--220
                 S. L. Washburn   Evolution and Education  . . . . . . . . 221--228
                  Walter J. Ong   Agonistic Structures in Academia: Past
                                  to Present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--238
                 Jill K. Conway   Coeducation and Women's Studies: Two
                                  Approaches to the Question of Woman's
                                  Place in the Contemporary University . . 239--249
                 Robert E. Lane   The Self-Analysis of Educational Belief
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--257
              Donald Light, Jr.   Thinking about Faculty . . . . . . . . . 258--264
             John Hope Franklin   On the ``Oversupply'' of Graduate
                                  Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--268
                Talcott Parsons   Stability and Change in the American
                                  University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--277
                   Jerome Kagan   On the Uses of the University  . . . . . 278--281
    Jacquelyn Anderson Mattfeld   Liberal Education in Contemporary
                                  American Society . . . . . . . . . . . . 282--287
          Thomas Boylston Adams   One Wide River to Cross  . . . . . . . . 288--296
             Dana L. Farnsworth   Social Values in College and University  297--301
             Joseph Rhodes, Jr.   A Dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302--310
                   Robert Coles   But How Is Someone to Live a Life? . . . 311--315
               Michael Schudson   On the Sense of Vocation . . . . . . . . 316--325
               Thomas J. Cottle   The First Child at College . . . . . . . 326--331
              Theodore R. Sizer   On Myopia: a Complaint from down Below   332--340
                   Edward Gradd   The American Credo \ldots Of Higher
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341--345
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 104, Number 1, Winter, 1975

            Stephen R. Graubard   Preface to the Issue ``American Higher
                                  Education: Toward an Uncertain Future''.
                                  Volume II  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                     Clark Kerr   What We Might Learn from the Climacteric 1--7
                  R. W. Fleming   Reflections on Higher Education  . . . . 8--15
                 Ernest Bartell   The Enduring Non-Crisis in Higher
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--24
              Walter P. Metzger   The American Academic Profession in
                                  ``Hard Times'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--44
                    Robert Wood   Academe Sings the Blues  . . . . . . . . 45--55
               Charles J. Hitch   Ten Years after, Ten Years Hence . . . . 56--60
               Adam Yarmolinsky   Institutional Paralysis  . . . . . . . . 61--67
                W. Allen Wallis   Unity in the University  . . . . . . . . 68--77
            Patrick E. McCarthy   Higher Education: Expansion without
                                  Growth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--86
                 John G. Kemeny   The University in Steady State . . . . . 87--96
           Sally Zeckhauser and   
             Richard Zeckhauser   Encouraging Improved Performance in
                                  Higher Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--107
               Joseph M. Cronin   The Interdependence of Higher Education  108--112
                    Martin Trow   The Public and Private Lives of Higher
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--127
             Daniel P. Moynihan   The Politics of Higher Education . . . . 128--147
                    Gerard Piel   Public Support for Autonomous
                                  Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--155
               Richard W. Lyman   In Defense of the Private Sector . . . . 156--159
          Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.   Blacks and Higher Education: Some
                                  Reflections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--165
               Gerald Grant and   
                  David Riesman   An Ecology of Academic Reform  . . . . . 166--191
              Robert E. Marshak   Problems and Prospects of an Urban
                                  Public University  . . . . . . . . . . . 192--201
                 Asa S. Knowles   Cooperative Education: The Catalyst for
                                  Innovation and Relevance . . . . . . . . 202--209
              Jerome M. Ziegler   Some Questions before Us: Notes toward
                                  the Future in Higher Education . . . . . 210--221
         Lewis M. Branscomb and   
                Paul C. Gilmore   Education in Private Industry  . . . . . 222--233
               Caryl P. Haskins   Thoughts on an Uncharted Future  . . . . 234--243
                     B. T. Feld   On Legitimizing Public-Service Science
                                  in the University  . . . . . . . . . . . 244--247
                Herman Feshbach   Graduate Education and Federal Support
                                  of Research  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248--250
              H. Guyford Stever   Education, Research, and the
                                  Self-Determination of Academic
                                  Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251--253
               Robert J. Glaser   A Note on the ``University Troubles''
                                  and Their Impact on the Medical Schools  254--258
                Howard H. Hiatt   The Need for University Involvement in
                                  Medical Education  . . . . . . . . . . . 259--264
               Philip M. Hauser   Political Actionism in the University    265--272
                S. E. Luria and   
                    Zella Luria   The Soluble and the Insoluble or Are Two
                                  Cultures Better than One?  . . . . . . . 273--277
             Kenneth S. Tollett   Community and Higher Education . . . . . 278--297
            Kenneth E. Boulding   Quality versus Equality: The Dilemma of
                                  the University . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298--303
                Martin Meyerson   After a Decade of the Levelers in Higher
                                  Education: Reinforcing Quality while
                                  Maintaining Mass Education . . . . . . . 304--321
                      Anonymous   The Assembly on University Goals and
                                  Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322--346
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 104, Number 2, Spring, 1975

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Wisdom,
                                  Revelation, and Doubt: Perspectives on
                                  the First Millennium B.C.''  . . . . . . v--vi
           Benjamin I. Schwartz   The Age of Transcendence . . . . . . . . 1--7
             Arnaldo Momigliano   The Fault of the Greeks  . . . . . . . . 9--19
                      Eric Weil   What Is a Breakthrough in History? . . . 21--36
               A. Leo Oppenheim   The Position of the Intellectual in
                                  Mesopotamian Society . . . . . . . . . . 37--46
                   Paul Garelli   The Changing Facets of Conservative
                                  Mesopotamian Thought . . . . . . . . . . 47--56
           Benjamin I. Schwartz   Transcendence in Ancient China . . . . . 57--68
               V. Nikiprowetzky   Ethical Monotheism . . . . . . . . . . . 69--89
                S. C. Humphreys   ``Transcendence'' and Intellectual
                                  Roles: The Ancient Greek Case  . . . . . 91--118
                  Romila Thapar   Ethics, Religion, and Social Protest in
                                  the First Millennium B.C. in Northern
                                  India  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--132
                    Peter Brown   Society and the Supernatural: a Medieval
                                  Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133--151
                   Louis Dumont   On the Comparative Understanding of
                                  Non-Modern Civilizations . . . . . . . . 153--172
                      Anonymous   A Note from the Editor . . . . . . . . . 173--174
                 Robert Darnton   Writing News and Telling Stories . . . . 175--194
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 104, Number 3, Summer, 1975

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Arms, Defense
                                  Policy, and Arms Control'' . . . . . . . v--vi
                     F. A. Long   Arms Control from the Perspective of the
                                  Nineteen-Seventies . . . . . . . . . . . 1--13
                   Abram Chayes   Nuclear Arms Control after the Cold War  15--33
                Richard A. Falk   Arms Control, Foreign Policy, and Global
                                  Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--52
            Marshall D. Shulman   Arms Control in an International Context 53--61
                      Paul Doty   Strategic Arms Limitation after SALT I   63--74
                  Harvey Brooks   The Military Innovation System and the
                                  Qualitative Arms Race  . . . . . . . . . 75--97
          Graham T. Allison and   
             Frederic A. Morris   Armaments and Arms Control: Exploring
                                  the Determinants of Military Weapons . . 99--129
           John Steinbruner and   
                   Barry Carter   Organizational and Political Dimensions
                                  of the Strategic Posture: The Problems
                                  of Reform  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--154
                      Les Aspin   The Defense Budget and Foreign Policy:
                                  The Role of Congress . . . . . . . . . . 155--174
               R. James Woolsey   Chipping Away at the Bargains  . . . . . 175--185
            Thomas C. Schelling   A Framework for the Evaluation of
                                  Arms-Control Proposals . . . . . . . . . 187--200
                 G. W. Rathjens   Changing Perspectives on Arms Control    201--214
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 104, Number 4, Fall, 1975

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Oil Crisis:
                                  In Perspective'' . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
                 Raymond Vernon   An Interpretation  . . . . . . . . . . . 1--14
           Joel Darmstadter and   
              Hans H. Landsberg   The Economic Background  . . . . . . . . 15--37
                  Edith Penrose   The Development of Crisis  . . . . . . . 39--57
              George Lenczowski   The Oil-Producing Countries  . . . . . . 59--72
                 James W. McKie   The United States  . . . . . . . . . . . 73--90
               Romano Prodi and   
              Alberto Clô   Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--112
                  Yoshi Tsurumi   Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--127
            Marshall I. Goldman   The Soviet Union . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--143
                  Norman Girvan   Economic Nationalism . . . . . . . . . . 145--158
                   Mira Wilkins   The Oil Companies in Perspective . . . . 159--178
             Robert B. Stobaugh   The Oil Companies in the Crisis  . . . . 179--202
                Zuhayr Mikdashi   The OPEC Process . . . . . . . . . . . . 203--215
                    Ulf Lantzke   The OECD and Its International Energy
                                  Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217--227
                    Klaus Knorr   The Limits of Economic and Military
                                  Power  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--243
                 Raymond Vernon   The Distribution of Power  . . . . . . . 245--257
                      Ian Smart   Uniqueness and Generality  . . . . . . . 259--281
                      Anonymous   Appendix A: Selective Chronology of the
                                  Oil Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--284
                      Anonymous   Appendix B: Statistical Tables . . . . . 285--291
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 105, Number 1, Winter, 1976

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``In Praise of
                                  Books''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
           Shirley Robin Letwin   Hobbes and Christianity  . . . . . . . . 1--21
                    Tony Tanner   Julie and ``La Maison Paternelle'':
                                  Another Look at Rousseau's ``La Nouvelle
                                  Hélo\"\ise''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--45
                  Bernard Cazes   Condorcet's True Paradox, or, the
                                  Liberal Transformed into Social Engineer 47--58
                Frank E. Manuel   In Memoriam: ``Critique of the Gotha
                                  Program'', 1875--1975  . . . . . . . . . 59--77
            Heinrich von Staden   Nietzsche and Marx on Greek Art and
                                  Literature: Case Studies in Reception    79--96
               J. Hillis Miller   Walter Pater: a Partial Portrait . . . . 97--113
                  Pearl K. Bell   Edmund Wilson's ``Axel's Castle''  . . . 115--125
               Edmund Burke III   Frantz Fanon's ``The Wretched of the
                                  Earth''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--135
                 Ernest Gellner   The Sociology of Robert Montagne
                                  (1893--1954) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--150
                 Edward W. Said   Raymond Schwab and the Romance of Ideas  151--167
                Kurt W. Forster   Aby Warburg's History of Art: Collective
                                  Memory and the Social Mediation of
                                  Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--176
                   Henri Zerner   Alo\"\is Riegl: Art, Value, and
                                  Historicism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--188
                   Spiro Kostof   Architecture, You and Him: The Mark of
                                  Sigfried Giedion . . . . . . . . . . . . 189--204
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 105, Number 2, Spring, 1976

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Adulthood'' . . . v--viii
                Erik H. Erikson   Reflections on Dr. Borg's Life Cycle . . 1--28
        Herant A. Katchadourian   Medical Perspectives on Adulthood  . . . 29--56
               Robert N. Bellah   To Kill and Survive or to Die and
                                  Become: The Active Life and the
                                  Contemplative Life as Ways of Being
                                  Adult  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--76
             William J. Bouwsma   Christian Adulthood  . . . . . . . . . . 77--92
                 Ira M. Lapidus   Adulthood in Islam: Religious Maturity
                                  in the Islamic Tradition . . . . . . . . 93--108
                    Tu Wei-Ming   The Confucian Perception of Adulthood    109--123
               Thomas P. Rohlen   The Promise of Adulthood in Japanese
                                  Spiritualism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--143
     Susanne Hoeber Rudolph and   
               Lloyd I. Rudolph   Rajput Adulthood: Reflections on the
                                  Amar Singh Diary . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--167
                Martin E. Malia   Adulthood Refracted: Russia and Leo
                                  Tolstoi  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--183
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 105, Number 3, Fall, 1976

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Edward Gibbon and
                                  the Decline and Fall of the Roman
                                  Empire'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
                David P. Jordan   Edward Gibbon: The Historian of the
                                  Roman Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--12
        Martine Watson Brownley   Gibbon: The Formation of Mind and
                                  Character  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--25
                     John Clive   Gibbon's Humor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--35
              Robert Shackleton   The Impact of French Literature on
                                  Gibbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--48
             Giuseppe Giarrizzo   Toward the ``Decline and Fall'':
                                  Gibbon's Other Historical Interests  . . 49--62
                G. W. Bowersock   Gibbon on Civil War and Rebellion in the
                                  Decline of the Roman Empire  . . . . . . 63--71
                    Peter Brown   Gibbon's Views on Culture and Society in
                                  the Fifth and Sixth Centuries  . . . . . 73--88
                  Bernard Lewis   Gibbon on Muhammad . . . . . . . . . . . 89--101
                Steven Runciman   Gibbon and Byzantium . . . . . . . . . . 103--110
                  Owen Chadwick   Gibbon and the Church Historians . . . . 111--123
             Arnaldo Momigliano   Gibbon from an Italian Point of View . . 125--135
                    Peter Burke   Tradition and Experience: The Idea of
                                  Decline from Bruni to Gibbon . . . . . . 137--152
                J. G. A. Pocock   Between Machiavelli and Hume: Gibbon as
                                  Civic Humanist and Philosophical
                                  Historian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153--169
            Stephen R. Graubard   Edward Gibbon: Contraria Sunt
                                  Complementa  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171--187
               Jean Starobinski   From the Decline of Erudition to the
                                  Decline of Nations: Gibbon's Response to
                                  French Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189--207
          François Furet   Civilization and Barbarism in Gibbon's
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--216
                Francis Haskell   Gibbon and the History of Art  . . . . . 217--229
                Frank E. Manuel   Edward Gibbon: Historien-Philosophe  . . 231--245
               Reuben A. Brower   With Gibbon in Puerto Rico . . . . . . . 247--249
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 105, Number 4, Fall, 1976

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``American
                                  Civilization: New Perspectives'' . . . . v--viii
             Winthrop D. Jordan   Searching for Adulthood in America . . . 1--11
              Tamara K. Hareven   The Last Stage: Historical Adulthood and
                                  Old Age  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--27
                   Robert Coles   Work and Self-Respect  . . . . . . . . . 29--38
                Wallace Stegner   The Writer and the Concept of Adulthood  39--48
                Kenneth S. Lynn   Adulthood in American Literature . . . . 49--59
               Roger Rosenblatt   Growing up on Television . . . . . . . . 61--68
               Joseph Goldstein   On Being Adult and Being an Adult in
                                  Secular Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69--87
                  Willard Hurst   Consensus and Conflict in
                                  Twentieth-Century Public Policy  . . . . 89--101
                 Gerhard Casper   Social Differences and the Franchise . . 103--114
                  Nathan Glazer   Liberty, Equality, Fraternity---and
                                  Ethnicity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--127
                  Barry D. Karl   Philanthropy, Policy Planning, and the
                                  Bureaucratization of the Democratic
                                  Ideal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--149
       Harvey C. Mansfield, Jr.   The Right of Revolution  . . . . . . . . 151--162
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 106, Number 1, Winter, 1977

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Doing Better and
                                  Feeling Worse: Health in the United
                                  States'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
                John H. Knowles   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--7
            Renée C. Fox   The Medicalization and Demedicalization
                                  of American Society  . . . . . . . . . . 9--22
                Daniel Callahan   Health and Society: Some Ethical
                                  Imperatives  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--33
                   Lewis Thomas   On the Science and Technology of
                                  Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--46
            Stanley Joel Reiser   Therapeutic Choice and Moral Doubt in a
                                  Technological Age  . . . . . . . . . . . 47--56
                John H. Knowles   The Responsibility of the Individual . . 57--80
                David E. Rogers   The Challenge of Primary Care  . . . . . 81--103
                Aaron Wildavsky   Doing Better and Feeling Worse: The
                                  Political Pathology of Health Policy . . 105--123
           Ivan L. Bennett, Jr.   Technology as a Shaping Force  . . . . . 125--133
                Walsh McDermott   Evaluating the Physician and His
                                  Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--157
          Donald S. Fredrickson   Health and the Search for New Knowledge  159--170
                Robert H. Ebert   Medical Education in the United States   171--184
                Merlin K. Duval   The Provider, the Government, and the
                                  Consumer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--192
               Ernest W. Saward   Institutional Organization, Incentives,
                                  and Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--202
                   Eli Ginzberg   Health Services, Power Centers, and
                                  Decision-Making Mechanisms . . . . . . . 203--213
             Herbert E. Klarman   The Financing of Health Care . . . . . . 215--234
                 Leon Eisenberg   The Search for Care  . . . . . . . . . . 235--246
             Julius B. Richmond   The Needs of Children  . . . . . . . . . 247--259
              Philip Berger and   
            Beatrix Hamburg and   
                  David Hamburg   Mental Health: Progress and Problems . . 261--276
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 106, Number 2, Spring, 1977

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Family''  . . v--xiv
                 Alice S. Rossi   A Biosocial Perspective on Parenting . . 1--31
                   Jerome Kagan   The Child in the Family  . . . . . . . . 33--56
              Tamara K. Hareven   Family Time and Historical Time  . . . . 57--70
             E. Anthony Wrigley   Reflections on the History of the Family 71--85
            Natalie Zemon Davis   Ghosts, Kin, and Progeny: Some Features
                                  of Family Life in Early Modern France    87--114
              Isabel V. Sawhill   Economic Perspectives on the Family  . . 115--125
             Suzanne H. Woolsey   Pied Piper Politics and the Child-Care
                                  Debate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--145
           Colin C. Blaydon and   
                 Carol B. Stack   Income Support Policies and the Family   147--161
                  Anthony Downs   The Impact of Housing Policies on Family
                                  Life in the United States since World
                                  War II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163--180
              Hiroshi Wagatsuma   Some Aspects of the Contemporary
                                  Japanese Family: Once Confucian, Now
                                  Fatherless?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181--210
            Beatrice B. Whiting   Changing Life Styles in Kenya  . . . . . 211--225
               Philippe Ari\`es   The Family and the City  . . . . . . . . 227--235
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 106, Number 3, Summer, 1977

            Stephen R. Graubard   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xix
                Svetlana Alpers   Is Art History?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--13
                Sidney D. Drell   Elementary Particle Physics  . . . . . . 15--31
                   D. W. Sciama   The Limits of Space and Time: Exploding
                                  Black Holes and the Origin of the
                                  Universe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--40
               Stanley Hoffmann   An American Social Science:
                                  International Relations  . . . . . . . . 41--60
                  Victor Turner   Process, System, and Symbol: a New
                                  Anthropological Synthesis  . . . . . . . 61--80
               Gordon R. Willey   A Consideration of Archaeology . . . . . 81--95
                 D. P. McKenzie   Plate Tectonics and Its Relationship to
                                  the Evolution of Ideas in the Geological
                                  Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--124
                   M. I. Finley   ``Progress'' in Historiography . . . . . 125--142
                Stephen Toulmin   From Form to Function: Philosophy and
                                  History of Science in the 1950s and Now  143--162
                   Lewis Thomas   Biomedical Science and Human Health: The
                                  Long-Range Prospect  . . . . . . . . . . 163--171
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 106, Number 4, Fall, 1977

                  Gerald Holton   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiv
           Jean Starobinski and   
                A. Cancogni and   
                    R. Sieburth   Criticism and Authority  . . . . . . . . 1--16
                Steven Weinberg   The Search for Unity: Notes for a
                                  History of Quantum Field Theory  . . . . 17--35
                    Bruno Rossi   X-Ray Astronomy  . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--58
           Shmuel N. Eisenstadt   Sociological Theory and an Analysis of
                                  the Dynamics of Civilizations and of
                                  Revolutions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--78
               Lester C. Thurow   Economics 1977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--94
                Jonathan Culler   In Pursuit of Signs  . . . . . . . . . . 95--111
               George A. Miller   Problems of Communication  . . . . . . . 113--125
               Edward O. Wilson   Biology and the Social Sciences  . . . . 127--140
  Emmanuel B. LeRoy Ladurie and   
                    R. Sieburth   Recent Historical ``Discoveries''  . . . 141--155
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 107, Number 1, Winter, 1978

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``A New America?''  v--vii
             Elizabeth Hardwick   Domestic Manners . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--11
             Sydney E. Ahlstrom   National Trauma and Changing Religious
                                  Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--29
                  Steven Muller   A New American University? . . . . . . . 31--45
           Rosabeth Moss Kanter   Work in a New America  . . . . . . . . . 47--78
                 John T. Dunlop   Past and Future Tendencies in American
                                  Labor Organizations  . . . . . . . . . . 79--96
          Nancy Needham Wardell   The Corporation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--110
             Edward K. Hamilton   On Nonconstitutional Management of a
                                  Constitutional Problem . . . . . . . . . 111--128
                Louise Weinberg   A New Judicial Federalism? . . . . . . . 129--141
             Marvin E. Wolfgang   Real and Perceived Changes of Crime and
                                  Punishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--157
               Adam Yarmolinsky   What Future for the Professional in
                                  American Society?  . . . . . . . . . . . 159--174
                     Paul Starr   Medicine and the Waning of Professional
                                  Sovereignty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--193
                  Anthony Smith   ``Just a Pleasant Way to Spend an
                                  Evening'': The Softening Embrace of
                                  American Television  . . . . . . . . . . 195--212
                  Thomas Sowell   Ethnicity in a Changing America  . . . . 213--237
                  Elliot Zashin   The Progress of Black Americans in Civil
                                  Rights: The Past Two Decades Assessed    239--262
                  Daniel Yergin   Order and Survival . . . . . . . . . . . 263--287
                 McGeorge Bundy   The Americans and the World  . . . . . . 289--303
             Ronald I. McKinnon   America's Role in Stabilizing the
                                  World's Monetary System  . . . . . . . . 305--324
                Pierre Nora and   
                 Michael Taylor   America and the French Intellectuals . . 325--337
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 107, Number 2, Spring, 1978

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Limits of
                                  Scientific Inquiry'' . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
              Robert S. Morison   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii--xvi
                Loren R. Graham   Concerns about Science and Attempts to
                                  Regulate Inquiry . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--21
           Robert L. Sinsheimer   The Presumptions of Science  . . . . . . 23--35
                David Baltimore   Limiting Science: a Biologist's
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--45
                Lynn White, Jr.   Science and the Sense of Self: The
                                  Medieval Background of a Modern
                                  Confrontation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--59
                       Leo Marx   Reflections on the Neo-Romantic Critique
                                  of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--74
                   Don K. Price   Endless Frontier or Bureaucratic Morass? 75--92
              Walter P. Metzger   Academic Freedom and Scientific Freedom  93--114
                    Sissela Bok   Freedom and Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--127
               Judith P. Swazey   Protecting the ``Animal of Necessity'':
                                  Limits to Inquiry in Clinical
                                  Investigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--145
            Barbara J. Culliton   Science's Restive Public . . . . . . . . 147--156
              Peter Barton Hutt   Public Criticism of Health Science
                                  Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--169
                  Harvey Brooks   The Problem of Research Priorities . . . 171--190
                 Dorothy Nelkin   Threats and Promises: Negotiating the
                                  Control of Research  . . . . . . . . . . 191--209
              Robert S. Morison   Misgivings about Life-Extending
                                  Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--226
                  Gerald Holton   Epilogue to the Issue, ``Limits of
                                  Scientific Inquiry'' . . . . . . . . . . 227--234
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 107, Number 3, Summer, 1978

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Rousseau for Our
                                  Time'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
                Frank E. Manuel   A Dream of Eupsychia . . . . . . . . . . 1--12
               Judith N. Shklar   Jean-Jacques Rousseau and Equality . . . 13--25
           Bronislaw Baczko and   
                Steven Raichlen   Rousseau and Social Marginality  . . . . 27--40
           Jean Starobinski and   
           Jacqueline Brovender   The Accuser and the Accused  . . . . . . 41--58
                 Lionel Gossman   The Innocent Art of Confession and
                                  Reverie  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--77
             Benjamin R. Barber   Rousseau and the Paradoxes of the
                                  Dramatic Imagination . . . . . . . . . . 79--92
               Roger D. Masters   Jean-Jacques Is Alive and Well: Rousseau
                                  and Contemporary Sociobiology  . . . . . 93--105
                  Robert Wokler   Perfectible Apes in Decadent Cultures:
                                  Rousseau's Anthropology Revisited  . . . 107--134
                    Allan Bloom   The Education of Democratic Man: Emile   135--153
                 William Kessen   Rousseau's Children  . . . . . . . . . . 155--166
            Joseph Featherstone   Rousseau and Modernity . . . . . . . . . 167--192
           Benjamin I. Schwartz   The Rousseau Strain in the Contemporary
                                  World  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--206
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 107, Number 4, Fall, 1978

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Generations''    v--vii
                  Laura L. Nash   Concepts of Existence: Greek Origins of
                                  Generational Thought . . . . . . . . . . 1--21
              Annie Kriegel and   
               Elisabeth Hirsch   Generational Difference: The History of
                                  an Idea  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--38
            Matilda White Riley   Aging, Social Change, and the Power of
                                  Ideas  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--52
           Shirley Robin Letwin   Trollope on Generations without Gaps . . 53--70
               Robert Skidelsky   Keynes and His Parents . . . . . . . . . 71--79
                     Noel Annan   ``Our Age'': Reflections on Three
                                  Generations in England . . . . . . . . . 81--109
               Carl E. Schorske   Generational Tension and Cultural
                                  Change: Reflections on the Case of
                                  Vienna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--122
                  Morton Keller   Reflections on Politics and Generations
                                  in America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--135
              Tamara K. Hareven   The Search for Generational Memory:
                                  Tribal Rites in Industrial Society . . . 137--149
                   Mary Douglas   Judgments on James Frazer  . . . . . . . 151--164
                   Douglas Bush   Literature, the Academy, and the Public  165--174
                  Jonathan Lear   Going Native . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--188
               Harold R. Isaacs   Bringing up the Father Question  . . . . 189--203
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 108, Number 1, Winter, 1979

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Looking for
                                  Europe'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xi
               Stanley Hoffmann   Fragments Floating in the Here and Now   1--26
                 Suzanne Berger   Politics and Antipolitics in Western
                                  Europe in the Seventies  . . . . . . . . 27--50
                Albert Bressand   The New European Economies . . . . . . . 51--73
                     David Watt   The Community: Performance and Prospects 75--85
                    Uwe Nerlich   Western Europe's Relations with the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--111
                 Pierre Hassner   Western European Perceptions of the USSR 113--150
                   Archie Brown   Eastern Europe: 1968, 1978, 1998 . . . . 151--174
                      Juan Linz   Europe's Southern Frontier: Evolving
                                  Trends toward What?  . . . . . . . . . . 175--209
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 108, Number 2, Spring, 1979

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Old Faiths and
                                  New Doubts: The European Predicament''   v--xi
 François Bourricaud and   
                 John Muresianu   Individualistic Mobilization and the
                                  Crisis of Professional Authority . . . . 1--20
          Alain Besançon   The Confusion of Tongues . . . . . . . . 21--42
            Michele Salvati and   
                 Giorgio Brosio   The Rise of Market Politics: Industrial
                                  Relations in the Seventies . . . . . . . 43--71
                    Hilary Land   The Changing Place of Women in Europe    73--94
                    Ray C. Rist   Migration and Marginality: Guestworkers
                                  in Germany and France  . . . . . . . . . 95--108
            Albert Bressand and   
           Thierry De Montbrial   The Ups and Downs of Mutual Relevance    109--132
                     Asa Briggs   Word and Image: Changing Patterns of
                                  Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133--149
                    Werner Ross   Europe's Multilingual Future . . . . . . 151--162
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 108, Number 3, Summer, 1979

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Hypocrisy,
                                  Illusion, and Evasion''  . . . . . . . . v--viii
                  Judith Shklar   Let Us Not Be Hypocritical . . . . . . . 1--25
                 Stanley Cavell   Epistemology and Tragedy: a Reading of
                                  Othello  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--43
                  Brian Vickers   Shakespeare's Hypocrites . . . . . . . . 45--83
           Jean Starobinski and   
                 John Muresianu   Montaigne on Illusion: The Denunciation
                                  of Untruth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--101
                   Simon Schama   The Unruly Realm: Appetite and Restraint
                                  in Seventeenth Century Holland . . . . . 103--123
         Mary Catherine Bateson   ``This Figure of Tinsel'': a Study of
                                  Themes of Hypocrisy and Pessimism in
                                  Iranian Culture  . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--134
                 Stephen Gilman   The Case of Diego Alonso: Hypocrisy and
                                  the Spanish Inquisition  . . . . . . . . 135--144
               Quentin Anderson   John Dewey's American Democrat . . . . . 145--159
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 108, Number 4, Fall, 1979

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``The State''  . . v--xix
                 Harry Eckstein   On the ``Science'' of the State  . . . . 1--20
         George Armstrong Kelly   Who Needs a Theory of Citizenship? . . . 21--36
                    Douglas Rae   The Egalitarian State: Notes on a System
                                  of Contradictory Ideals  . . . . . . . . 37--54
                  James Fishkin   Moral Principles and Public Policy . . . 55--67
                     John Logue   The Welfare State: Victim of Its Success 69--87
                   Clark C. Abt   Social Science Research and the Modern
                                  State  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--100
                 Michael Howard   War and the Nation-State . . . . . . . . 101--110
                    Hedley Bull   The State's Positive Role in World
                                  Affairs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--123
                  Richard Haass   The Primacy of the State \ldots or
                                  Revising the Revisionists  . . . . . . . 125--138
              Annie Kriegel and   
                   J. Braun and   
                 John Muresianu   The Nature of the Communist System:
                                  Notes on State, Party, and Society . . . 139--153
                 David E. Apter   Notes on the Underground: Left Violence
                                  and the National State . . . . . . . . . 155--172
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 109, Number 1, Winter, 1980

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Modern
                                  Technology: Problem or Opportunity?''    v--vi
              Harvey Brooks and   
            Alfred Chandler and   
                Norman Dahl and   
       Edward E. David, Jr. and   
        Stephen R. Graubard and   
           Albert Hirschman and   
              Gerald Holton and   
            David S. Landes and   
            Michael Maccoby and   
             Elting Morison and   
          Robert S. Morison and   
          Walter Rosenblith and   
          Merritt Roe Smith and   
             Raymond Vernon and   
          Joseph Weizenbaum and   
                 Langdon Winner   Some Issues of Technology  . . . . . . . 1 3--24
            N. Bruce Hannay and   
               Robert E. McGinn   The Anatomy of Modern Technology:
                                  Prolegomenon to an Improved Public
                                  Policy for the Social Management of
                                  Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--53
              Robert S. Morison   A Further Note on Visions  . . . . . . . 55--64
                  Harvey Brooks   Technology, Evolution, and Purpose . . . 65--81
                    W. O. Baker   Science and Technology . . . . . . . . . 83--109
                   David Landes   The Creation of Knowledge and Technique:
                                  Today's Task and Yesterday's Experience  111--120
                 Langdon Winner   Do Artifacts Have Politics?  . . . . . . 121--136
           Daniel T. Spreng and   
              Alvin M. Weinberg   Time and Decentralization  . . . . . . . 137--143
                Deborah Shapley   Arms Control as a Regulator of Military
                                  Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--157
                 David K. Stout   The Impact of Technology on Economic
                                  Growth in the 1980s  . . . . . . . . . . 159--167
           Edward E. David, Jr.   On the Dimensions of the Technology
                                  Controversy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--177
                 Elting Morison   The Uncertain Relation . . . . . . . . . 179--184
              Walter Rosenblith   A Note on Engineering and the Other
                                  Professions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--187
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 109, Number 2, Spring, 1980

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: Intellect and
                                  Imagination: The Limits and
                                  Presuppositions of Intellectual Inquiry  v--viii
                 Leon N. Cooper   Source and Limits of Human Intellect . . 1--17
                Karl H. Pribram   The Role of Analogy in Transcending
                                  Limits in the Brain Sciences . . . . . . 19--38
              Stephen Jay Gould   The Evolutionary Biology of Constraint   39--52
               Judith N. Shklar   Learning without Knowing . . . . . . . . 53--72
                  James A. Boon   Comparative De-Enlightenment: Paradox
                                  and Limits in the History of Ethnology   73--91
       Wendy Doniger O'Flaherty   Inside and Outside the Mouth of God: The
                                  Boundary between Myth and Reality  . . . 93--125
                 Meredith Skura   Creativity: Transgressing the Limits of
                                  Consciousness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--146
                 Stanley Cavell   Knowledge as Transgression: Mostly a
                                  Reading of ``It Happened One Night'' . . 147--175
               Leonard B. Meyer   Exploiting Limits: Creation, Archetypes,
                                  and Style Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--205
                  Leo Steinberg   A Corner of the ``Last Judgment''  . . . 207--217 221--273
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 109, Number 3, Summer, 1980

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: ``The End of
                                  Consensus?'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xv
                Allen H. Barton   Fault Lines in American Elite Consensus  1--24
              Morris P. Fiorina   The Decline of Collective Responsibility
                                  in American Politics . . . . . . . . . . 25--45
                    David Vogel   The Inadequacy of Contemporary
                                  Opposition to Business . . . . . . . . . 47--58
                 Barry Bosworth   Re-Establishing an Economic Consensus:
                                  an Impossible Agenda?  . . . . . . . . . 59--70
              Hans H. Landsberg   Let's All Play Energy Policy!  . . . . . 71--84
                 J. Myron Atkin   The Government in the Classroom  . . . . 85--97
                    Robert Wood   The Disassembling of American Education  99--113
        Patricia Albjerg Graham   Whither Equality of Educational
                                  Opportunity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--132
                   Robert Coles   Civility and Psychology  . . . . . . . . 133--141
                Linda B. Miller   Morality in Foreign Policy: a Failed
                                  Consensus? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--158
              Hans O. Staub and   
                     Harry Zohn   The Tyranny of Minorities  . . . . . . . 159--168
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 109, Number 4, Fall, 1980

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: ``U.S. Defense
                                  Policy in the 1980s''  . . . . . . . . . v--xv
                  Richard Pipes   Militarism and the Soviet State  . . . . 1--12
                 David Holloway   Military Power and Political Purpose in
                                  Soviet Policy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--30
                 Shahram Chubin   U.S. Security Interests in the Persian
                                  Gulf in the 1980s  . . . . . . . . . . . 31--65
                    Paul Jabber   U.S. Interests and Regional Security in
                                  the Middle East  . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--80
                    Henry Rowen   American Security Interests in Northeast
                                  Asia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--96
               Allen S. Whiting   China and the Superpowers: Toward the
                                  Year 2000  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--113
      Jorge I. Domínguez   The United States and Its Regional
                                  Security Interests: The Caribbean,
                                  Central, and South America . . . . . . . 115--133
                  Colin S. Gray   Strategic Stability Reconsidered . . . . 135--154
                   Jan M. Lodal   Deterrence and Nuclear Strategy  . . . . 155--175
                Sidney D. Drell   Arms Control: Is There Still Hope? . . . 177--188
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 110, Number 1, Winter, 1981

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``U.S. Defense
                                  Policy in the 1980s'': Volume II . . . . v--xi
                  Michael Nacht   Toward an American Conception of
                                  Regional Security  . . . . . . . . . . . 1--22
              George H. Quester   The Superpowers and the Atlantic
                                  Alliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--40
              William G. Hyland   The Atlantic Crisis  . . . . . . . . . . 41--51
                Robert R. Bowie   The Atlantic Alliance  . . . . . . . . . 53--69
                    Uwe Nerlich   Change in Europe: a Secular Trend? . . . 71--103
             William H. Kincade   Over the Technological Horizon . . . . . 105--127
                  Harvey Brooks   Notes on Some Issues on Technology and
                                  National Defense . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--136
               Joseph J. Kruzel   Arms Control and American Defense
                                  Policy: New Alternatives and Old
                                  Realities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--157
                   Richard Burt   The Relevance of Arms Control in the
                                  1980s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159--177
            George Rathjens and   
                     Jack Ruina   Nuclear Doctrine and Rationality . . . . 179--187
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 110, Number 2, Spring, 1981

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``American
                                  Indians, Blacks, Chicanos, and Puerto
                                  Ricans'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiii
             John Hope Franklin   The Land of Room Enough  . . . . . . . . 1--12
              Vine Deloria, Jr.   Identity and Culture . . . . . . . . . . 13--27
                   Robert Coles   Minority Dreams, American Dreams . . . . 29--41
              Michael A. Dorris   The Grass Still Grows, the Rivers Still
                                  Flow: Contemporary Native Americans  . . 43--69
              Faustine C. Jones   External Crosscurrents and Internal
                                  Diversity: an Assessment of Black
                                  Progress, 1960--1980 . . . . . . . . . . 71--101
        Leobardo F. Estrada and   
     F. Chris García and   
Reynaldo Flores Macías and   
               Lionel Maldonado   Chicanos in the United States: a History
                                  of Exploitation and Resistance . . . . . 103--131
              Frank Bonilla and   
                 Ricardo Campos   A Wealth of Poor: Puerto Ricans in the
                                  New Economic Order . . . . . . . . . . . 133--176
                 Carlos H. Arce   A Reconsideration of Chicano Culture and
                                  Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--191
                Juan Flores and   
              John Attinasi and   
             Pedro Pedraza, Jr.   ``La Carreta Made a U-Turn'': Puerto
                                  Rican Language and Culture in the United
                                  States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--217
                  Haywood Burns   From Brown to Bakke and Back: Race, Law,
                                  and Social Change in America . . . . . . 219--231
            Thomas F. Pettigrew   Race and Class in the 1980s: an
                                  Interactive View . . . . . . . . . . . . 233--255
        Bernard E. Anderson and   
           Phoebe H. Cottingham   The Elusive Quest for Economic Equality  257--274
                  Joan W. Moore   Minorities in the American Class System  275--299
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 110, Number 3, Summer, 1981

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``America's
                                  Schools: Public and Private''  . . . . . v--xxiv
                David Tyack and   
               Elisabeth Hansot   Conflict and Consensus in American
                                  Public Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--25
          Stephen K. Bailey and   
               Steven K. Bailey   Political Coalitions for Public
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--43
               Michael W. Kirst   Loss of Support for Public Secondary
                                  Schools: Some Causes and Solutions . . . 45--68
             David K. Cohen and   
                Barbara Neufeld   The Failure of High Schools and the
                                  Progress of Education  . . . . . . . . . 69--89
                 J. Myron Atkin   Who Will Teach in High School? . . . . . 91--103
             Gordon L. McAndrew   The High-School Principal: Man in the
                                  Middle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--118
        Patricia Albjerg Graham   Literacy: a Goal for Secondary Schools   119--134
                   Gerald Grant   The Character of Education and the
                                  Education of Character . . . . . . . . . 135--149
                   Jerome Kagan   The Moral Function of the School . . . . 151--165
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 110, Number 4, Fall, 1981

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``America's
                                  Schools: Portraits and Perspectives''    v--xvi
               William A. Oates   Independent Schools: Landscape and
                                  Learnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--16
        Sara Lawrence Lightfoot   Portraits of Exemplary Secondary
                                  Schools: George Washington Carver
                                  Comprehensive High School  . . . . . . . 17--37
              Philip W. Jackson   Secondary Schooling for Children of the
                                  Poor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--57
        Sara Lawrence Lightfoot   Portraits of Exemplary Secondary
                                  Schools: Highland Park . . . . . . . . . 59--80
              Philip W. Jackson   Comprehending a Well-Run Comprehensive:
                                  a Report on a Visit to a Large Suburban
                                  High School  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--95
        Sara Lawrence Lightfoot   Portraits of Exemplary Secondary
                                  Schools: St. Paul's School . . . . . . . 97--116
              Philip W. Jackson   Secondary Schooling for the Privileged
                                  Few: a Report on a Visit to a New
                                  England Boarding School  . . . . . . . . 117--130
                   Robert Coles   On the Nature of Character: Some
                                  Preliminary Field Notes  . . . . . . . . 131--143
                 Alonzo A. Crim   A Community of Believers . . . . . . . . 145--162
               Timothy S. Healy   Belief and Teaching  . . . . . . . . . . 163--175
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 111, Number 1, Winter, 1982

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Religion'' . . . v--xi
                   Mary Douglas   The Effects of Modernization on
                                  Religious Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--19
             Louis Dupré   Spiritual Life in a Secular Age  . . . . 21--31
                Frank E. Manuel   Israel and the Enlightenment . . . . . . 33--52
                   David Martin   Revived Dogma and New Cult . . . . . . . 53--71
             Richard P. McBrien   ``Roman Catholicism'': E Pluribus Unum   73--83
            Peter Hebblethwaite   The Popes and Politics: Shifting
                                  Patterns in ``Catholic Social Doctrine'' 85--99
          Michael M. J. Fischer   Islam and the Revolt of the Petit
                                  Bourgeoisie  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--125
         George Armstrong Kelly   Faith, Freedom, and Disenchantment:
                                  Politics and the American Religious
                                  Consciousness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--148
                Martin E. Marty   Religion in America since Mid-Century    149--163
                Wade Clark Roof   America's Voluntary Establishment:
                                  Mainline Religion in Transition  . . . . 165--184
               Steven M. Tipton   The Moral Logic of Alternative Religions 185--213
               Dick Anthony and   
                 Thomas Robbins   Spiritual Innovation and the Crisis of
                                  American Civil Religion  . . . . . . . . 215--234
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 111, Number 2, Spring, 1982

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Black Africa: a
                                  Generation after Independence''  . . . . v--xvi
                J. F. Ade Ajayi   Expectations of Independence . . . . . . 1--9
       Lanciné Sylla and   
              Arthur Goldhammer   Succession of the Charismatic Leader:
                                  The Gordian Knot of African Politics . . 11--28
               Es'Kia Mphahlele   Africa in Exile  . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--48
                    Jan Vansina   Mwasi's Trials . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--70
                 Crawford Young   Patterns of Social Conflict: State,
                                  Class, and Ethnicity . . . . . . . . . . 71--98
                     Colin Leys   African Economic Development in Theory
                                  and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99--124
                 Michael Roemer   Economic Development in Africa:
                                  Performance since Independence, and a
                                  Strategy for the Future  . . . . . . . . 125--148
              Andrew M. Kamarck   The Resources of Tropical Africa . . . . 149--163
           Emmanuel A. Ayandele   Africa: The Challenge of Higher
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--177
            Joel W. Gregory and   
            Victor Piché   African Population: Reproduction for
                                  Whom?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--209
         Willard R. Johnson and   
           Ernest J. Wilson III   The ``Oil Crises'' and African
                                  Economies: Oil Wave on a Tidal Flood of
                                  Industrial Price Inflation . . . . . . . 211--241
             A. Bolaji Akinyemi   Africa: Challenges and Responses: a
                                  Foreign Policy Perspective . . . . . . . 243--254
                    Hedley Bull   The West and South Africa  . . . . . . . 255--270
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 111, Number 3, Summer, 1982

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Representations
                                  and Realities''  . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
             Stephen Greenblatt   Filthy Rites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--16
               Judith N. Shklar   Putting Cruelty First  . . . . . . . . . 17--27
               Carl E. Schorske   Mahler and Klimt: Social Experience and
                                  Artistic Evolution . . . . . . . . . . . 29--50
                     John Clive   The Versatile Signor Di Bassetto: an
                                  Essay in Crime Prevention  . . . . . . . 51--63
                 Robert Darnton   What Is the History of Books?  . . . . . 65--83
               Jaroslav Pelikan   The Two Cities: The Decline and Fall of
                                  Rome as Historical Paradigm  . . . . . . 85--91
       Wendy Doniger O'Flaherty   The Dream Narrative and the Indian
                                  Doctrine of Illusion . . . . . . . . . . 93--113
             David Scott Kastan   Shakespeare and ``The Way of Womenkind'' 115--130
                 John Hollander   The West Wind and the Mingled Measure    131--148
                   John R. Boly   Auden and the Romantic Tradition in
                                  ``The Age of Anxiety'' . . . . . . . . . 149--171
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 111, Number 4, Fall, 1982

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Print Culture
                                  and Video Culture''  . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
                  Anthony Smith   Information Technology and the Myth of
                                  Abundance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--16
            Ithiel de Sola Pool   The Culture of Electronic Print  . . . . 17--31
                 Wayne C. Booth   The Company We Keep: Self-Making in
                                  Imaginative Art, Old and New . . . . . . 33--59
                Richard Poirier   Literature, Technology, People . . . . . 61--74
                 Stanley Cavell   The Fact of Television . . . . . . . . . 75--96
               Michael Schudson   The Politics of Narrative Form: The
                                  Emergence of News Conventions in Print
                                  and Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--112
                George Juergens   Theodore Roosevelt and the Press . . . . 113--133
                 Arthur Marwick   Print, Pictures, and Sound: The Second
                                  World War and the British Experience . . 135--155
             Michael Mandelbaum   Vietnam: The Television War  . . . . . . 157--169
             Michael R. Winston   Racial Consciousness and the Evolution
                                  of Mass Communications in the United
                                  States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171--182
           Marcel C. LaFollette   Science on Television: Influences and
                                  Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183--197
                Deborah Shapley   The Media and National Security  . . . . 199--209
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 112, Number 1, Winter, 1983

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: ``Reading: Old and
                                  New''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
                  Frank Kermode   The Common Reader  . . . . . . . . . . . 1--11
             Elizabeth Hardwick   Reading  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--18
               Lola L. Szladits   Answers and Questions  . . . . . . . . . 19--26
                   Daniel Aaron   An Informal Letter to the Editor . . . . 27--33
                   Al Silverman   The Fragile Pleasure . . . . . . . . . . 35--49
               Walter W. Powell   Whither the Local Bookstore? . . . . . . 51--64
             William B. Goodman   Thinking about Readers . . . . . . . . . 65--84
              Samuel S. Vaughan   The Community of the Book  . . . . . . . 85--115
                       Dan Lacy   Reading in an Audiovisual and Electronic
                                  Era  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--127
           Benjamin M. Compaine   The New Literacy . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--142
                     Paul Starr   The Electronic Reader  . . . . . . . . . 143--156
                   Peter Conrad   The Englishness of English Literature    157--173
                   Stanley Fish   Short People Got No Reason to Live:
                                  Reading Irony  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--191
                 Wayne C. Booth   A New Strategy for Establishing a Truly
                                  Democratic Criticism . . . . . . . . . . 193--214
               Eugene Goodheart   The Text and the Interpretive Community  215--231
                   Stanley Fish   A Reply to Eugene Goodheart  . . . . . . 233--237
                 Alvin C. Kibel   The Canonical Text . . . . . . . . . . . 239--254
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 112, Number 2, Spring, 1983

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: ``Scientific
                                  Literacy'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
             Herbert J. Walberg   Scientific Literacy and Economic
                                  Productivity in International
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--28
                  Jon D. Miller   Scientific Literacy: a Conceptual and
                                  Empirical Review . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--48
                Kenneth Prewitt   Scientific Illiteracy and Democratic
                                  Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--64
                  David Hawkins   Nature Closely Observed  . . . . . . . . 65--89
                    A. B. Arons   Achieving Wider Scientific Literacy  . . 91--122
                 Mary Budd Rowe   Science Education: a Framework for
                                  Decision-Makers  . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--142
              Philip W. Jackson   The Reform of Science Education: a
                                  Cautionary Tale  . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--166
                 J. Myron Atkin   The Improvement of Science Teaching  . . 167--187
              Barton Childs and   
                  Faith Hickman   Human Genetics: One Approach to
                                  Scientific Literacy  . . . . . . . . . . 189--209
                 John G. Kemeny   The Case for Computer Literacy . . . . . 211--230
            Stephen R. Graubard   Nothing to Fear, Much to Do  . . . . . . 231--248
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 112, Number 3, Summer, 1983

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``The Arts and
                                  Humanities in America's Schools''  . . . v--xiv
                  Thomas Barone   Things of Use and Things of Beauty: The
                                  Swain County High School Arts Program    1--28
                Marianne Amarel   An Education for Commercial Artists  . . 29--58
               Lonna Bush Jones   Five Small Schools Leave Home for
                                  Fillmore Arts Center . . . . . . . . . . 59--79
                Robert Donmoyer   The Principal as Prime Mover . . . . . . 81--94
              William G. Durden   Lessons for Excellence in Education  . . 95--111
                Martha Barylick   Both Artist and Instrument: an Approach
                                  to Dance Education . . . . . . . . . . . 113--127
                  Jon J. Murray   Art, Creativity, and the Quality of
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--147
                Karyn Esielonis   Libertyville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149--160
                 Richard Marius   Unscientific Ruminations on Schools in
                                  Libertyville . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161--189
            Stephen R. Graubard   Confronting the Obvious: Social Class
                                  and Its Devastating Effects on American
                                  Schooling  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191--209
                 Paula M. Evans   Teaching History in Libertyville . . . . 211--228
                Marlies Mueller   The Tower of Babel in Libertyville . . . 229--247
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 112, Number 4, Fall, 1983

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: ``Human Rights''   v--x
               Maurice Cranston   Are There Any Human Rights?  . . . . . . 1--17
               Stanley Hoffmann   Reaching for the Most Difficult: Human
                                  Rights as a Foreign Policy Goal  . . . . 19--49
            Gaston V. Rimlinger   Capitalism and Human Rights  . . . . . . 51--79
              Leszek Kolakowski   Marxism and Human Rights . . . . . . . . 81--92
             John Gerard Ruggie   Human Rights and the Future
                                  International Community  . . . . . . . . 93--110
                  Merle Goldman   Human Rights in the People's Republic of
                                  China  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--138
                   Tom J. Farer   Human Rights and Human Welfare in Latin
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--170
               Warren Weinstein   Human Rights and Development in Africa:
                                  Dilemmas and Options . . . . . . . . . . 171--196
               Drew S. Days III   Seeking a New Civil Rights Consensus . . 197--215
                   Mancur Olson   A Less Ideological Way of Deciding How
                                  Much Should Be Given to the Poor . . . . 217--236
                    David Tracy   Religion and Human Rights in the Public
                                  Realm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237--254
             Dieter Henrich and   
                David S. Pacini   The Contexts of Autonomy: Some
                                  Presuppositions of the Comprehensibility
                                  of Human Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . 255--277
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 113, Number 1, Winter, 1984

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``The Nordic
                                  Enigma'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiii
                     W. R. Mead   Norden: Destiny and Fortune  . . . . . . 1--27
          Patricia Bliss McFate   To See Everything in Another Light . . . 29--59
           Per Olov Enquist and   
                   Verne Moberg   On the Art of Flying Backward with
                                  Dignity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--73
             Hans L. Zetterberg   The Rational Humanitarians . . . . . . . 75--92
                   Hans F. Dahl   Those Equal Folk . . . . . . . . . . . . 93--107
             Bent Rold Andersen   Rationality and Irrationality of the
                                  Nordic Welfare State . . . . . . . . . . 109--139
               Torild Skard and   
           Elina Haavio-Mannila   Equality between the Sexes: Myth or
                                  Reality in Norden? . . . . . . . . . . . 141--167
                   Erik Allardt   Representative Government in a
                                  Bureaucratic Age . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--197
                 Gylfi Gislason   In Defense of Small Nations  . . . . . . 199--211
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 113, Number 2, Spring, 1984

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Nordic Voices''  v--vii
                      Anonymous   Nordic Voices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--51
                      Arne Ruth   The Second New Nation: The Mythology of
                                  Modern Sweden  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--96
       Madeleine Gustafsson and   
                   Verne Moberg   The Silences of the North  . . . . . . . 97--105
             Lars Lönnroth   The Intellectual Civil Servant: The Role
                                  of the Writer and the Scholar in Nordic
                                  Culture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--136
                Gösta Rehn   The Wages of Success . . . . . . . . . . 137--168
                   Erling Olsen   The Dilemma of the Social-Democratic
                                  Labor Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--194
      Johan Jòrgen Holst   The Pattern of Nordic Security . . . . . 195--225
              Bernt Hagtvet and   
                    Erik Rudeng   Scandinavia: Achievements, Dilemmas,
                                  Challenges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227--256
                   Matti Klinge   Aspects of the Nordic Self . . . . . . . 257--277
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 113, Number 3, Summer, 1984

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Anticipations''  v--xii
                J. David Bolter   Artificial Intelligence  . . . . . . . . 1--18
               Joshua Meyrowitz   The Adultlike Child and the Childlike
                                  Adult: Socialization in an Electronic
                                  Age  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--48
                  Janice Radway   Interpretive Communities and Variable
                                  Literacies: The Functions of Romance
                                  Reading  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--73
                 Carol Gilligan   The Conquistador and the Dark Continent:
                                  Reflections on the Psychology of Love    75--95
            Donald N. McCloskey   The Literary Character of Economics  . . 97--119
                  Alan Brinkley   Writing the History of Contemporary
                                  America: Dilemmas and Challenges . . . . 121--141
                 Richard Marius   Musings on the Mysteries of the American
                                  South  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--176
            Victor F. Weisskopf   The Frontiers and Limits of Science  . . 177--195
    Robert Scott Root-Bernstein   Creative Process as a Unifying Theme of
                                  Human Cultures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--219
               Stanley Hoffmann   Cries and Whimpers: Thoughts on West
                                  European--American Relations in the
                                  1980s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--252
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 113, Number 4, Fall, 1984

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Values,
                                  Resources, and Politics in America's
                                  Schools''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xi
                  Gerald Holton   A Nation at Risk Revisited . . . . . . . 1--27
        Patricia Albjerg Graham   Schools: Cacophony about Practice,
                                  Silence about Purpose  . . . . . . . . . 29--57
            Marvin Lazerson and   
    Judith Block McLaughlin and   
                Bruce McPherson   Learning and Citizenship: Aspirations
                                  for American Education . . . . . . . . . 59--74
            Stephen R. Graubard   Zeal, Cunning, Candor, and Persistence:
                                  To What Educational Ends?  . . . . . . . 75--106
                 Harry Eckstein   Civic Inclusion and Its Discontents  . . 107--145
            Walter Dean Burnham   A Commentary on Harry Eckstein . . . . . 147--160
               Maurice Wolfthal   The Way They Were: Students in the
                                  Golden Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161--168
                  Nathan Glazer   Some Very Modest Proposals for the
                                  Improvement of American Education  . . . 169--176
    Joseph A. Califano, Jr. and   
             Terrel H. Bell and   
             Albert Shanker and   
           Shirley Williams and   
           Joseph S. Murphy and   
            Charlotte Frank and   
              John Kominski and   
              John Brademas and   
           Kenneth B. Clark and   
       Roderick V. O. Boggs and   
              Eugene Kinlow and   
           Timothy S. Healy and   
            James F. Hawker and   
             John R. Silber and   
          Charles Chatfield and   
               Robert Baker and   
              Derek Roberts and   
          Ann Dominic Roach and   
                Eugene Sullivan   Perspectives on Education  . . . . . . . 177--287
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 114, Number 1, Winter, 1985

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: ``Australia: Terra
                                  Incognita?'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
                  Judith Wright   Landscape and Dreaming . . . . . . . . . 29--56
                  Manning Clark   Heroes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--84
                   K. S. Inglis   Ceremonies in a Capital Landscape:
                                  Scenes in the Making of Canberra . . . . 85--126
                   Zelman Cowen   The Office of Governor-General . . . . . 127--146
                   Hugh Collins   Political Ideology in Australia: The
                                  Distinctiveness of a Benthamite Society  147--169
                   Donald Horne   Who Rules Australia? . . . . . . . . . . 171--196
                  Hugh Stretton   The Quality of Leading Australians . . . 197--230
                 Gordon Jackson   The Australian Economy . . . . . . . . . 231--257
                   T. B. Millar   The Defense of Australia . . . . . . . . 259--279
                 Bruce Williams   Wealth, Invention, and Education . . . . 281--291
                  Leonie Kramer   The Media, Society, and Culture  . . . . 293--310
                  Nicholas Jose   Cultural Identity: ``I Think I'm
                                  Something Else'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 311--342
                    Jill Conway   Gender in Australia  . . . . . . . . . . 343--368
                  Michael Davie   The Fraying of the Rope  . . . . . . . . 369--393
              Henry S. Albinski   Australia and the United States  . . . . 395--420
                  Richard Walsh   Australia Observed . . . . . . . . . . . 421--438
               Geoffrey Blainey   Australia: a Bird's-Eye View . . . . . . XIV 1--27
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 114, Number 2, Spring, 1985

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Weapons in
                                  Space,'' Vol. I  . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
                     F. A. Long   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9--14
                      Anonymous   Glossary of Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . 15--16
                Herbert F. York   Nuclear Deterrence and the Military Uses
                                  of Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--32
                 Alexander Flax   Ballistic Missile Defense: Concepts and
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--52
              Hans A. Bethe and   
           Jeffrey Boutwell and   
              Richard L. Garwin   BMD Technologies and Concepts in the
                                  1980s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--71
                   Gerold Yonas   The Strategic Defense Initiative . . . . 73--90
               Donald L. Hafner   Assessing the President's Vision: The
                                  Fletcher, Miller, and Hoffman Panels . . 91--107
              Charles A. Zraket   Strategic Defense: a Systems Perspective 109--126
                    Paul Stares   U.S. and Soviet Military Space Programs:
                                  A Comparative Assessment . . . . . . . . 127--145
             Kurt Gottfried and   
              Richard Ned Lebow   Anti-Satellite Weapons: Weighing the
                                  Risks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147--170
               Ashton B. Carter   The Relationship of ASAT and BMD Systems 171--189
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 114, Number 3, Summer, 1985

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Weapons in
                                  Space,'' Vol. II . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
                      Anonymous   Glossary of Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . ix--x
               Abram Chayes and   
     Antonia Handler Chayes and   
                  Eliot Spitzer   Space Weapons: The Legal Context . . . . 193--218
                 John C. Toomay   The Case for Ballistic Missile Defense   219--237
            George Rathjens and   
                     Jack Ruina   BMD and Strategic Instability  . . . . . 239--255
                 David Holloway   The Strategic Defense Initiative and the
                                  Soviet Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257--278
              Christoph Bertram   Strategic Defense and the Western
                                  Alliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--296
             John Wilkinson and   
               T. B. Millar and   
            Marie-France Garaud   Foreign Perspectives on the SDI  . . . . 297--313
           Jeffrey Boutwell and   
                     F. A. Long   The SDI and U.S. Security  . . . . . . . 315--329
              Hans A. Bethe and   
              Richard L. Garwin   Weapons in Space: Appendix A: New BMD
                                  Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331--368
                  Ronald Reagan   From the Address to the Nation by
                                  President Ronald Reagan March 23, 1983
                                  ``Peace and National Security''  . . . . 369--371
           Caspar W. Weinberger   From the Report of Secretary of Defense
                                  Caspar W. Weinberger to the Congress,
                                  February 4, 1985, on the FY 1986 Budget,
                                  FY 1987 Authorization Request, and FY
                                  1986--90 Defense Program . . . . . . . . 373--377
                      Anonymous   Treaty between the United States of
                                  America and the Union of Soviet
                                  Socialist Republics on the Limitation of
                                  Anti-Ballistic Missile Systems . . . . . 379--384
                      Anonymous   Agreed Statements, Common
                                  Understandings, and Unilateral
                                  Statements regarding the Treaty between
                                  the United States of America and the
                                  Union of Soviet Socialist Republics on
                                  the Limitation of Anti-Ballistic
                                  Missiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385--391
                      Anonymous   Protocol to the Treaty between the
                                  United States of America and the Union
                                  of Soviet Socialist Republics on the
                                  Limitation of Anti-Ballistic Missile
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392--394
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 114, Number 4, Fall, 1985

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``The Moving
                                  Image''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiii
                  Anthony Smith   The Influence of Television  . . . . . . 1--15
                 Michael Tracey   The Poisoned Chalice? International
                                  Television and the Idea of Dominance . . 17--56
              Michael Ignatieff   Is Nothing Sacred? The Ethics of
                                  Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--78
              Noël Carroll   The Power of Movies  . . . . . . . . . . 79--103
                  Brian Winston   A Whole Technology of Dyeing: a Note on
                                  Ideology and the Apparatus of the
                                  Chromatic Moving Image . . . . . . . . . 105--123
                 Farrukh Dhondy   Keeping Faith: Indian Film and Its World 125--140
                Judith Wechsler   The Filming of Art . . . . . . . . . . . 141--159
                    Umberto Eco   Innovation and Repetition: Between
                                  Modern and Post-Modern Aesthetics  . . . 161--184
                Jonathan Miller   The Mind's Eye and the Human Eye . . . . 185--199
                 Roger Shattuck   Words and Images: Thinking and
                                  Translation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201--214
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 115, Number 1, Winter, 1986

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``The Aging
                                  Society''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vii
                 Alan Pifer and   
                D. Lydia Bronte   Introduction: Squaring the Pyramid . . . 1--11
            W. Andrew Achenbaum   America as an Aging Society: Myths and
                                  Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--30
       Bernice L. Neugarten and   
              Dail A. Neugarten   Age in the Aging Society . . . . . . . . 31--49
        Matilda White Riley and   
             John W. Riley, Jr.   Longevity and Social Structure: The
                                  Added Years  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--75
            Jacob S. Siegel and   
             Cynthia M. Taeuber   Demographic Perspectives on the
                                  Long-Lived Society . . . . . . . . . . . 77--117
            Gunhild O. Hagestad   The Aging Society as a Context for
                                  Family Life  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--139
                 Alice S. Rossi   Sex and Gender in an Aging Society . . . 141--169
          Harold A. Richman and   
             Matthew W. Stagner   Children in an Aging Society: Treasured
                                  Resource or Forgotten Minority?  . . . . 171--189
                 Harry R. Moody   Education in an Aging Society  . . . . . 191--210
                Jerome L. Avorn   Medicine, Health, and the Geriatric
                                  Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--225
                    Karen Davis   Aging and the Health-Care System:
                                  Economic and Structural Issues . . . . . 227--246
                Daniel Callahan   Adequate Health Care and an Aging
                                  Society: Are They Morally Compatible?    247--267
            Malcolm H. Morrison   Work and Retirement in an Aging Society  269--293
             John L. Palmer and   
             Stephanie G. Gould   The Economic Consequences of an Aging
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295--323
            Fernando Torres-Gil   The Latinization of a Multigenerational
                                  Population: Hispanics in an Aging
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325--348
                 Rose C. Gibson   Blacks in an Aging Society . . . . . . . 349--371
                     Alan Pifer   The Public Policy Response to Population
                                  Aging  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373--395
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 115, Number 2, Spring, 1986

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``America's
                                  Doctors, Medical Science, Medical Care'' v--x
                David E. Rogers   The Early Years: The Medical World in
                                  Which Walsh Mcdermott Trained  . . . . . 1--18
                Eric J. Cassell   Ideas in Conflict: The Rise and Fall
                                  (And Rise and Fall) of New Views of
                                  Disease  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--41
             Edwin D. Kilbourne   The Emergence of the Physician-Basic
                                  Scientist in America . . . . . . . . . . 43--54
                Robert H. Ebert   Medical Education at the Peak of the Era
                                  of Experimental Medicine . . . . . . . . 55--81
                 Paul B. Beeson   The Changing Role Model, and the Shift
                                  in Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--97
           Robert G. Petersdorf   Medical Schools and Research: Is the
                                  Tail Wagging the Dog?  . . . . . . . . . 99--118
              Robert J. Blendon   The Problems of Cost, Access, and
                                  Distribution of Medical Care . . . . . . 119--135
              Leighton E. Cluff   America's Romance with Medicine and
                                  Medical Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--159
             Kenneth G. Johnson   Reaching out to the Community: Responses
                                  by Medicine  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161--173
               Kurt W. Deuschle   Cross-Cultural Medicine: The Navajo
                                  Indians as Case Exemplar . . . . . . . . 175--184
                Eric J. Cassell   The Changing Concept of the Ideal
                                  Physician  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--208
                David E. Rogers   Where Have We Been? Where Are We Going?  209--229
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 115, Number 3, Summer, 1986

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Art and
                                  Science''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xvii
                  Leo Steinberg   Art and Science: Do They Need to Be
                                  Yoked? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--16
                  Susan P. Gill   The Paradox of Prediction  . . . . . . . 17--48
            Alistair C. Crombie   Experimental Science and the Rational
                                  Artist in Early Modern Europe  . . . . . 49--74
                  Gerald Holton   The Advancement of Science, and Its
                                  Burdens  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 77--104
                 Howard Gardner   Freud in Three Frames: a
                                  Cognitive-Scientific Approach to
                                  Creativity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--134
              Daniel C. Dennett   Information, Technology, and the Virtues
                                  of Ignorance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--153
                  Anthony Smith   Technology, Identity, and the
                                  Information Machine  . . . . . . . . . . 155--169
             Stanley Cavell and   
                Leon Cooper and   
    Samuel Y. Edgerton, Jr. and   
            Victor F. Weisskopf   Observations on Art and Science  . . . . 171--189
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 115, Number 4, Fall, 1986

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``The Future of
                                  Opera''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xv
      Lies Askonas-Shepherd and   
      Raffaello de Banfield and   
            Fedora Barbieri and   
            Humphrey Burton and   
                   John Cox and   
             Bruce Crawford and   
              Peter Diamand and   
            August Everding and   
                Hughes Gall and   
                  Ann Getty and   
                Italo Gomez and   
                Grey Gowrie and   
            Ronald Grierson and   
            George Harewood and   
             Terence McEwen and   
         Gian Carlo Menotti and   
            Jonathan Miller and   
                Claus Moser and   
              Harold Prince and   
           Harold Rosenthal and   
               Julius Rudel and   
             Aulis Sallinen and   
              Beverly Sills and   
              Patrick Smith and   
Elisabeth Söderström-Olow and   
                John Tooley and   
        Eva Wagner-Pasquier and   
          George Weidenfeld and   
                    Huw Wheldon   The Future of Opera  . . . . . . . . . . 1--92
                Erich Leinsdorf   Opera: What Constitutes Longevity  . . . 93--118
            Matthew Epstein and   
        Kitty Carlisle Hart and   
            Harvey Lichtenstein   Voices from New York . . . . . . . . . . 119--150
                      Anonymous   [Introduction] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152--152
             Olivier Chevrillon   The Bastille Opera Project . . . . . . . 153--164
     Maryvonne de Saint Pulgent   The Myths of the Bastille Opera  . . . . 165--172
                      Anonymous   [Introduction] . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--174
                  Pierre Boulez   Berlioz and the Realm of the Imaginary   175--184
                 Hector Berlioz   How a Tenor Revolves around the Public   185--194
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 116, Number 1, Winter, 1987

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Philanthropy,
                                  Patronage, Politics''  . . . . . . . . . v--xx
              Barry D. Karl and   
                Stanley N. Katz   Foundations and Ruling Class Elites  . . 1--40
              Francis X. Sutton   The Ford Foundation: The Early Years . . 41--91
           Kathleen D. McCarthy   From Cold War to Cultural Development:
                                  The International Cultural Activities of
                                  the Ford Foundation, 1950--1980  . . . . 93--117
                     Alan Pifer   Philanthropy, Voluntarism, and Changing
                                  Times  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--131
              Patrick McCaughey   Native and Nomad: Winslow Homer and John
                                  Singer Sargent . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133--153
             Mordechai Feingold   Philanthropy, Pomp, and Patronage:
                                  Historical Reflections upon the
                                  Endowment of Culture . . . . . . . . . . 155--178
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 116, Number 2, Spring, 1987

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue: ``Past and
                                  Present''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xxiii
                Gail W. Lapidus   Gorbachev and the Reform of the Soviet
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--30
              Aleksander Smolar   Jews as a Polish Problem . . . . . . . . 31--73
                    Tu Wei-ming   Iconoclasm, Holistic Vision, and Patient
                                  Watchfulness: A Personal Reflection on
                                  the Modern Chinese Intellectual Quest    75--94
           Gregory F. Treverton   Covert Action: From ``Covert'' to Overt  95--123
                Frank E. Manuel   Lovejoy Revisited  . . . . . . . . . . . 125--147
               Stanley Hoffmann   A Note on the French Revolution and the
                                  Language of Violence . . . . . . . . . . 149--156
         George Armstrong Kelly   Alphonse De Lamartine: The Poet in
                                  Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--180
                Lincoln C. Chen   The AIDS Pandemic: an Internationalist
                                  Approach to Disease Control  . . . . . . 181--195
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 116, Number 3, Summer, 1987

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Futures''  . . . v--xix
                    Daniel Bell   The World and the United States in 2013  1--31
                  Robert Gilpin   American Policy in the Post-Reagan Era   33--67
             Graham Allison and   
               Albert Carnesale   Can the West Accept Da for an Answer?    69--93
                   John A. Hall   Classical Liberalism and the Modern
                                  State  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--118
                  Anthony Downs   The Evolution of Democracy: How Its
                                  Axioms and Institutional Forms Have Been
                                  Adapted to Changing Social Forces  . . . 119--148
                    Merry White   The Virtue of Japanese Mothers: Cultural
                                  Definitions of Women's Lives . . . . . . 149--163
              Jacob T. Schwartz   Dreamworld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--185
                  Brian Winston   A Mirror for Brunelleschi  . . . . . . . 187--201
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 116, Number 4, Fall, 1987

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Learning about
                                  Women: Gender, Politics, and Power'' . . v--xx
             Jill K. Conway and   
           Susan C. Bourque and   
                  Joan W. Scott   Introduction: The Concept of Gender  . . xxi--xxx
                  Mary G. Dietz   Context Is All: Feminism and Theories of
                                  Citizenship  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--24
         Elizabeth Holtzman and   
               Shirley Williams   Women in the Political World:
                                  Observations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--33
                     Ken Inglis   Men, Women, and War Memorials: Anzac
                                  Australia  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--59
           Anne Fausto-Sterling   Society Writes Biology / Biology
                                  Constructs Gender  . . . . . . . . . . . 61--76
              Evelyn Fox Keller   Women Scientists and Feminist Critics of
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--91
                  Joan W. Scott   History and Difference . . . . . . . . . 93--118
              Miriam Slater and   
           Penina Migdal Glazer   Prescriptions for Professional Survival  119--135
                 Jill K. Conway   Politics, Pedagogy, and Gender . . . . . 137--152
                 Robert Fox and   
                  Anna Guagnini   Classical Values and Useful Knowledge:
                                  The Problem of Access to Technical
                                  Careers in Modern Europe . . . . . . . . 153--171
           Susan C. Bourque and   
                  Kay B. Warren   Technology, Gender, and Development  . . 173--197
                 Carl N. Degler   On Rereading ``The Woman in America''    199--210
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 117, Number 1, Winter, 1988

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue, ``Artificial
                                  Intelligence'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                 Seymour Papert   One AI or Many?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--14
          Hubert L. Dreyfus and   
              Stuart E. Dreyfus   Making a Mind versus Modeling the Brain:
                                  Artificial Intelligence Back at a
                                  Branchpoint  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--43
              Robert Sokolowski   Natural and Artificial Intelligence  . . 45--64
               Pamela McCorduck   Artificial Intelligence: an Aperçu  . . . 65--83
              Jack D. Cowan and   
                 David H. Sharp   Neural Nets and Artificial Intelligence  85--121
              Jacob T. Schwartz   The New Connectionism: Developing
                                  Relationships between Neuroscience and
                                  Artificial Intelligence  . . . . . . . . 123--141
       George N. Reeke, Jr. and   
              Gerald M. Edelman   Real Brains and Artificial Intelligence  143--173
               W. Daniel Hillis   Intelligence as an Emergent Behavior;
                                  Or, the Songs of Eden  . . . . . . . . . 175--189
                 David L. Waltz   The Prospects for Building Truly
                                  Intelligent Machines . . . . . . . . . . 191--212
              Anya Hurlbert and   
                  Tomaso Poggio   Making Machines (And Artificial
                                  Intelligence) See  . . . . . . . . . . . 213--239
                  Sherry Turkle   Artificial Intelligence and
                                  Psychoanalysis: a New Alliance . . . . . 241--268
                  Hilary Putnam   Much Ado about Not Very Much . . . . . . 269--281
              Daniel C. Dennett   When Philosophers Encounter Artificial
                                  Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--295
                  John McCarthy   Mathematical Logic in Artificial
                                  Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297--311
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 117, Number 2, Spring, 1988

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Religion and
                                  Education''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiii
                      Anonymous   Religion and Education . . . . . . . . . 1--146
              John B. Cobb, Jr.   Education and Religious Pluralism  . . . 147--149
                Daniel Callahan   Tension between Religion and Philosophy  151--152
                George Lindbeck   The Search for Habitable Texts . . . . . 153--156
                   Robert Kiely   Religion in (And out of) the University
                                  Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--159
               Timothy S. Healy   The Contrary Model . . . . . . . . . . . 161--162
               Steven M. Tipton   The Church as a School for Virtue  . . . 163--175
                Isadore Twersky   Random Thoughts  . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--179
       Wendy Doniger O'Flaherty   The Case for the History of Religions    181--186
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 117, Number 3, Summer, 1988

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Three Decades of
                                  Dædalus'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
                Erik H. Erikson   Youth: Fidelity and Diversity  . . . . . 1--24
                 Alice S. Rossi   Equality between the Sexes: an Immodest
                                  Proposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--71
             John Maynard Smith   Eugenics and Utopia  . . . . . . . . . . 73--92
                 Czeslaw Milosz   The Novel in Poland  . . . . . . . . . . 93--96
               Robert N. Bellah   Civil Religion in America  . . . . . . . 97--118
            John T. Noonan, Jr.   Intellectual and Demographic History . . 119--141
              Roger W. Shattuck   Thoughts on the Humanities . . . . . . . 143--149
                  Gerald Holton   The Roots of Complementarity . . . . . . 151--197
                Frank E. Manuel   The Use and Abuse of Psychology in
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199--225
                    Octavio Paz   Eroticism and Gastrosophy  . . . . . . . 227--249
                  Northrop Frye   The Search for Acceptable Words  . . . . 251--272
          Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.   Blacks and Higher Education: Some
                                  Reflections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273--281
                Kenneth S. Lynn   Adulthood in American Literature . . . . 283--298
                   Lewis Thomas   On the Science and Technology of
                                  Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299--316
             Elizabeth Hardwick   Domestic Manners . . . . . . . . . . . . 317--332
                David Baltimore   Limiting Science: a Biologist's
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333--344
               Jean Starobinski   The Accuser and the Accused  . . . . . . 345--370
               Stanley Hoffmann   Fragments Floating in the Here and Now   371--408
               Judith N. Shklar   Learning without Knowing . . . . . . . . 409--437
             John Hope Franklin   The Land of Room Enough  . . . . . . . . 439--456
                   Mary Douglas   The Effects of Modernization on
                                  Religious Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 457--484
           Per Olov Enquist and   
                   Verne Moberg   On the Art of Flying Backward with
                                  Dignity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485--498
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 117, Number 4, Fall, 1988

                      Anonymous   [Illustration]: Map of Canada  . . . . . vi--vii
                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``In Search of
                                  Canada'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix--xii
               William Kilbourn   The Peaceable Kingdom Still  . . . . . . 1--29
                F. Kenneth Hare   Canada: The Land . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--50
               Robert F. Harney   ``So Great a Heritage as Ours''
                                  Immigration and the Survival of the
                                  Canadian Polity  . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--97
              David H. Flaherty   Who Rules Canada?  . . . . . . . . . . . 99--128
                 Lloyd Axworthy   The Federal System: an Uncertain Path    129--153
                Robert G. Evans   ``We'll Take Care of It for You'' Health
                                  Care in the Canadian Community . . . . . 155--189
Geraldine A. Kenney-Wallace and   
              J. Fraser Mustard   From Paradox to Paradigm: The Evolution
                                  of Science and Technology in Canada  . . 191--214
                   Eleanor Cook   ``A Seeing and Unseeing in the Eye''
                                  Canadian Literature and the Sense of
                                  Place  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215--235
            Alan F. J. Artibise   Canada as an Urban Nation  . . . . . . . 237--264
        Gérard Pelletier   Quebec: Different but in Step with North
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--282
               Léon Dion   The Mystery of Quebec  . . . . . . . . . 283--317
        Margaret Catley-Carlson   Aid: a Canadian Vocation . . . . . . . . 319--333
           Monique Bégin   Debates and Silences: Reflections of a
                                  Politician . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335--362
            Donald S. Macdonald   Three Perspectives on Canada's Future    363--380
                    John Conway   An ``Adapted Organic Tradition'' . . . . 381--396
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 118, Number 1, Winter, 1989

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``A World to Make:
                                  Development in Perspective'' . . . . . . ix--x
              Francis X. Sutton   Introduction to the Issue  . . . . . . . xi--xviii
         William H. McNeill and   
        Charles P. Kindleberger   Control and Catastrophe in Human Affairs
                                  [with Comments]  . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--15
             D. Anthony Low and   
              Peter D. Bell and   
             Michael Roemer and   
         Charles William Maynes   Development's Contexts: Asia, Africa
                                  [with Comments]  . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--33
          Francis X. Sutton and   
           Tom G. Kessinger and   
             James P. Grant and   
             George Zeidenstein   Development Ideology: Its Emergence and
                                  Decline [with Comments]  . . . . . . . . 35--60
          Hollis B. Chenery and   
             James P. Grant and   
            Susan P. Joekes and   
                 Miguel Urrutia   Panel Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--67
              John P. Lewis and   
             Cranford Pratt and   
               Abiola Irele and   
          Francis X. Sutton and   
     Charles William Maynes and   
                 Michael Roemer   Government and National Economic
                                  Development [with Comments]  . . . . . . 69--88
             Nancy Birdsall and   
             James P. Grant and   
            Arthur Kleinman and   
            Lincoln C. Chen and   
                 Kamla Chowdhry   Thoughts on Good Health and Good
                                  Government [with Comments] . . . . . . . 89--123
               Abiola Irele and   
           F. Champion Ward and   
               Robert A. LeVine   Education and Access to Modern Knowledge
                                  [with Comments]  . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--140
             Kamla Chowdhry and   
            Lincoln C. Chen and   
                 Judith Tendler   Poverty, Environment, Development [with
                                  Comments]  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--158
             Mohamed Naciri and   
          Francis X. Sutton and   
          Hollis B. Chenery and   
            Clifford Geertz and   
                 Nancy Birdsall   Urban Systems and Development Strategies
                                  [with Comments]  . . . . . . . . . . . . 159--181
            Paul R. Krugman and   
             Edmar L. Bacha and   
           Jeffrey D. Sachs and   
              David E. Bell and   
                 Nancy Birdsall   Developing Countries in the World
                                  Economy [with Comments]  . . . . . . . . 183--210
                    Soedjatmoko   Education Relevant to People's Needs . . 211--218
     Charles William Maynes and   
              Alfred Stepan and   
           Jeffrey D. Sachs and   
        Stanley Heginbotham and   
              Peter D. Bell and   
             Cranford Pratt and   
                 Judith Tendler   Comments on Article by C. W. Maynes  . . 219--225
                Amartya Sen and   
          Gelia T. Castillo and   
            Lincoln C. Chen and   
             Nancy Birdsall and   
                Arthur Kleinman   Comments on Article by Amartya Sen . . . 225--230
              David E. Bell and   
             Edmar L. Bacha and   
             McGeorge Bundy and   
          Gelia T. Castillo and   
            Clifford Geertz and   
         George Zeidenstein and   
             Cranford Pratt and   
               Abiola Irele and   
           Robert A. LeVine and   
          Dwight H. Perkins and   
             Judith Tendler and   
              Peter D. Bell and   
            Kenneth Prewitt and   
              Alfred Stepan and   
            John D. Gerhart and   
                Lincoln C. Chen   Plenary Session  . . . . . . . . . . . . 231--249
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 118, Number 2, Spring, 1989

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Living with
                                  AIDS'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xvi
           Charles E. Rosenberg   What Is an Epidemic? AIDS in Historical
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--17
        Margaret A. Hamburg and   
               Anthony S. Fauci   AIDS: The Challenge to Biomedical
                                  Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--39
                   Aran Ron and   
                David E. Rogers   AIDS in the United States: Patient Care
                                  and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--58
            Gerald H. Friedland   Clinical Care in the AIDS Epidemic . . . 59--83
                  Peter Phoenix   Alive with AIDS  . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--92
              Daniel M. Fox and   
               Patricia Day and   
                   Rudolf Klein   The Power of Professionalism: Policies
                                  for AIDS in Britain, Sweden, and the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93--112
         Nicholas A. Christakis   Responding to a Pandemic: International
                                  Interests in AIDS Control  . . . . . . . 113--134
                Paul Farmer and   
                Arthur Kleinman   AIDS as Human Suffering  . . . . . . . . 135--160
              Robert M. May and   
            Roy M. Anderson and   
                Sally M. Blower   The Epidemiology and Transmission
                                  Dynamics of HIV--AIDS  . . . . . . . . . 162--201
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 118, Number 3, Summer, 1989

                       S. R. G.   Preface to ``Living with AIDS: Part II'' v--viii
               Kenneth Keniston   Introduction to the Issue  . . . . . . . ix--xxxii
           William A. Haseltine   Prospects for the Medical Control of the
                                  AIDS Epidemic  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--21
              Norman E. Zinberg   Social Policy: AIDS and Intravenous Drug
                                  Use  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--46
                 John H. Gagnon   Disease and Desire . . . . . . . . . . . 47--77
                   Ronald Bayer   AIDS, Privacy, and Responsibility  . . . 79--99
                  Michael Kirby   AIDS and Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--121
                 June E. Osborn   Public Health and the Politics of AIDS
                                  Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--144
             Harvey M. Sapolsky   AIDS, Blood Banking, and the Bonds of
                                  Community  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--163
    Barbara O. de Zalduondo and   
        Gernard I. Msamanga and   
                Lincoln C. Chen   AIDS in Africa: Diversity in the Global
                                  Pandemic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--204
               Harlon L. Dalton   AIDS in Blackface  . . . . . . . . . . . 205--227
                David G. Ostrow   AIDS Prevention through Effective
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--254
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 118, Number 4, Fall, 1989

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Another India''   v--viii
                    Ashis Nandy   The Political Culture of the Indian
                                  State  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--26
                 Ravinder Kumar   The Past and the Present: an Indian
                                  Dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--49
                  Rajni Kothari   The Indian Enterprise Today  . . . . . . 50--67
                   R. K. Laxman   Freedom to Cartoon, Freedom to Speak . . 68--91
                 Charles Correa   The Public, the Private, and the Sacred  92--113
                    T. N. Madan   Religion in India  . . . . . . . . . . . 114--146
             T. G. Vaidyanathan   Authority and Identity in India  . . . . 147--169
                    Gieve Patel   Contemporary Indian Painting . . . . . . 170--205
                    Anita Desai   Indian Fiction Today . . . . . . . . . . 206--231
        Stephen R. Graubard and   
                  R. K. Narayan   An Interview with R. K. Narayan  . . . . 232--237
                A. K. Ramanujan   Telling Tales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238--261
                      Veena Das   Voices of Children . . . . . . . . . . . 262--294
            A. K. Ramanujan and   
           Vinay Dharwadker and   
             Nissim Ezekiel and   
            Jibanananda Das and   
           Clinton B. Seely and   
          Nabaneeta Dev Sen and   
    Sitanshu Yashashchandra and   
           Saleem Peeradina and   
              Jayant Parekh and   
                 Rasik Shah and   
      Gulam Mohammed Sheikh and   
             Raghuvir Sahay and   
    Sarveshwar Dayal Saxena and   
            Kedarnath Singh and   
     M. Gopalakrishna Adiga and   
    Chandrashekhara Kambara and   
          G. Shankara Kurup and   
                Indira Sant and   
              Arun Kolatkar and   
                Bhanuji Rao and   
          Jayanta Mahapatra and   
              Amrita Pritam and   
         Subramania Bharati and   
                 Aziz Qaisi and   
               Baidar Bakht and   
                 Leslie Lavigne   Sixteen Modern Indian Poems  . . . . . . 295--329
                  Girish Karnad   Theatre in India . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--352
         Pushpa M. Bhargava and   
           Chandana Chakrabarti   Of India, Indians, and Science . . . . . 353--368
                    Amartya Sen   Indian Development: Lessons and
                                  Non-Lessons  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--392
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 119, Number 1, Winter, 1990

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Eastern Europe
                                  \ldots Central Europe \ldots Europe''    i--ix
             Timothy Garton Ash   Mitteleuropa?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--21
                      Tony Judt   The Rediscovery of Central Europe  . . . 23--54
          George Schöpflin   The Political Traditions of Eastern
                                  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--90
              Bronislaw Geremek   Between Hope and Despair . . . . . . . . 91--109
         Josef Skvorecký   Bohemia of the Soul  . . . . . . . . . . 111--139
                      Ivo Banac   Political Change and National Diversity  141--159
             Yvette Biró   Landscape after Battle: Films from ``The
                                  Other Europe'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161--182
          Elemér Hankiss   In Search of a Paradigm  . . . . . . . . 183--214
János Mátyás Kovács   Reform Economics: The Classification Gap 215--248
                 Jacques Rupnik   Central Europe or Mitteleuropa?  . . . . 249--278
                 Ernest Gellner   Ethnicity and Faith in Eastern Europe    279--294
                             Z.   To the Stalin Mausoleum  . . . . . . . . 295--344
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 119, Number 2, Spring, 1990

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Literacy in
                                  America''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                  David Hawkins   The Roots of Literacy  . . . . . . . . . 1--14
              Daniel P. Resnick   Historical Perspectives on Literacy and
                                  Schooling  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--32
                  William Damon   Reconciling the Literacies of
                                  Generations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--53
                  Leon Botstein   Damaged Literacy: Illiteracies and
                                  American Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . 55--84
                 Howard Gardner   The Difficulties of School: Probable
                                  Causes, Possible Cures . . . . . . . . . 85--113
        Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi   Literacy and Intrinsic Motivation  . . . 115--140
                   John U. Ogbu   Minority Status and Literacy in
                                  Comparative Perspective  . . . . . . . . 141--168
              Lauren B. Resnick   Literacy in School and Out . . . . . . . 169--185
        Richard C. Anderson and   
       Bonnie B. Armbruster and   
                       Mary Roe   Improving the Education of Reading
                                  Teachers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--209
              Lynn Arthur Steen   Numeracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--231
               Benson R. Snyder   Literacy and Numeracy: Two Ways of
                                  Knowing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233--256
            Stephen R. Graubard   Doing Badly and Feeling Confused . . . . 257--279
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 119, Number 3, Summer, 1990

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Showa: The Japan
                                  of Hirohito''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
                    Carol Gluck   The Idea of Showa  . . . . . . . . . . . 1--26
                Masataka Kosaka   The Showa Era (1926--1989) . . . . . . . 27--47
                  John W. Dower   The Useful War . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--70
               Chalmers Johnson   The People Who Invented the Mechanical
                                  Nightingale  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--90
                  Makoto Iokibe   Japan Meets the United States for the
                                  Second Time  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--106
                 Herbert Passin   The Occupation: Some Reflections . . . . 107--129
             Chikashi Moriguchi   Rice and Melons: Japanese Agriculture in
                                  the Showa Era  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--140
               Michio Muramatsu   Bringing Politics Back into Japan  . . . 141--154
               Shinichi Kitaoka   Diplomacy and the Military in Showa
                                  Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--176
                 Shoichi Royama   Money and the Japanese . . . . . . . . . 177--190
              Edward J. Lincoln   The Showa Economic Experience  . . . . . 191--208
               William W. Kelly   Regional Japan: The Price of Prosperity
                                  and the Benefits of Dependency . . . . . 209--227
                 David W. Plath   My-Car-isma: Motorizing the Showa Self   229--244
              Masakazu Yamazaki   The Intellectual Community of the Showa
                                  Era  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245--264
                J. Thomas Rimer   High Culture in the Showa Period . . . . 265--278
           Edward Seidensticker   How They Have Looked to Us . . . . . . . 279--298
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 119, Number 4, Fall, 1990

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Risk''  . . . . . v--vi
                   Mary Douglas   Risk as a Forensic Resource  . . . . . . 1--16
               Theodore J. Lowi   Risks and Rights in the History of
                                  American Governments . . . . . . . . . . 17--40
            Aaron Wildavsky and   
                      Karl Dake   Theories of Risk Perception: Who Fears
                                  What and Why?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--60
                Sheila Jasanoff   American Exceptionalism and the
                                  Political Acknowledgment of Risk . . . . 61--81
             Harvey M. Sapolsky   The Politics of Risk . . . . . . . . . . 83--96
                 Peter W. Huber   Pathological Science in Court  . . . . . 97--118
               Stephen Klaidman   How Well the Media Report Health Risk    119--132
          Edward J. Burger, Jr.   Health as a Surrogate for the
                                  Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133--153
                Allan M. Brandt   The Cigarette, Risk, and American
                                  Culture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--176
                 Roy Widdus and   
               Andre Meheus and   
                    Roger Short   The Management of Risk in Sexually
                                  Transmitted Diseases . . . . . . . . . . 177--191
        Kathy J. Helzlsouer and   
                    Leon Gordis   Risks to Health in the United States . . 193--206
               George L. Priest   The New Legal Structure of Risk Control  207--227
        Geoffrey C. Hazard, Jr.   The Role of the Legal System in
                                  Responses to Public Risk . . . . . . . . 229--234
                 Andreas Teuber   Justifying Risk  . . . . . . . . . . . . 235--254
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 120, Number 1, Winter, 1991

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Arms Control:
                                  Thirty Years on''  . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                  Emanuel Adler   Arms Control, Disarmament, and National
                                  Security: A Thirty Year Retrospective
                                  and a New Set of Anticipations . . . . . 1--20
            Thomas C. Schelling   The Thirtieth Year . . . . . . . . . . . 21--31
                      Paul Doty   Arms Control: 1960, 1990, 2020 . . . . . 33--52
                Robert R. Bowie   Arms Control in the 1990s  . . . . . . . 53--68
              Lawrence Freedman   Arms Control: Thirty Years On  . . . . . 69--82
      Johan Jòrgen Holst   Arms Control in the Nineties: a European
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--110
          Catherine M. Kelleher   Arms Control in a Revolutionary Future:
                                  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--131
                 A. A. Kokoshin   Arms Control: a View from Moscow . . . . 133--143
             Joseph S. Nye, Jr.   Arms Control and International Politics  145--165
                  Robert Jervis   Arms Control, Stability, and Causes of
                                  War  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--181
                    Steve Weber   Cooperation and Interdependence  . . . . 183--201
              Marc Trachtenberg   The Past and Future of Arms Control  . . 203--216
                 Barry R. Posen   Crisis Stability and Conventional Arms
                                  Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217--232
               Ashton B. Carter   Emerging Themes in Nuclear Arms Control  233--249
               Jennifer E. Sims   The American Approach to Nuclear Arms
                                  Control: A Retrospective . . . . . . . . 251--272
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 120, Number 2, Spring, 1991

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Living Tree:
                                  The Changing Meaning of Being Chinese
                                  Today''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                    Tu Wei-ming   Cultural China: The Periphery as the
                                  Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--32
                     Mark Elvin   The Inner World of 1830  . . . . . . . . 33--61
           Ambrose Yeo-chi King   Kuan-hsi and Network Building: a
                                  Sociological Interpretation  . . . . . . 63--84
                  Vera Schwarcz   No Solace from Lethe: History, Memory,
                                  and Cultural Identity in
                                  Twentieth-Century China  . . . . . . . . 85--112
                 Myron L. Cohen   Being Chinese: The Peripheralization of
                                  Traditional Identity . . . . . . . . . . 113--134
                    Wang Gungwu   Among Non-Chinese  . . . . . . . . . . . 135--157
                David Yen-ho Wu   The Construction of Chinese and
                                  Non-Chinese Identities . . . . . . . . . 159--179
               L. Ling-chi Wang   Roots and Changing Identity of the
                                  Chinese in the United States . . . . . . 181--206
                 Leo Ou-fan Lee   On the Margins of the Chinese Discourse:
                                  Some Personal Thoughts on the Cultural
                                  Meaning of the Periphery . . . . . . . . 207--226
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 120, Number 3, Summer, 1991

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Religion and
                                  Politics'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                 Robert Wuthnow   Understanding Religion and Politics  . . 1--20
             N. J. Demerath III   Religious Capital and Capital Religions:
                                  Cross-Cultural and Non-Legal Factors in
                                  the Separation of Church and State . . . 21--40
          Raymond William Baker   Afraid for Islam: Egypt's Muslim
                                  Centrists between Pharaohs and
                                  Fundamentalists  . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--68
                  H. E. Chehabi   Religion and Politics in Iran: How
                                  Theocratic Is the Islamic Republic?  . . 69--91
                  Lisa Anderson   Obligation and Accountability: Islamic
                                  Politics in North Africa . . . . . . . . 93--112
                   Serif Mardin   The Just and the Unjust  . . . . . . . . 113--129
             Margaret E. Crahan   Church and State in Latin America:
                                  Assassinating Some Old and New
                                  Stereotypes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--158
                   Juan J. Linz   Church and State in Spain from the Civil
                                  War to the Return of Democracy . . . . . 159--178
              James A. Beckford   Politics and Religion in England and
                                  Wales  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--201
                   Lamin Sanneh   Religion and Politics: Third World
                                  Perspectives on a Comparative Religious
                                  Theme  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203--218
           Gananath Obeyesekere   Buddhism and Conscience: an Exploratory
                                  Essay  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219--239
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 120, Number 4, Fall, 1991

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Searching for
                                  Security in a Global Economy'' . . . . . v--x
             Raymond Vernon and   
              Ethan B. Kapstein   National Needs, Global Resources . . . . 1--22
               Andrew Moravcsik   Arms and Autarky in Modern European
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--45
             Richard J. Samuels   Reinventing Security: Japan since Meiji  47--68
             Aaron L. Friedberg   The End of Autonomy: The United States
                                  after Five Decades . . . . . . . . . . . 69--90
             Michael Mastanduno   The United States Defiant: Export
                                  Controls in the Postwar Era  . . . . . . 91--112
         Christopher Mark Davis   The Exceptional Soviet Case: Defense in
                                  an Autarkic System . . . . . . . . . . . 113--134
          Theodore H. Moran and   
                David C. Mowery   Aerospace  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--154
            J. Nicholas Ziegler   Semiconductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--182
               David S. Painter   International Oil and National Security  183--206
                    James Kurth   The Common Defense and the World Market  207--228
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 121, Number 1, Winter, 1992

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``A New Era in
                                  Computation''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xvi
               W. Daniel Hillis   What Is Massively Parallel Computing,
                                  and Why Is It Important? . . . . . . . . 1--15
                John H. Holland   Complex Adaptive Systems . . . . . . . . 17--30
                Yuefan Deng and   
                James Glimm and   
                 David H. Sharp   Perspectives on Parallel Computing . . . 31--52
               Brosl Hasslacher   Parallel Billiards and Monster Systems   53--65
                   James Bailey   First We Reshape Our Computers, Then Our
                                  Computers Reshape Us: The Broader
                                  Intellectual Impact of Parallelism . . . 67--86
              Robert Sokolowski   Parallelism in Conscious Experience  . . 87--103
               Felix E. Browder   Of Time, Intelligence, and Institutions  105--110
                Geoffrey C. Fox   Parallel Computing and Education . . . . 111--118
       N. (Nicholas) Metropolis   The Age of Computing: a Personal Memoir  119--130
                Philip J. Davis   What Should the Public Know about
                                  Mathematics? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--138
              Jacob T. Schwartz   America's Economic-Technological Agenda
                                  for the 1990s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--165
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 121, Number 2, Spring, 1992

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Exit from
                                  Communism''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--x
                Frank E. Manuel   A Requiem for Karl Marx  . . . . . . . . 1--19
               S. N. Eisenstadt   The Breakdown of Communist Regimes and
                                  the Vicissitudes of Modernity  . . . . . 21--41
              Leszek Kolakowski   Amidst Moving Ruins  . . . . . . . . . . 43--56
                   Martin Malia   Leninist Endgame . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--75
            Anders Åslund   Russia's Road from Communism . . . . . . 77--95
               Victor Zaslavsky   Nationalism and Democratic Transition in
                                  Postcommunist Societies  . . . . . . . . 97--121
               Juan J. Linz and   
                  Alfred Stepan   Political Identities and Electoral
                                  Sequences: Spain, the Soviet Union, and
                                  Yugoslavia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--139
                      Ivo Banac   The Fearful Asymmetry of War: The Causes
                                  and Consequences of Yugoslavia's Demise  141--174
              Jirí Musil   Czechoslovakia in the Middle of
                                  Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--195
            Erazim Kohák   Ashes, Ashes \ldots Central Europe after
                                  Forty Years  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--215
         Fabio Luca Cavazza and   
              Elaine Maclachlan   The Italian Paradox: an Exit from
                                  Communism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217--249
                    Tu Wei-ming   Intellectual Effervescence in China  . . 251--292
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 121, Number 3, Summer, 1992

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Political
                                  Pharmacology: Thinking about Drugs'' . . v--x
                   Mathea Falco   Foreign Drugs, Foreign Wars  . . . . . . 1--14
                   Peter Reuter   Hawks Ascendant: The Punitive Trend of
                                  American Drug Policy . . . . . . . . . . 15--52
             Mark A. R. Kleiman   Neither Prohibition nor Legalization:
                                  Grudging Toleration in Drug Control
                                  Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--83
             Ethan A. Nadelmann   Thinking Seriously about Alternatives to
                                  Drug Prohibition . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--132
             Jerome H. Skolnick   Rethinking the Drug Problem  . . . . . . 133--159
                   Thomas Szasz   The Fatal Temptation: Drug Prohibition
                                  and the Fear of Autonomy . . . . . . . . 161--164
                 David C. Lewis   Medical and Health Perspectives on a
                                  Failing US Drug Policy . . . . . . . . . 165--194
           Mark Schlesinger and   
              Robert A. Dorwart   Falling between the Cracks: Failing
                                  National Strategies for the Treatment of
                                  Substance Abuse  . . . . . . . . . . . . 195--237
           Patricia G. Erickson   Recent Trends in Canadian Drug Policy:
                                  The Decline and Resurgence of
                                  Prohibitionism . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239--267
                Dwight B. Heath   US Drug Control Policy: a Cultural
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--291
                 Jerri A. Husch   Culture and US Drug Policy: Toward a New
                                  Conceptual Framework . . . . . . . . . . 293--304
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 121, Number 4, Fall, 1992

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Immobile
                                  Democracy?'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiv
               Chalmers Johnson   Japan in Search of a ``Normal'' Role . . 1--33
                  Ezra F. Vogel   Japanese-American Relations after the
                                  Cold War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--60
                    Merry White   Home Truths: Women and Social Change in
                                  Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--82
                      Tony Judt   The Past Is Another Country: Myth and
                                  Memory in Postwar Europe . . . . . . . . 83--118
              Christoph Bertram   US-German Relations in a World at Sea    119--128
                    Diana Pinto   The Great European Sea Change  . . . . . 129--150
               Paul E. Peterson   An Immodest Proposal . . . . . . . . . . 151--174
         Theodore R. Marmor and   
                    David Boyum   American Medical Care Reform: Are We
                                  Doomed to Fail?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--194
               Daniel J. Kevles   Foundations, Universities, and Trends in
                                  Support for the Physical and Biological
                                  Sciences, 1900--1992 . . . . . . . . . . 195--235
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 122, Number 1, Winter, 1993

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``America's
                                  Childhood''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
               Martha Minow and   
             Richard Weissbourd   Social Movements for Children  . . . . . 1--29
        Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi   Contexts of Optimal Growth in Childhood  31--56
         Sandra K. Danziger and   
               Sheldon Danziger   Child Poverty and Public Policy: Toward
                                  a Comprehensive Antipoverty Agenda . . . 57--84
                     David Finn   Thoughts and Images  . . . . . . . . . . 85--92
               Felton Earls and   
                   Mary Carlson   Towards Sustainable Development for
                                  American Families  . . . . . . . . . . . 93--121
               Thomas J. Cottle   Witness of Joy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--150
             Maris A. Vinovskis   Early Childhood Education: Then and Now  151--176
             David K. Cohen and   
                    S. G. Grant   America's Children and Their Elementary
                                  Schools  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--207
                   Kim Marshall   Teachers and Schools: What Makes a
                                  Difference: A Principal's Perspective    209--242
              Jerome M. Ziegler   Education: The Crucial Variable for
                                  Children?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243--258
                    John Condry   Thief of Time, Unfaithful Servant:
                                  Television and the American Child  . . . 259--278
             Richard A. Shweder   ``Why Do Men Barbecue?'' and Other
                                  Postmodern Ironies of Growing up in the
                                  Decade of Ethnicity  . . . . . . . . . . 279--308
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 122, Number 2, Spring, 1993

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``China in
                                  Transformation'' . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
                    Tu Wei-ming   Introduction: Cultural Perspectives  . . vii--xxiv
                Edward Friedman   A Failed Chinese Modernity . . . . . . . 1--17
                   Helen F. Siu   Cultural Identity and the Politics of
                                  Difference in South China  . . . . . . . 19--43
              William P. Alford   Double-Edged Swords Cut Both Ways: Law
                                  and Legitimacy in the People's Republic
                                  of China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--69
                    Wang Gungwu   To Reform a Revolution: Under the
                                  Righteous Mandate  . . . . . . . . . . . 71--94
           Andrew J. Nathan and   
                   Tianjian Shi   Cultural Requisites for Democracy in
                                  China: Findings from a Survey  . . . . . 95--123
              Ying-shih Yü   The Radicalization of China in the
                                  Twentieth Century  . . . . . . . . . . . 125--150
                 Myron L. Cohen   Cultural and Political Inventions in
                                  Modern China: The Case of the Chinese
                                  ``Peasant''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--170
                     Tongqi Lin   A Search for China's Soul  . . . . . . . 171--188
                     Perry Link   China's ``Core'' Problem . . . . . . . . 189--205
                 David E. Apter   Yan'an and the Narrative Reconstruction
                                  of Reality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207--232
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 122, Number 3, Summer, 1993

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Reconstructing
                                  Nations and States'' . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                   John A. Hall   Nationalisms: Classified and Explained   1--28
                  Charles Tilly   National Self-Determination as a Problem
                                  for All of Us  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--36
              Katherine Verdery   Whither ``Nation'' and ``Nationalism''?  37--46
                 Liah Greenfeld   Transcending the Nation's Worth  . . . . 47--62
               Stanley Hoffmann   Thoughts on the French Nation Today  . . 63--79
           Douglas B. Klusmeyer   Aliens, Immigrants, and Citizens: The
                                  Politics of Inclusion in the Federal
                                  Republic of Germany  . . . . . . . . . . 81--114
                   Michael Mann   Nation-States in Europe and Other
                                  Continents: Diversifying, Developing,
                                  Not Dying  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--140
                 Ernest Gellner   Homeland of the Unrevolution . . . . . . 141--153
                      Tom Nairn   Internationalism and the Second Coming   155--170
                  Martin Kramer   Arab Nationalism: Mistaken Identity  . . 171--206
           Benjamin I. Schwartz   Culture, Modernity, and Nationalism:
                                  Further Reflections  . . . . . . . . . . 207--226
              Ashutosh Varshney   Contested Meanings: India's National
                                  Identity, Hindu Nationalism, and the
                                  Politics of Anxiety  . . . . . . . . . . 227--261
                     Noel Annan   Book Review: \booktitleChurchill, The
                                  End of Glory: A Political Biography  . . 263--272
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 122, Number 4, Fall, 1993

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The American
                                  Research University''  . . . . . . . . . v--viii
               Jonathan R. Cole   Balancing Acts: Dilemmas of Choice
                                  Facing Research Universities . . . . . . 1--36
                Neil J. Smelser   The Politics of Ambivalence: Diversity
                                  in the Research Universities . . . . . . 37--53
                 John R. Searle   Rationality and Realism, What Is at
                                  Stake? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--83
                Kenneth Prewitt   America's Research Universities under
                                  Public Scrutiny  . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--99
             Nannerl O. Keohane   The Mission of the Research University   101--125
                 Donald Kennedy   Making Choices in the Research
                                  University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--156
             Stephen M. Stigler   Competition and the Research
                                  Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--177
          William C. Richardson   The Appropriate Scale of the Health
                                  Sciences Enterprise  . . . . . . . . . . 179--195
              Rodney W. Nichols   Federal Science Policy and Universities:
                                  Consequences of Success  . . . . . . . . 197--224
           Eugene B. Skolnikoff   Knowledge without Borders?
                                  Internationalization of the Research
                                  Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225--252
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 123, Number 1, Winter, 1994

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Germany in
                                  Transition'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
                 Michael Mertes   Germany's Social and Political Culture:
                                  Change through Consensus?  . . . . . . . 1--32
                  Steven Muller   Democracy in Germany . . . . . . . . . . 33--56
                   Kurt J. Lauk   Germany at the Crossroads: On the
                                  Efficiency of the German Economy . . . . 57--83
                      Anonymous   [Photograph]: Thomas Struth,
                                  Mainzerstrasse, Frankfurt, 1987.
                                  Courtesy Marian Goodman Gallery, New
                                  York . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84--84
              Klaus J. Bade and   
            Lieselotte Anderson   Immigration and Social Peace in United
                                  Germany  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--106
    Heinrich August Winkler and   
         C. Michelle Murphy and   
          Cornelius Partsch and   
                     Susan List   Rebuilding of a Nation: The Germans
                                  before and after Unification . . . . . . 107--127
                      Anonymous   [Photograph]: Thomas Struth, Am Lehrter
                                  Bahnhof, Berlin, 1992. Courtesy Marian
                                  Goodman Gallery, New York  . . . . . . . 128--128
         Anne-Marie Le Gloannec   On German Identity . . . . . . . . . . . 129--148
              Stephan Eisel and   
        Deborah Lucas Schneider   The Politics of a United Germany . . . . 149--171
                      Anonymous   [Photograph]: Thomas Struth,
                                  Ludwigstrasse, Munich, 1980. Courtesy
                                  Marian Goodman Gallery, New York . . . . 172--172
              Jürgen Kocka   Crisis of Unification: How Germany
                                  Changes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--192
      Ludger Kühnhardt and   
            Lieselotte Anderson   Multi-German Germany . . . . . . . . . . 193--209
                      Anonymous   [Photograph]: Thomas Struth, Georg Von
                                  Vollmar Straße, Leverkusen, 1980.
                                  Courtesy Marian Goodman Gallery, New
                                  York . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210--210
                  Mary Fulbrook   Aspects of Society and Identity in the
                                  New Germany  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--234
              Barthold C. Witte   Two Catastrophes, Two Causes, and How
                                  the Germans Dealt with Them  . . . . . . 235--249
                      Anonymous   [Photograph]: Thomas Struth, Erich Ferl
                                  Strasse, Leipzig, 1991. Courtesy Marian
                                  Goodman Gallery, New York  . . . . . . . 250--250
      Richard Schröder and   
        Deborah Lucas Schneider   The Role of the Protestant Church in
                                  German Unification . . . . . . . . . . . 251--261
                      Anonymous   [Photograph]: Thomas Struth,
                                  Sophiengemeinde, Gr Hamburgerstrasse,
                                  Berlin, 1992. Courtesy Marian Goodman
                                  Gallery, New York  . . . . . . . . . . . 262--262
               Jochen Thies and   
        Deborah Lucas Schneider   Observations on the Political Class in
                                  Germany  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--276
              Joachim Gauck and   
                     Martin Fry   Dealing with a Stasi Past  . . . . . . . 277--284
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 123, Number 2, Spring, 1994

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Europe through a
                                  Glass Darkly'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xvi
               Stanley Hoffmann   Europe's Identity Crisis Revisited . . . 1--23
          Philip R. Schlesinger   Europe's Contradictory Communicative
                                  Space  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--52
         Fabio Luca Cavazza and   
              Carlo Pelanda and   
              Anthony Molho and   
                     Alan Ginet   Maastricht: Before, during, After  . . . 53--80
         Hans-Peter Schwarz and   
        Deborah Lucas Schneider   Germany's National and European
                                  Interests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--105
                Luigi Campiglio   Europe on the Mark: Ready to Go? . . . . 107--127
                     Mark Lilla   The Other Velvet Revolution: Continental
                                  Liberalism and Its Discontents . . . . . 129--157
                   Nancy Bermeo   Democracy in Europe  . . . . . . . . . . 159--178
                    Jack Snyder   Russian Backwardness and the Future of
                                  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--201
           Stevan K. Pavlowitch   Who Is ``Balkanizing'' Whom? The
                                  Misunderstandings between the Debris of
                                  Yugoslavia and an Unprepared West  . . . 203--223
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 123, Number 3, Summer, 1994

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``After Communism:
                                  What?''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiv
                      Tony Judt   Nineteen Eighty-Nine: The End of Which
                                  European Era?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--19
                 Roman Szporluk   After Empire: What?  . . . . . . . . . . 21--39
                   Richard Rose   Getting by without Government: Everyday
                                  Life in Russia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--62
                    Mark Medish   Russia: Lost and Found . . . . . . . . . 63--89
                 Jacques Rupnik   Europe's New Frontiers: Remapping Europe 91--114
          Elemér Hankiss   European Paradigms: East and West,
                                  1945--1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--126
          George Schöpflin   Postcommunism: The Problems of
                                  Democratic Construction  . . . . . . . . 127--141
            George Kolankiewicz   Elites in Search of a Political Formula  143--157
       István Rév   The Postmortem Victory of Communism  . . 159--170
                   Andrei Marga   The Culture of Scholarship in Europe
                                  Today  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171--184
                      Eric Weil   Philosophical and Political Thought in
                                  Europe Today . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--194
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 123, Number 4, Fall, 1994

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Health and
                                  Wealth'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiv
              John W. Frank and   
              J. Fraser Mustard   The Determinants of Health from a
                                  Historical Perspective . . . . . . . . . 1--19
                Robert G. Evans   Health Care as a Threat to Health:
                                  Defense, Opulence, and the Social
                                  Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--42
              John N. Lavis and   
            Gregory L. Stoddart   Can We Have Too Much Health Care?  . . . 43--60
           Richard G. Wilkinson   The Epidemiological Transition: From
                                  Material Scarcity to Social
                                  Disadvantage?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--77
                S. Leonard Syme   The Social Environment and Health  . . . 79--86
            Naoko T. Miyaji and   
                  Margaret Lock   Monitoring Motherhood: Sociocultural and
                                  Historical Aspects of Maternal and Child
                                  Health in Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--112
                  Naoki Ikegami   Efficiency and Effectiveness in Health
                                  Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--125
               Nathan Rosenberg   How the Developed Countries Became Rich  127--140
                  Paul M. Romer   Economic Growth and Investment in
                                  Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--154
                 Max S. Cynader   Mechanisms of Brain Development and
                                  Their Role in Health and Well-Being  . . 155--165
                 Clyde Hertzman   The Lifelong Impact of Childhood
                                  Experiences: A Population Health
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--180
             Michael C. Wolfson   Toward a System of Health Statistics . . 181--195
              Michael G. Marmot   Social Differentials in Health within
                                  and between Populations  . . . . . . . . 197--216
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 124, Number 1, Winter, 1995

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``An American
                                  Dilemma Revisited''  . . . . . . . . . . v--xxxiv
                    Sissela Bok   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--13
              Robert A. Dentler   The Political Sociology of the African
                                  American Situation: Gunnar Myrdal's Era
                                  and Today  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--36
             Ronald F. Ferguson   Shifting Challenges: Fifty Years of
                                  Economic Change toward Black-White
                                  Earnings Equality  . . . . . . . . . . . 37--76
            Walter R. Allen and   
               Joseph O. Jewell   African American Education since ``An
                                  American Dilemma'' . . . . . . . . . . . 77--100
              Obie Clayton, Jr.   The Churches and Social Change:
                                  Accommodation, Moderation, or Protest    101--117
                Cassia C. Spohn   Courts, Sentences, and Prisons . . . . . 119--143
            William Darity, Jr.   The Undesirables, America's Underclass
                                  in the Managerial Age: Beyond the Myrdal
                                  Theory of Racial Inequality  . . . . . . 145--165
             Doris Y. Wilkinson   Gender and Social Inequality: The
                                  Prevailing Significance of Race  . . . . 167--178
               Antonio McDaniel   The Dynamic Racial Composition of the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--198
             John Sibley Butler   Myrdal Revisited: The Negro in Business  199--221
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 124, Number 2, Spring, 1995

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``What Future for
                                  the State?'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xxiv
                Masaru Tamamoto   Reflections on Japan's Postwar State . . 1--22
                  Vincent Cable   The Diminished Nation-State: a Study in
                                  the Loss of Economic Power . . . . . . . 23--53
                  Susan Strange   The Defective State  . . . . . . . . . . 55--74
              Vivien A. Schmidt   The New World Order, Incorporated: The
                                  Rise of Business and the Decline of the
                                  Nation-State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75--106
                Rogers Brubaker   National Minorities, Nationalizing
                                  States, and External National Homelands
                                  in the New Europe  . . . . . . . . . . . 107--132
                     Chris Hann   Subverting Strong States: The Dialectics
                                  of Social Engineering in Hungary and
                                  Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133--153
                     Geoff Eley   War and the Twentieth-Century State  . . 155--174
      Stephen J. Del Rosso, Jr.   The Insecure State: Reflections on ``The
                                  State'' and ``Security'' in a Changing
                                  World  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--207
                 Daniel Deudney   Nuclear Weapons and the Waning of the
                                  Real-State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--231
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 124, Number 3, Summer, 1995

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Quest for
                                  World Order''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xx
               Stanley Hoffmann   Report of the Conference on Conditions
                                  of World Order: June 12--19, 1965, Villa
                                  Serbelloni, Bellagio, Italy  . . . . . . 1--26
                   Raymond Aron   The Anarchical Order of Power  . . . . . 27--52
                Emma Rothschild   What Is Security?  . . . . . . . . . . . 53--98
             Henry A. Kissinger   We Live in an Age of Transition  . . . . 99--107
                   Gilles Kepel   Islamists versus the State in Egypt and
                                  Algeria  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109--127
             Jennifer A. Widner   States and Statelessness in Late
                                  Twentieth-Century Africa . . . . . . . . 129--153
                 David E. Apter   Democracy for Uganda: a Case for
                                  Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--190
        Bogumil Jewsiewicki and   
              V. Y. Mudimbe and   
     Kathryn Barrett-Gaines and   
                  Nadine LeMeur   Meeting the Challenge of Legitimacy:
                                  Post-Independence Black African and
                                  Post-Soviet European States  . . . . . . 191--207
           Göran Rosenberg   Sweden and Its Immigrants: Policies
                                  versus Opinions  . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--218
           John de la Mothe and   
                 Paul R. Dufour   Techno-Globalism and the Challenges to
                                  Science and Technology Policy  . . . . . 219--235
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 124, Number 4, Fall, 1995

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``American
                                  Education: Still Separate, Still
                                  Unequal''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xxx
                  Gerald Holton   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi--xxxvii
              Gerald Holton and   
                  Daniel Goroff   Where Is American Education Going?
                                  Report on a Convocation  . . . . . . . . 1--42
        Patricia Albjerg Graham   Battleships and Schools  . . . . . . . . 43--46
                 Albert Shanker   Education Reform: What's Not Being Said  47--54
              Lauren B. Resnick   From Aptitude to Effort: a New
                                  Foundation for Our Schools . . . . . . . 55--62
                   Linda Nathan   Assessing Assessment: Lessons of
                                  Innovative Practice in Urban Schools . . 63--68
                 Harold Howe II   Priority Strategies for Improved
                                  Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69--76
              Theodore R. Sizer   Silences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--83
                    Jeff Howard   You Can't Get There from Here: The Need
                                  for a New Logic in Education Reform  . . 85--92
             Madeleine M. Kunin   Education Reform: Staking out Common
                                  Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93--99
                 Howard Gardner   Limited Visions, Limited Means: Two
                                  Obstacles to Meaningful Education Reform 101--105
        Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi   Education for the Twenty-First Century   107--114
                   Paul Schwarz   A Call for True and Equitable Discourse  115--117
                 Paul R. Dimond   A New Challenge for American Education   119--129
               John F. Jennings   Matching Form and Substance in American
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--133
             Sharon P. Robinson   Life, Literacy, and the Pursuit of
                                  Challenges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--142
               R. M. Latanision   Education Reform and the Public Will . . 143--148
                   John D'Auria   Tremors We Should Not Ignore . . . . . . 149--152
          Linda Darling-Hammond   Restructuring Schools for Student
                                  Success  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153--162
                    Roger Soder   American Education: Facing up to
                                  Unspoken Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . 163--167
                Paul D. Houston   School Reform through a Wide-Angle Lens:
                                  The Consideration of Context . . . . . . 169--172
            Stephen R. Graubard   We Need to Know More . . . . . . . . . . 173--178
                    Carol Gluck   Had I One Wish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--182
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 125, Number 1, Winter, 1996

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Social
                                  Suffering''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--x
            Arthur Kleinman and   
                  Veena Das and   
                  Margaret Lock   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi--xx
            Arthur Kleinman and   
                  Joan Kleinman   The Appeal of Experience; The Dismay of
                                  Images: Cultural Appropriations of
                                  Suffering in Our Times . . . . . . . . . 1--23
                David B. Morris   About Suffering: Voice, Genre, and Moral
                                  Community  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--45
             Lawrence L. Langer   The Alarmed Vision: Social Suffering and
                                  Holocaust Atrocity . . . . . . . . . . . 47--65
                      Veena Das   Language and Body: Transactions in the
                                  Construction of Pain . . . . . . . . . . 67--91
                 Stanley Cavell   Comments on Veena Das's Essay ``Language
                                  and Body: Transactions in the
                                  Construction of Pain'' . . . . . . . . . 93--98
              Mamphela Ramphele   Political Widowhood in South Africa: The
                                  Embodiment of Ambiguity  . . . . . . . . 99--117
                  Vera Schwarcz   The Pane of Sorrow: Public Uses of
                                  Personal Grief in Modern China . . . . . 119--148
                    Tu Wei-ming   Destructive Will and Ideological
                                  Holocaust: Maoism as a Source of Social
                                  Suffering in China . . . . . . . . . . . 149--179
                Anne Harrington   Unmasking Suffering's Masks: Reflections
                                  on Old and New Memories of Nazi Medicine 181--205
                  Margaret Lock   Displacing Suffering: The Reconstruction
                                  of Death in North America and Japan  . . 207--244
                    Allan Young   Suffering and the Origins of Traumatic
                                  Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245--260
                    Paul Farmer   On Suffering and Structural Violence: a
                                  View from Below  . . . . . . . . . . . . 261--283
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 125, Number 2, Spring, 1996

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Managing
                                  Innovation'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
        Alfred D. Chandler, Jr.   Introduction: Entrepreneurial
                                  Achievements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix--xxix
                 John F. Taplin   The Education of an Inventor . . . . . . 1--17
                   Ralph Landau   Entrepreneurs, Managers, and the
                                  Importance of Finance  . . . . . . . . . 19--37
                    Elkan Blout   Polaroid: Dreams to Reality  . . . . . . 39--53
                Gordon E. Moore   Intel: Memories and the Microprocessor   55--80
          George N. Hatsopoulos   A Perpetual Idea Machine . . . . . . . . 81--94
           William M. Haney III   The Power of Invention . . . . . . . . . 95--112
                Thomas D. Cabot   A Short History of Cabot Corporation . . 113--136
                  Robert Galvin   Communication: The Lever of
                                  Effectiveness and Productivity . . . . . 137--146
        Stephen D. Bechtel, Jr.   Reflections on Success . . . . . . . . . 147--166
           Edward C. Johnson 3d   Adventures of a Contrarian . . . . . . . 167--182
                  Gerald Holton   On the Art of Scientific Imagination . . 183--208
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 125, Number 3, Summer, 1996

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Liberation of
                                  the Environment''  . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                Robert M. White   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ix--x
               Jesse H. Ausubel   The Liberation of the Environment  . . . 1--17
            Arnulf Grübler   Time for a Change: On the Patterns of
                                  Diffusion of Innovation  . . . . . . . . 19--42
                Robert W. Kates   Population, Technology, and the Human
                                  Environment: A Thread through Time . . . 43--71
               Paul E. Waggoner   How Much Land Can Ten Billion People
                                  Spare for Nature?  . . . . . . . . . . . 73--93
        Nebojsa Naki\'cenovi\'c   Freeing Energy from Carbon . . . . . . . 95--112
                   Lee Schipper   Life-Styles and the Environment: The
                                  Case of Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--138
           Jesse H. Ausubel and   
               Cesare Marchetti   Elektron: Electrical Systems in
                                  Retrospect and Prospect  . . . . . . . . 139--169
            Iddo K. Wernick and   
              Robert Herman and   
             Shekhar Govind and   
               Jesse H. Ausubel   Materialization and Dematerialization:
                                  Measures and Trends  . . . . . . . . . . 171--198
               Robert A. Frosch   Toward the End of Waste: Reflections on
                                  a New Ecology of Industry  . . . . . . . 199--212
      Klaus Michael Meyer-Abich   Humans in Nature: Toward a Physiocentric
                                  Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213--234
                 Chauncey Starr   Sustaining the Human Environment: The
                                  Next Two Hundred Years . . . . . . . . . 235--253
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 125, Number 4, Fall, 1996

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Books, Bricks,
                                  and Bytes''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
                    Peter Lyman   What Is a Digital Library? Technology,
                                  Intellectual Property, and the Public
                                  Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--33
            James H. Billington   Libraries, the Library of Congress, and
                                  the Information Age  . . . . . . . . . . 35--54
           Ann Shumelda Okerson   Buy or Lease? Two Models for Scholarly
                                  Information at the End (Or the
                                  Beginning) of an Era . . . . . . . . . . 55--76
           Kenneth E. Carpenter   A Library Historian Looks at
                                  Librarianship  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--102
                 Peter R. Young   Librarianship: a Changing Profession . . 103--125
                 Donald S. Lamm   Libraries and Publishers: a Partnership
                                  at Risk  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--146
           Jamie Frederic Metzl   Searching for the Catalog of Catalogs    147--160
             Marilyn Gell Mason   The Yin and Yang of Knowing  . . . . . . 161--171
          Kenneth E. Dowlin and   
                Eleanor Shapiro   The Centrality of Communities to the
                                  Future of Major Public Libraries . . . . 173--190
               Deanna B. Marcum   Redefining Community through the Public
                                  Library  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191--205
            Susan Goldberg Kent   American Public Libraries: a Long
                                  Transformative Moment  . . . . . . . . . 207--220
                     Brian Lang   Bricks and Bytes: Libraries in Flux  . . 221--234
                Peter Johan Lor   A Distant Mirror: The Story of Libraries
                                  in South Africa  . . . . . . . . . . . . 235--265
    Affonso Romano de Sant'Anna   Libraries, Social Inequality, and the
                                  Challenge of the Twenty-First Century    267--281
                Jean Favier and   
             Mireille M. Dedios   The History of the French National
                                  Library  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--291
               Vladimir Zaitsev   Problems of Russian Libraries in an Age
                                  of Social Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 293--306
           Klaus-Dieter Lehmann   Making the Transitory Permanent: The
                                  Intellectual Heritage in a Digitized
                                  World of Knowledge . . . . . . . . . . . 307--329
                Hermann Leskien   Allocated Parts: The Story of Libraries
                                  in Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331--352
            Dwarika N. Banerjee   The Story of Libraries in India  . . . . 353--361
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 126, Number 1, Winter, 1997

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``American Academic
                                  Culture in Transformation: Fifty Years,
                                  Four Disciplines'' . . . . . . . . . . . v--x
                  Thomas Bender   Politics, Intellect, and the American
                                  University, 1945--1995 . . . . . . . . . 1--38
                Robert M. Solow   How Did Economics Get That Way and What
                                  Way Did It Get?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--58
                 David M. Kreps   Economics: The Current Position  . . . . 59--85
              William J. Barber   Reconfigurations in American Academic
                                  Economics: A General Practitioner's
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--103
                   M. H. Abrams   The Transformation of English Studies:
                                  1930--1995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--131
            Catherine Gallagher   The History of Literary Criticism  . . . 133--153
José David Saldívar   Tracking English and American Literary
                                  and Cultural Criticism . . . . . . . . . 155--174
                  Hilary Putnam   A Half Century of Philosophy, Viewed
                                  from Within  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175--208
              Alexander Nehamas   Trends in Recent American Philosophy . . 209--223
            Charles E. Lindblom   Political Science in the 1940s and 1950s 225--252
                Rogers M. Smith   Still Blowing in the Wind: The American
                                  Quest for a Democratic, Scientific
                                  Political Science  . . . . . . . . . . . 253--287
               Carl E. Schorske   The New Rigorism in the Human Sciences,
                                  1940--1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289--309
                 Ira Katznelson   From the Street to the Lecture Hall: The
                                  1960s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311--332
             David A. Hollinger   The Disciplines and the Identity
                                  Debates, 1970--1995  . . . . . . . . . . 333--351
                    T. S. Eliot   The Influence of Landscape upon the Poet 352--352
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 126, Number 2, Spring, 1997

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Human Diversity'' v--xxii
                    Amartya Sen   Indian Traditions and the Western
                                  Imagination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--26
                     Chris Hann   The Nation-State, Religion, and Uncivil
                                  Society: Two Perspectives from the
                                  Periphery  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--45
                   Mark Mazower   Minorities and the League of Nations in
                                  Interwar Europe  . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--63
                Vernon Bogdanor   Forms of Autonomy and the Protection of
                                  Minorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65--87
                  Martin Kramer   The Middle East, Old and New . . . . . . 89--112
               Hermann Giliomee   Surrender without Defeat: Afrikaners and
                                  the South African ``Miracle''  . . . . . 113--146
            Edward A. Tiryakian   The Wild Cards of Modernity  . . . . . . 147--181
           Charles Lindholm and   
                   John A. Hall   Is the United States Falling Apart?  . . 183--209
            Mark D. W. Edington   The Fog of the Familiar Paradigm: On the
                                  Dangers of Applied Theory  . . . . . . . 211--231
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 126, Number 3, Summer, 1997

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``A New Europe for
                                  the Old?'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
                   Martin Malia   A New Europe for the Old?  . . . . . . . 1--22
                      Tim Judah   The Serbs: The Sweet and Rotten Smell of
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--45
                  Marcus Tanner   Illyrianism and the Croatian Quest for
                                  Statehood  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--62
                  Tom Gallagher   To Be or Not to Be Balkan: Romania's
                                  Quest for Self-Definition  . . . . . . . 63--83
                 Roman Szporluk   Ukraine: From an Imperial Periphery to a
                                  Sovereign State  . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--119
            Anatoly M. Khazanov   Ethnic Nationalism in the Russian
                                  Federation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--142
              Barbara Ischinger   ``Im Osten viel Neues'': Plenty of News
                                  from the Eastern Länder . . . . . . . . . 143--157
              Jan U. Clauss and   
                Daniel Herz and   
                 Maike Dury and   
                  Martin Berger   Addendum to ``Im Osten viel Neues:
                                  Plenty of News from the Eastern Länder''  159--166
              Vivien A. Schmidt   Discourse and (Dis)Integration in
                                  Europe: The Cases of France, Germany,
                                  and Great Britain  . . . . . . . . . . . 167--197
        Dominique Schnapper and   
             Mireille M. Dedios   The European Debate on Citizenship . . . 199--222
                   Dario Biocca   Has the Nation Died? The Debate over
                                  Italy's Identity (And Future)  . . . . . 223--239
                      Arne Ruth   Postwar Europe: The Capriciousness of
                                  Universal Values . . . . . . . . . . . . 241--276
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 126, Number 4, Fall, 1997

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The American
                                  Academic Profession''  . . . . . . . . . v--x
                  Arthur Levine   How the Academic Profession Is Changing  1--20
                Burton R. Clark   Small Worlds, Different Worlds: The
                                  Uniquenesses and Troubles of American
                                  Academic Professions . . . . . . . . . . 21--42
                 Francis Oakley   The Elusive Academic Profession:
                                  Complexity and Change  . . . . . . . . . 43--66
               Walter E. Massey   Uncertainties in the Changing Academic
                                  Profession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--94
              Patrick M. Callan   Stewards of Opportunity: America's
                                  Public Community Colleges  . . . . . . . 95--112
            Patricia J. Gumport   Public Universities as Academic
                                  Workplaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--136
                  R. M. Douglas   Survival of the Fittest? Postgraduate
                                  Education and the Professoriate at the
                                  Fin de Si\`ecle  . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--151
               Eugene Goodheart   Reflections on the Culture Wars  . . . . 153--175
              Charles Bernstein   A Blow Is like an Instrument . . . . . . 177--200
                Jay A. Labinger   The Science Wars and the Future of the
                                  American Academic Profession . . . . . . 201--220
               Cheryl B. Leggon   The Scientist as Academic  . . . . . . . 221--244
              Sheldon Rothblatt   The ``Place'' of Knowledge in the
                                  American Academic Profession . . . . . . 245--264
           Theodore R. Mitchell   Border Crossings: Organizational
                                  Boundaries and Challenges to the
                                  American Professoriate . . . . . . . . . 265--292
                    Martin Trow   The Development of Information
                                  Technology in American Higher Education  293--314
              Philip G. Altbach   An International Academic Crisis? The
                                  American Professoriate in Comparative
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--338
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 127, Number 1, Winter, 1998

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Science in
                                  Culture''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--x
                  Gerald Holton   Einstein and the Cultural Roots of
                                  Modern Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--44
                  Peter Galison   The Americanization of Unity . . . . . . 45--71
                Lorraine Daston   Fear and Loathing of the Imagination in
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--95
              Wendy Doniger and   
                Gregory Spinner   Misconceptions: Female Imaginations and
                                  Male Fantasies in Parental Imprinting    97--129
               Edward O. Wilson   Consilience among the Great Branches of
                                  Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--149
                Steven Weinberg   Physics and History  . . . . . . . . . . 151--164
        Bretislav Friedrich and   
              Dudley Herschbach   Space Quantization: Otto Stern's Lucky
                                  Star . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--191
                 E. H. Gombrich   Eastern Inventions and Western Response  193--205
              James S. Ackerman   Leonardo Da Vinci: Art in Science  . . . 207--224
        Patricia Albjerg Graham   Educational Dilemmas for Americans . . . 225--236
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 127, Number 2, Spring, 1998

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Brain'' . . . v--viii
          Vernon B. Mountcastle   Brain Science at the Century's Ebb . . . 1--36
              Gerald M. Edelman   Building a Picture of the Brain  . . . . 37--69
                     Semir Zeki   Art and the Brain  . . . . . . . . . . . 71--103
       Richard S. J. Frackowiak   The Functional Architecture of the Brain 105--130
               Mark F. Bear and   
                 Leon N. Cooper   From Molecules to Mental States  . . . . 131--144
           Jean-Pierre Changeux   Drug Use and Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . 145--165
Alexander A. Borbély and   
                  Giulio Tononi   The Quest for the Essence of Sleep . . . 167--196
         George L. Gabor Miklos   The Evolution and Modification of Brains
                                  and Sensory Systems  . . . . . . . . . . 197--216
               Emilio Bizzi and   
     Ferdinando A. Mussa-Ivaldi   The Acquisition of Motor Behavior  . . . 217--232
              Marcel Kinsbourne   Unity and Diversity in the Human Brain:
                                  Evidence from Injury . . . . . . . . . . 233--256
                     Andy Clark   Where Brain, Body, and World Collide . . 257--280
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Illustrations: The Brain . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 127, Number 3, Summer, 1998

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Early
                                  Modernities''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
       Shmuel N. Eisenstadt and   
            Wolfgang Schluchter   Introduction: Paths to Early
                                  Modernities: A Comparative View  . . . . 1--18
            Björn Wittrock   Early Modernities: Varieties and
                                  Transitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--40
                Sheldon Pollock   India in the Vernacular Millennium:
                                  Literary Culture and Polity, 1000--1500  41--74
            Sanjay Subrahmanyam   Hearing Voices: Vignettes of Early
                                  Modernity in South Asia, 1400--1750  . . 75--104
                David L. Howell   Territoriality and Collective Identity
                                  in Tokugawa Japan  . . . . . . . . . . . 105--132
           Mary Elizabeth Berry   Public Life in Authoritarian Japan . . . 133--165
          Frederic Wakeman, Jr.   Boundaries of the Public Sphere in Ming
                                  and Qing China . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--189
             Alexander Woodside   Territorial Order and
                                  Collective-Identity Tensions in
                                  Confucian Asia: China, Vietnam, Korea    191--220
                Bernhard Giesen   Cosmopolitans, Patriots, Jacobins, and
                                  Romantics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--250
Víctor Pérez-Díaz   State and Public Sphere in Spain during
                                  the Ancient Regime . . . . . . . . . . . 251--279
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 127, Number 4, Fall, 1998

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Education
                                  Yesterday, Education Tomorrow''  . . . . v--xxiv
             Seymour B. Sarason   Some Features of a Flawed Educational
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--12
           Karen Seashore Louis   ``A Light Feeling of Chaos'':
                                  Educational Reform and Policy in the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--40
              Daniel W. Bromley   Expectations, Incentives, and
                                  Performance in America's Schools . . . . 41--66
               Robert L. Hampel   A Generation in Crisis?  . . . . . . . . 67--88
          Lauren B. Resnick and   
            Megan Williams Hall   Learning Organizations for Sustainable
                                  Education Reform . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--118
            Victoria J. Marsick   Transformative Learning from Experience
                                  in the Knowledge Era . . . . . . . . . . 119--136
              Daniel M. Fox and   
                 John M. Ludden   Living but Not Dying by the Market:
                                  Recent Changes in Health Care  . . . . . 137--158
             Wallace E. Huffman   Modernizing Agriculture: a Continuing
                                  Process  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159--186
                Richard R. John   The Politics of Innovation . . . . . . . 187--214
               Thomas P. Hughes   Designing, Developing, and Reforming
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215--232
          Kenneth G. Wilson and   
            Constance K. Barsky   Applied Research and Development:
                                  Support for Continuing Improvement in
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233--258
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 128, Number ??, 1999

                      Anonymous   Forty Years of ``Dædalus''  . . . . . . . 1--4
                      Anonymous   Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--84
                      Anonymous   Subject Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--148
                      Anonymous   Issues of ``Dædalus'' Republished as
                                  Books  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149--155
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 128, Number 1, Winter, 1999

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Distinctively
                                  American: The Residential Liberal Arts
                                  Colleges'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
                  Steven Koblik   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii--xiv
                   Hugh Hawkins   The Making of the Liberal Arts College
                                  Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--25
                     Paul Neely   The Threats to Liberal Arts Colleges . . 27--45
       Michael S. McPherson and   
           Morton Owen Schapiro   The Future Economic Challenges for the
                                  Liberal Arts Colleges  . . . . . . . . . 47--75
             Alexander W. Astin   How the Liberal Arts College Affects
                                  Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--100
                 Peter J. Gomes   Affirmation and Adaptation: Values and
                                  the Elite Residential College  . . . . . 101--119
                Geoffrey Canada   The Currents of Democracy: The Role of
                                  Small Liberal Arts Colleges  . . . . . . 121--132
                 Eugene M. Lang   Distinctively American: The Liberal Arts
                                  College  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133--150
                Eva T. H. Brann   The American College as the Place for
                                  Liberal Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--171
               Richard H. Hersh   Generating Ideals and Transforming
                                  Lives: A Contemporary Case for the
                                  Residential Liberal Arts College . . . . 173--194
                 Thomas R. Cech   Science at Liberal Arts Colleges: a
                                  Better Education?  . . . . . . . . . . . 195--216
              Priscilla W. Laws   New Approaches to Science and
                                  Mathematics Teaching at Liberal Arts
                                  Colleges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217--240
        Christina Elliott Sorum   ``Vortex, Clouds, and Tongue'': New
                                  Problems in the Humanities?  . . . . . . 241--264
               Susan C. Bourque   Reassessing Research: Liberal Arts
                                  Colleges and the Social Sciences . . . . 265--272
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 128, Number 2, Spring, 1999

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``The Next
                                  Generation: Work in Progress'' . . . . . v--vi
              Catherine Epstein   The Politics of Biography: The Case of
                                  East German Old Communists . . . . . . . 1--30
                 Samantha Power   To Suffer by Comparison? . . . . . . . . 31--66
                Maya Todeschini   Illegitimate Sufferers: A-Bomb Victims,
                                  Medical Science, and the Government  . . 67--100
               Serenella Sferza   What Is Left of the Left? More than One
                                  Would Think  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--126
                Tarek E. Masoud   The Arabs and Islam: The Troubled Search
                                  for Legitimacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--145
                 Douglas McGray   The Silicon Archipelago  . . . . . . . . 147--176
           Jamie Frederic Metzl   Popular Diplomacy  . . . . . . . . . . . 177--192
              D. Graham Burnett   A View from the Bridge: The Two Cultures
                                  Debate, Its Legacy, and the History of
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--218
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 128, Number 3, Summer, 1999

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``America's
                                  Museums''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xiv
                  Bonnie Pitman   Muses, Museums, and Memories . . . . . . 1--31
                    Neil Harris   The Divided House of the American Art
                                  Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--56
                Chon A. Noriega   On Museum Row: Aesthetics and the
                                  Politics of Exhibition . . . . . . . . . 57--81
                Kathleen McLean   Museum Exhibitions and the Dynamics of
                                  Dialogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--107
               Harold Skramstad   An Agenda for American Museums in the
                                  Twenty-First Century . . . . . . . . . . 109--128
            Maxwell L. Anderson   Museums of the Future: The Impact of
                                  Technology on Museum Practices . . . . . 129--162
          Elaine Heumann Gurian   What Is the Object of This Exercise? A
                                  Meandering Exploration of the Many
                                  Meanings of Objects in Museums . . . . . 163--183
                Willard L. Boyd   Museums as Centers of Controversy  . . . 185--228
                Stephen E. Weil   From Being about Something to Being for
                                  Somebody: The Ongoing Transformation of
                                  the American Museum  . . . . . . . . . . 229--258
                   John H. Falk   Museums as Institutions for Personal
                                  Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259--275
                Emlyn H. Koster   In Search of Relevance: Science Centers
                                  as Innovators in the Evolution of
                                  Museums  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--296
               Susanna Sirefman   Formed and Forming: Contemporary Museum
                                  Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297--320
              Victoria Newhouse   Is ``The Idea of a Museum'' Possible
                                  Today? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321--326
                 Charles Correa   Museums: an Alternate Typology . . . . . 327--332
                Bernard Tschumi   On the Museum of the Twenty-First
                                  Century: an Homage to Italo Calvino's
                                  ``Invisible Cities'' . . . . . . . . . . 333--337
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 128, Number 4, Fall, 1999

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Bioethics and
                                  Beyond'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--vi
            Arthur Kleinman and   
        Renée C. Fox and   
                Allan M. Brandt   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii--x
            Renée C. Fox   Is Medical Education Asking Too Much of
                                  Bioethics? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--25
           Charles E. Rosenberg   Meanings, Policies, and Medicine: On the
                                  Bioethical Enterprise and History  . . . 27--46
                Charles L. Bosk   Professional Ethicist Available:
                                  Logical, Secular, Friendly . . . . . . . 47--68
                Arthur Kleinman   Moral Experience and Ethical Reflection:
                                  Can Ethnography Reconcile Them? A
                                  Quandary for ``The New Bioethics'' . . . 69--97
                      Veena Das   Public Good, Ethics, and Everyday Life:
                                  Beyond the Boundaries of Bioethics . . . 99--133
                 Lawrence Cohen   Where It Hurts: Indian Material for an
                                  Ethics of Organ Transplantation  . . . . 135--165
    Mary-Jo DelVecchio Good and   
           Esther Mwaikambo and   
              Erastus Amayo and   
         James M'Imunya Machoki   Clinical Realities and Moral Dilemmas:
                                  Contrasting Perspectives from Academic
                                  Medicine in Kenya, Tanzania, and America 167--196
         Nicholas A. Christakis   Prognostication and Bioethics  . . . . . 197--214
             Norman Daniels and   
           Bruce P. Kennedy and   
                 Ichiro Kawachi   Why Justice Is Good for Our Health: The
                                  Social Determinants of Health
                                  Inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215--251
             Larry R. Churchill   Are We Professionals? A Critical Look at
                                  the Social Role of Bioethicists  . . . . 253--274
                Daniel Callahan   The Social Sciences and the Task of
                                  Bioethics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275--294
        Alexander Morgan Capron   What Contributions Have Social Science
                                  and the Law Made to the Development of
                                  Policy on Bioethics? . . . . . . . . . . 295--325
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 129, Number 1, Winter, 2000

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Multiple
                                  Modernities''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xii
               S. N. Eisenstadt   Multiple Modernities . . . . . . . . . . 1--29
            Björn Wittrock   Modernity: One, None, or Many? European
                                  Origins and Modernity as a Global
                                  Condition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--60
              Johann P. Arnason   Communism and Modernity  . . . . . . . . 61--90
         Nilüfer Göle   Snapshots of Islamic Modernities . . . . 91--117
              Dale F. Eickelman   Islam and the Languages of Modernity . . 119--135
                Sudipta Kaviraj   Modernity and Politics in India  . . . . 137--162
             Stanley J. Tambiah   Transnational Movements, Diaspora, and
                                  Multiple Modernities . . . . . . . . . . 163--194
                     Tu Weiming   Implications of the Rise of
                                  ``Confucian'' East Asia  . . . . . . . . 195--218
          Jürgen Heideking   The Pattern of American Modernity from
                                  the Revolution to the Civil War  . . . . 219--247
                   Renato Ortiz   From Incomplete Modernity to World
                                  Modernity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249--260
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 129, Number 2, Spring, 2000

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Brazil: The
                                  Burden of the past; The Promise of the
                                  Future'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--x
                 Leslie Bethell   Politics in Brazil: From Elections
                                  without Democracy to Democracy without
                                  Citizenship  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--27
              Simon Schwartzman   Brazil: The Social Agenda  . . . . . . . 29--56
 José Murilo de Carvalho   Dreams Come Untrue . . . . . . . . . . . 57--82
                      Peter Fry   Politics, Nationality, and the Meanings
                                  of ``Race'' in Brazil  . . . . . . . . . 83--118
   Paulo Sérgio Pinheiro   Democratic Governance, Violence, and the
                                  (Un)Rule of Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--143
                  Alfred Stepan   Brazil's Decentralized Federalism:
                                  Bringing Government Closer to the
                                  Citizens?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--169
                  Elisa P. Reis   Modernization, Citizenship, and
                                  Stratification: Historical Processes and
                                  Recent Changes in Brazil . . . . . . . . 171--194
                Luciano Martins   Muddling through Changing References:
                                  From Late Nation-Building to the Crisis
                                  of the Nation-State  . . . . . . . . . . 195--206
                    Celso Lafer   Brazilian International Identity and
                                  Foreign Policy: Past, Present, and
                                  Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207--238
 José Sergio Leite Lopes   Class, Ethnicity, and Color in the
                                  Making of Brazilian Football . . . . . . 239--270
     Patrícia Birman and   
    Márcia Pereira Leite   Whatever Happened to What Used to Be the
                                  Largest Catholic Country in the World?   271--290
        Claudio de Moura Castro   Education: Way behind but Trying to
                                  Catch Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291--314
  Manuela Carneiro da Cunha and   
         Mauro W. B. de Almeida   Indigenous People, Traditional People,
                                  and Conservation in the Amazon . . . . . 315--338
                 Albert Fishlow   Brazil and Economic Realities  . . . . . 339--357
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 129, Number 3, Summer, 2000

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Minnesota: a
                                  Different America?'' . . . . . . . . . . v--x
                Rhoda R. Gilman   The History and Peopling of Minnesota:
                                  Its Culture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--29
                 Annette Atkins   Facing Minnesota . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--53
            Joseph A. Amato and   
                  Anthony Amato   Minnesota, Real and Imagined: a View
                                  from the Countryside . . . . . . . . . . 55--80
              David A. Lanegran   Minnesota: Nature's Playground . . . . . 81--100
                  John S. Adams   Minnesota: a Work in Progress Shaping
                                  the Landscape and the People . . . . . . 101--136
          Thomas D. Peacock and   
                  Donald R. Day   Nations within a Nation: The Dakota and
                                  Ojibwe of Minnesota  . . . . . . . . . . 137--159
             Richard M. Chapman   Mixing New and Old Wine in Minnesota:
                                  Spirituality, Ecumenism, and Religious
                                  Traditions in Ferment  . . . . . . . . . 161--190
                 John E. Brandl   Policy and Politics in Minnesota . . . . 191--220
              Virginia Gray and   
                    Wyman Spano   The Irresistible Force Meets the
                                  Immovable Object: Minnesota's Moralistic
                                  Political Culture Confronts Jesse
                                  Ventura  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--245
                Michael O'Keefe   Social Services: Minnesota as Innovator  247--267
                  Jon Pratt and   
               Edson W. Spencer   Dynamics of Corporate Philanthropy in
                                  Minnesota  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--292
                    Joe Dowling   Theater and the Arts: a Personal
                                  Reflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293--305
                Robert J. White   Minnesota and the World Abroad . . . . . 307--334
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 129, Number 4, Fall, 2000

         Richard A. Shweder and   
               Martha Minow and   
              Hazel Rose Markus   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--ix
Marcelo M. Suárez-Orozco   Everything You Ever Wanted to Know about
                                  Assimilation but Were Afraid to Ask  . . 1--30
          Katherine Pratt Ewing   Legislating Religious Freedom: Muslim
                                  Challenges to the Relationship between
                                  ``Church'' and ``State'' in Germany and
                                  France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--54
                     Unni Wikan   Citizenship on Trial: Nadia's Case . . . 55--76
                     Usha Menon   Does Feminism Have Universal Relevance?
                                  The Challenges Posed by Oriya Hindu
                                  Family Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--99
              David L. Chambers   Civilizing the Natives: Marriage in
                                  Post-Apartheid South Africa  . . . . . . 101--124
                   Martha Minow   About Women, about Culture: About Them,
                                  about Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--145
                   Austin Sarat   The Micropolitics of
                                  Identity/Difference: Recognition and
                                  Accommodation in Everyday Life . . . . . 147--168
          Nomi Maya Stolzenberg   The Culture of Property  . . . . . . . . 169--192
              Lawrence G. Sager   The Free Exercise of Culture: Some
                                  Doubts and Distinctions  . . . . . . . . 193--208
             Richard A. Shweder   What about ``Female Genital
                                  Mutilation''? And Why Understanding
                                  Culture Matters in the First Place . . . 209--232
          Hazel Rose Markus and   
           Claude M. Steele and   
              Dorothy M. Steele   Colorblindness as a Barrier to
                                  Inclusion: Assimilation and Nonimmigrant
                                  Minorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233--259
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 130, Number 1, Winter, 2001

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issue ``Why South Africa
                                  Matters''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v--viii
              Mamphela Ramphele   Citizenship Challenges for South
                                  Africa's Young Democracy . . . . . . . . 1--17
               Mads Vestergaard   Who's Got the Map? The Negotiation of
                                  Afrikaner Identities in Post-Apartheid
                                  South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--44
            Nicoli Nattrass and   
                Jeremy Seekings   ``Two Nations''? Race and Economic
                                  Inequality in South Africa Today . . . . 45--70
                Leslie Boyd and   
             Michael Spicer and   
                   Gavin Keeton   Economic Scenarios for South Africa: a
                                  Business Perspective . . . . . . . . . . 71--98
                 Francis Wilson   Minerals and Migrants: How the Mining
                                  Industry Has Shaped South Africa . . . . 99--121
                Charles Simkins   Can South Africa Avoid a Malthusian
                                  Positive Check?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--150
         Virginia van der Vliet   AIDS: Losing ``The New Struggle''? . . . 151--184
                Kader Asmal and   
                   Wilmot James   Education and Democracy in South Africa
                                  Today  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--204
            Michael J. Kahn and   
                  B. Daya Reddy   Science and Technology in South Africa:
                                  Regional Innovation Hub or Passive
                                  Consumer?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205--234
                  Mark Shaw and   
                  Peter Gastrow   Stealing the Show? Crime and Its Impact
                                  in Post-Apartheid South Africa . . . . . 235--258
              Peter Gastrow and   
                      Mark Shaw   In Search of Safety: Police
                                  Transformation and Public Responses in
                                  South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259--275
                Leslie Witz and   
              Ciraj Rassool and   
                   Gary Minkley   Repackaging the past for South African
                                  Tourism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--296
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 130, Number 2, Spring, 2001

                       S. R. G.   Preface to the Issues ``Italy: Resilient
                                  and Vulnerable'' . . . . . . . . . . . . v--xxii
           Carlo Azeglio Ciampi   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--6
                   Romano Prodi   Italy, Europe  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--12
         Tommaso Padoa-Schioppa   Italy and Europe: a Fruitful Interaction 13--44
              Filippo Andreatta   Italy at a Crossroads: The Foreign
                                  Policy of a Medium Power after the End
                                  of Bipolarity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--65
       Luigi Federico Signorini   Italy's Economy: an Introduction . . . . 67--92
                 Fabrizio Barca   New Trends and the Policy Shift in the
                                  Italian Mezzogiorno  . . . . . . . . . . 93--113
Fiorella Kostoris Padoa Schioppa   Budgetary Policies and Administrative
                                  Reform in Contemporary Italy . . . . . . 115--138
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 130, Number 3, Summer, 2001

               Edmondo Berselli   The Crisis and Transformation of Italian
                                  Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--24
                Renato Brunetta   Italy's Other Left . . . . . . . . . . . 25--45
               Luciano Violante   Italian Parliamentary Institutions: an
                                  Evolutionary Overview  . . . . . . . . . 47--71
                 Costanzo Ranci   Democracy at Work: Social Participation
                                  and the ``Third Sector'' in Italy  . . . 73--84
             Suzanne Berger and   
               Richard M. Locke   Il Caso Italiano and Globalization . . . 85--104
                 Alessandro Ovi   Cheese, Children, and Container Cranes:
                                  Learning from Reggio Emilia  . . . . . . 105--118
             Alessandro Cavalli   Reflections on Political Culture and the
                                  ``Italian National Character'' . . . . . 119--137
             Massimo Livi-Bacci   Too Few Children and Too Much Family . . 139--155
                  Letizia Paoli   Crime, Italian Style . . . . . . . . . . 157--185
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 130, Number 4, Fall, 2001

         Mary Evelyn Tucker and   
                   John A. Grim   Introduction: The Emerging Alliance of
                                  World Religions and Ecology  . . . . . . 1--22
                    George Rupp   Religion, Modern Secular Culture, and
                                  Ecology  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--30
             Michael B. McElroy   Perspectives on Environmental Change: a
                                  Basis for Action . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--57
                Donald A. Brown   The Ethical Dimensions of Global
                                  Environmental Issues . . . . . . . . . . 59--76
             J. Baird Callicott   Multicultural Environmental Ethics . . . 77--97
          Hava Tirosh-Samuelson   Nature in the Sources of Judaism . . . . 99--124
                 Sallie McFague   New House Rules: Christianity,
                                  Economics, and Planetary Living  . . . . 125--140
                 S. Nomanul Haq   Islam and Ecology: Toward Retrieval and
                                  Reconstruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--177
              Vasudha Narayanan   Water, Wood, and Wisdom: Ecological
                                  Perspectives from the Hindu Traditions   179--206
        Christopher Key Chapple   The Living Cosmos of Jainism: a
                                  Traditional Science Grounded in
                                  Environmental Ethics . . . . . . . . . . 207--224
              Donald K. Swearer   Principles and Poetry, Places and
                                  Stories: The Resources of Buddhist
                                  Ecology  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225--241
                     Tu Weiming   The Ecological Turn in New Confucian
                                  Humanism: Implications for China and the
                                  World  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243--264
                   James Miller   Envisioning the Daoist Body in the
                                  Economy of Cosmic Power  . . . . . . . . 265--282
                 Jack D. Forbes   Indigenous Americans: Spirituality and
                                  Ecos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--300
                  Bill McKibben   Where Do We Go from Here?  . . . . . . . 301--306
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 131, Number 1, Winter, 2002

                 Ira Katznelson   Evil & Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--10
             James K. Galbraith   A Perfect Crime: Inequality in the Age
                                  of Globalization . . . . . . . . . . . . 11--25
              Orlando Patterson   Beyond Compassion: Selfish Reasons for
                                  Being Unselfish  . . . . . . . . . . . . 26--38
             Richard A. Epstein   Against Redress  . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--48
             Christopher Jencks   Does Inequality Matter?  . . . . . . . . 49--65
                   Sean Wilentz   America's Lost Egalitarian Tradition . . 66--80
                  James F. Crow   Unequal by Nature: a Geneticist's
                                  Perspective on Human Differences . . . . 81--88
                     Ernst Mayr   The Biology of Race and the Concept of
                                  Equality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--94
             Martha C. Nussbaum   Sex, Laws, and Inequality: What India
                                  Can Teach the United States  . . . . . . 95--106
            Robert W. Fogel and   
                    Chulhee Lee   Who Gets Health Care?  . . . . . . . . . 107--117
                    Ian Shapiro   Why the Poor Don't Soak the Rich . . . . 118--128
                   Frank Bidart   Young Marx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--129
              Bharati Mukherjee   A Wedding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--138
                 Howard Gardner   On the Three Faces of Intelligence . . . 139--142
                  Frank Wilczek   On the World's Numerical Recipe  . . . . 142--147
                David G. Nathan   On Clinical Research & the Future of
                                  Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147--150
                Neil J. Smelser   On Compiling a New Encyclopedia  . . . . 151--154
                   Gerald Early   On Miles Davis, Vince Lombardi, & the
                                  Crisis of Masculinity in Mid-Century
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154--159
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 131, Number 2, Spring, 2002

              Richard A. Posner   The Law & Economics of Intellectual
                                  Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--12
                    James Boyle   Fencing off Ideas: Enclosure & the
                                  Disappearance of the Public Domain . . . 13--25
                    Carla Hesse   The Rise of Intellectual Property, 700
                                  B.C.--A.D. 2000: an Idea in the Balance  26--45
              Arthur Goldhammer   On Diderot & Condorcet  . . . . . . . . . 46--47
          Arthur Goldhammer and   
                  Denis Diderot   Letter on the Book Trade . . . . . . . . 48--56
          Arthur Goldhammer and   
       The Marquis de Condorcet   Fragments concerning Freedom of the
                                  Press  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--59
          Arthur Goldhammer and   
                 Roger Chartier   Property & Privilege in the Republic of
                                  Letters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--66
                   Adrian Johns   Pop Music Pirate Hunters . . . . . . . . 67--77
               Daniel J. Kevles   Of Mice & Money: The Story of the World's
                                  First Animal Patent  . . . . . . . . . . 78--88
       Rebecca S. Eisenberg and   
              Richard R. Nelson   Public vs. Proprietary Science: a
                                  Fruitful Tension?  . . . . . . . . . . . 89--101
              Marcia Angell and   
               Arnold S. Relman   Patents, Profits & American Medicine:
                                  Conflicts of Interest in the Testing &
                                  Marketing of New Drugs . . . . . . . . . 102--111
                   Paul Muldoon   Unapproved Road  . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--114
                Frederick Busch   The Rescue Mission . . . . . . . . . . . 115--125
                  Wendy Doniger   On the Kamasutra . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--129
                    Leo Breiman   On McCarthyism at Berkeley: The Enemy Is
                                  Us . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--132
                 W. G. Runciman   On Darwin & Sociological Theory Today . . 133--137
                 Roald Hoffmann   On Poetry & the Language of Science . . . 137--140
                  Perez Zagorin   Terrorism & Evil  . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--144
                  Bruce Wallace   Regarding the Word ``Race''  . . . . . . 144--146
                D. Gale Johnson   The Virtues of Inequality  . . . . . . . 146--147
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 131, Number 3, Summer, 2002

                  Diane Ravitch   Education after the Culture Wars . . . . 5--21
                 Howard Gardner   Contemporary Consciousness & the Study of
                                  the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--25
              Theodore R. Sizer   A Better Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26--29
              E. D. Hirsch, Jr.   Not to Worry?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30--32
                  Joyce Appleby   An Intractable Debate  . . . . . . . . . 33--35
          Catharine R. Stimpson   The Culture Wars Continue  . . . . . . . 36--40
                  Deborah Meier   A View from the Schoolhouse  . . . . . . 41--44
        Patricia Albjerg Graham   Class Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--48
                  Jeffrey Mirel   The Decline of Civic Education . . . . . 49--55
                  Robert Boyers   Why a Common Curriculum? . . . . . . . . 56--58
                  Thomas Bender   Reforming the Disciplines  . . . . . . . 59--62
                Andrew Delbanco   It All Comes down to the Teachers  . . . 63--66
            Joseph A. Buttigieg   On Gramsci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--70
            Antonio Gramsci and   
            Joseph A. Buttigieg   From the `Prison Notebooks'  . . . . . . 71--83
             David E. Bloom and   
                  Joel E. Cohen   Education for All: an Unfinished
                                  Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84--95
               Larissa Szporluk   Death of Magellan  . . . . . . . . . . . 97--97
            Madison Smartt Bell   Petrified Forest . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--113
                  James Carroll   On the Crisis in Catholicism . . . . . . 114--116
             Richard A. Shweder   On the Return of the `Civilizing
                                  Project' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--121
                 Donald Kennedy   On Science at a Crossroads . . . . . . . 122--125
                Richard Sennett   On Welfare & the Psychology of Dependence 126--131
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 131, Number 4, Fall, 2002

           John Steinbruner and   
                  Jeffrey Lewis   The Unsettled Legacy of the Cold War . . 5--10
                 Denis Donoghue   Speaking of Beauty . . . . . . . . . . . 11--20
                   Susan Sontag   An Argument about Beauty . . . . . . . . 21--26
                   Plotinus and   
               Stephen MacKenna   On Beauty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--34
                Arthur C. Danto   The Abuse of Beauty  . . . . . . . . . . 35--56
              Alexander Nehamas   The Art of Being Unselfish . . . . . . . 57--68
                    Dave Hickey   Buying the World . . . . . . . . . . . . 69--87
              Rochelle Gurstein   The Elgin Marbles, Romanticism & the
                                  Waning of `Ideal Beauty' . . . . . . . . 88--100
                    Kathy Peiss   Educating the Eye of the Beholder:
                                  American Cosmetics Abroad  . . . . . . . 101--109
                  Carl Phillips   The Use of Force . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--111
                     Leon Rooke   The Winds of Change, the Winds of Hope,
                                  the Winds of Disaster  . . . . . . . . . 112--119
               Cass R. Sunstein   On a Danger of Deliberative Democracy    120--124
              Arthur Kantrowitz   On Fear, Uncertainty & Scientific
                                  Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--128
                   Howard Hiatt   On Policy Initiatives for Children . . . 128--131
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 132, Number 1, Winter, 2003

                  Anthony Lewis   The Challenge of Global Justice Now  . . 5--9
             Martha C. Nussbaum   Compassion & Terror . . . . . . . . . . . 10--26
               Stanley Hoffmann   World Governance: Beyond Utopia  . . . . 27--35
                  Charles Beitz   What Human Rights Mean . . . . . . . . . 36--46
             Jack Goldsmith and   
             Stephen D. Krasner   The Limits of Idealism . . . . . . . . . 47--63
           Jean Bethke Elshtain   The Responsibility of Nations: a Moral
                                  Case for Coercive Justice  . . . . . . . 64--72
                   Gary J. Bass   Atrocity & Legalism . . . . . . . . . . . 73--82
           Anne-Marie Slaughter   Everyday Global Governance . . . . . . . 83--90
                Carl Kaysen and   
                George Rathjens   The Case for a Volunteer UN Military
                                  Force  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--103
                 John Hollander   The Institute  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--105
                    Mary Morris   Exchanges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106--120
              Wendy L. Freedman   On the Age of the Universe . . . . . . . 122--126
              Daniel C. Dennett   On Failures of Freedom & the Fear of
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--130
                Bonnie Costello   On Poetry & the Idea of Nature  . . . . . 131--135
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 132, Number 2, Spring, 2003

              D. Graham Burnett   Mapping Time: Chronometry on Top of the
                                  World  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--19
                David S. Landes   Clocks & the Wealth of Nations  . . . . . 20--26
                Michael Rosbash   A Biological Clock . . . . . . . . . . . 27--36
                    Thomas Gold   Why Time Flows: The Physics of Past &
                                  Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--40
           Peter L. Galison and   
              D. Graham Burnett   Einstein, Poincaré & Modernity: A
                                  Conversation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--55
           Jennifer M. Groh and   
           Michael S. Gazzaniga   How the Brain Keeps Time . . . . . . . . 56--61
              Danielle S. Allen   The Flux of Time in Ancient Greece . . . 62--73
                Anthony Grafton   Dating History: The Renaissance & the
                                  Reformation of Chronology  . . . . . . . 74--85
               J. Hillis Miller   Time in Literature . . . . . . . . . . . 86--97
               Mary Douglas and   
           Michael Thompson and   
                  Marco Verweij   Is Time Running out? The Case of Global
                                  Warming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--107
                   Richard Fenn   Apocalypse & the End of Time  . . . . . . 108--112
                     Susan Howe   Poems by Susan Howe  . . . . . . . . . . 113--117
                     Rick Moody   Fish Story . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--130
                 Bernard McGinn   On Mysticism & Art  . . . . . . . . . . . 131--134
                     Yi-Fu Tuan   On Human Geography . . . . . . . . . . . 134--137
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 132, Number 3, Summer, 2003

                    Robert Post   Congress & the Court  . . . . . . . . . . 5--8
                  James Carroll   Why Religion Still Matters . . . . . . . 9--13
                Nikki R. Keddie   Secularism & Its Discontents  . . . . . . 14--30
                   Henry Munson   'Fundamentalism' Ancient & Modern . . . . 31--41
                Martin E. Marty   Our Religio-Secular World  . . . . . . . 42--48
               Thomas Jefferson   A Bill for Establishing Religious
                                  Freedom  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--50
                Azzam S. Tamimi   The Renaissance of Islam . . . . . . . . 51--58
                 M. Hakan Yavuz   The Case of Turkey . . . . . . . . . . . 59--61
                    T. N. Madan   The Case of India  . . . . . . . . . . . 62--66
                      Vali Nasr   Lessons from the Muslim World  . . . . . 67--72
                William Galston   Jews, Muslims & the Prospects for
                                  Pluralism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--77
           Jean Bethke Elshtain   Against Liberal Monism . . . . . . . . . 78--79
             Daniel C. Tosteson   Unhealthy Beliefs: Religion & the Plague
                                  of War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--82
           Christopher Hitchens   The Future of an Illusion  . . . . . . . 83--87
                 Akeel Bilgrami   The Clash within Civilizations . . . . . 88--93
             Lucie Brock-Broido   The One Thousand Days  . . . . . . . . . 95--96
                  Lee K. Abbott   Men of Rough Persuasion  . . . . . . . . 97--103
       Kwame Anthony Appiah and   
              Robert S. Boynton   On Philosophy, Race, Sex &c . . . . . . . 104--110
                  Nathan Glazer   On Americans & Inequality . . . . . . . . 111--115
                Michael Traynor   On Environmental Law . . . . . . . . . . 116--119
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 132, Number 4, Fall, 2003

                  Alan Lightman   A Sense of the Mysterious  . . . . . . . 5--21
                Albert Einstein   Physics & Reality . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--25
                  Gerald Holton   Einstein's Third Paradise  . . . . . . . 26--34
                    Peter Pesic   The Bell & the Buzzer: On the Meaning of
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--44
                  David Pingree   The Logic of Non-Western Science:
                                  Mathematical Discoveries in Medieval
                                  India  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--53
                    Susan Haack   Trials & Tribulations: Science in the
                                  Courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54--63
                  Andrew Jewett   Science & the Promise of Democracy in
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--70
                     Les Murray   The Tune on Your Mind and Photographing
                                  Aspiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--72
                     Les Murray   Photographing Aspiration . . . . . . . . 72--72
                   Joanna Scott   That Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--83
            Elizabeth F. Loftus   On Science under Legal Assault . . . . . 84--86
                  Perez Zagorin   On Humanism Past & Present  . . . . . . . 87--92
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 133, Number 1, Winter, 2004

                 Howard Gardner   What We Do & Don't Know about Learning    5--12
                  Jerome Bruner   A Short History of Psychological
                                  Theories of Learning . . . . . . . . . . 13--20
                  Alison Gopnik   Finding Our Inner Scientist  . . . . . . 21--28
          Daniel John Povinelli   Behind the Ape's Appearance: Escaping
                                  Anthropocentrism in the Study of Other
                                  Minds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--41
      Patricia Smith Churchland   How Do Neurons Know? . . . . . . . . . . 42--50
              Michael Tomasello   Learning through Others  . . . . . . . . 51--58
                    Susan Carey   Bootstrapping & the Origin of Concepts    59--68
                  Clark Glymour   The Automation of Discovery  . . . . . . 69--77
                    David Ferry   October  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--78
                  Chuck Wachtel   The Annunciation . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--90
            Jennifer Hochschild   On the Social Science Wars . . . . . . . 91--94
                   Gerald Early   On Literature & Childhood . . . . . . . . 95--98
                  Richard Stern   On a Writer's Endgame  . . . . . . . . . 98--102
               A. W. F. Edwards   Cambridge's First African Ph.D.? . . . . 103--103
     Professor A. W. F. Edwards   Letter to the Editor of Dædalus . . . . . 103--103
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 133, Number 2, Spring, 2004

              Darrin M. McMahon   From the happiness of virtue to the
                                  virtue of happiness: 400 B.C.--A.D. 1780 5--17
       Robert Biswas-Diener and   
                  Ed Diener and   
                     Maya Tamir   The Psychology of Subjective Well-Being  18--25
           Richard A. Easterlin   The Economics of Happiness . . . . . . . 26--33
                Anna Wierzbicka   'Happiness' in Cross-Linguistic &
                                  Cross-Cultural Perspective . . . . . . . 34--43
                    Julia Annas   Happiness as Achievement . . . . . . . . 44--51
              Bernard Reginster   Happiness as a Faustian Bargain  . . . . 52--59
             Martha C. Nussbaum   Mill between Aristotle & Bentham  . . . . 60--68
                Robert H. Frank   How Not to Buy Happiness . . . . . . . . 69--79
          Martin E. P. Seligman   Can Happiness Be Taught? . . . . . . . . 80--87
                 Richard Howard   [On a Photograph by Mike Disfarmer]  . . 88--93
                    Erin McGraw   Appearance of Scandal  . . . . . . . . . 94--104
         S. George H. Philander   On El Niño & the Uncertain Science of
                                  Global Warming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--108
                 Linda Hutcheon   On the Art of Adaptation . . . . . . . . 108--111
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 133, Number 3, Summer, 2004

               Sanford Levinson   Torture in Iraq & the Rule of Law in
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--9
                      John Gray   An Illusion with a Future  . . . . . . . 10--17
             Joseph E. Stiglitz   Evaluating Economic Change . . . . . . . 18--25
             Richard A. Shweder   George W. Bush & the Missionary Position  26--36
             Sakiko Fukuda-Parr   Cultural Freedom & Human Development
                                  Today  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--45
                Charles Larmore   History & Truth . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46--55
            Keith Michael Baker   On Condorcet's ``Sketch''  . . . . . . . 56--64
           Nicolas de Condorcet   Sketch for a Historical Picture of the
                                  Progress of the Human Mind: Tenth Epoch  65--82
           John Steinbruner and   
                Nancy Gallagher   Constructive Transformation: an
                                  Alternative Vision of Global Security    83--103
                 Richard Wilbur   Green  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--104
                Roxana Robinson   Blind Man  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--115
                   Alan P. Boss   On the Search for Extrasolar Planets . . 116--119
                 Michael Kremer   On How to Improve World Health . . . . . 120--123
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 133, Number 4, Fall, 2004

                  Steven Pinker   Why Nature & Nurture Won't Go Away  . . . 5--17
                  Richard Rorty   Philosophy-Envy  . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--24
               Richard Wrangham   Killer Species . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--35
                Patrick Bateson   The Origins of Human Differences . . . . 36--46
                Donald E. Brown   Human Universals, Human Nature & Human
                                  Culture  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--54
             Jonathan Haidt and   
                   Craig Joseph   Intuitive Ethics: How Innately Prepared
                                  Intuitions Generate Culturally Variable
                                  Virtues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--66
                Vernon L. Smith   Human Nature: an Economic Perspective    67--76
                   Jerome Kagan   The Uniquely Human in Human Nature . . . 77--88
                    Matt Ridley   The DNA behind Human Nature: Gene
                                  Expression and the Role of Experience    89--98
                  Geoffrey Hill   Improvisations for Hart Crane  . . . . . 99--101
                Victor La Valle   I Left My Heart in Skaftafell  . . . . . 102--112
                Charles Altieri   On Difficulty in Contemporary American
                                  Poetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--118
                  Lynn Margulis   On Syphilis & Nietzsche's Madness:
                                  Spirochetes Awake! . . . . . . . . . . . 118--125
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 134, Number 1, Winter, 2005

                Kenneth Prewitt   Racial Classification in America: Where
                                  Do We Go from Here?  . . . . . . . . . . 5--17
             David A. Hollinger   The One Drop Rule & the One Hate Rule . . 18--28
                Louis H. Pollak   Race, Law & History: The Supreme Court
                                  from ``Dred Scott'' to ``Grutter v.
                                  Bollinger''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--41
         Ian Haney López   Race on the 2010 Census: Hispanics & the
                                  Shrinking White Majority . . . . . . . . 42--52
                Kim M. Williams   Multiracialism & the Civil Rights Future  53--60
                Victoria Hattam   Ethnicity & the Boundaries of Race:
                                  Rereading Directive 15 . . . . . . . . . 61--69
         Jennifer L. Hochschild   Looking Ahead: Racial Trends in the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70--81
                 Melissa Nobles   The myth of Latin American
                                  multiracialism . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--87
          George M. Fredrickson   Diverse Republics: French & American
                                  Responses to Racial Pluralism  . . . . . 88--101
                    Ian Hacking   Why Race Still Matters . . . . . . . . . 102--116
                   Rachel Hadas   Inspissation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--117
                   Sigrid Nunez   The Naked Juror  . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--125
            Michel Foucault and   
                   Baqir Parham   On Marx, Islam, Christianity & Revolution 126--132
              Shelley E. Taylor   On Healthy Illusions . . . . . . . . . . 133--135
                Philip L. Quinn   On Religious Diversity & Tolerance  . . . 136--139
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 134, Number 2, Spring, 2005

               Jonathan R. Cole   Academic Freedom under Fire  . . . . . . 5--17
                 Niall Ferguson   The Unconscious Colossus: Limits of (&
                                  Alternatives to) American Empire . . . . 18--33
               Kenneth Pomeranz   Empire & `Civilizing' Missions, Past &
                                  Present  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34--45
                 Anthony Pagden   Imperialism, Liberalism & the Quest for
                                  Perpetual Peace  . . . . . . . . . . . . 46--57
                    Jack Snyder   Empire: a Blunt Tool for Democratization 58--71
                Robin Blackburn   Emancipation & Empire, from Cromwell to
                                  Karl Rove  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72--87
                   Molly Greene   The Ottoman Experience . . . . . . . . . 88--99
                 Henk Wesseling   Imperialism & the Roots of the Great War  100--107
                    Akira Iriye   Beyond Imperialism: The New
                                  Internationalism . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--116
                   Franz Wright   Lesson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--117
                   Franz Wright   Lesson and The Choice  . . . . . . . . . 117--118
                   Franz Wright   The Choice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--118
                Margaret Atwood   Four Short Pieces: King Log in Exile,
                                  Post-Colonial, Salome Was a Dancer & Take
                                  Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--123
                Barry Mazur and   
                    Peter Pesic   On Mathematics, Imagination & the Beauty
                                  of Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--130
                Michael Hechter   On the 2004 Presidential Election  . . . 131--133
             Morris E. Fine and   
              Peter W. Voorhees   On the Evolving Curriculum in Materials
                                  Science & Engineering . . . . . . . . . . 134--136
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 134, Number 3, Summer, 2005

                David Greenberg   The New Politics of Supreme Court
                                  Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--12
             Howard Gardner and   
                 Lee S. Shulman   The Professions in America Today:
                                  Crucial but Fragile  . . . . . . . . . . 13--18
            William M. Sullivan   Markets vs. Professions: Value Added?    19--26
              William Damon and   
                 Anne Colby and   
              Kendall Bronk and   
                 Thomas Ehrlich   Passion & Mastery in Balance: Toward Good
                                  Work in the Professions  . . . . . . . . 27--35
                 Harvey Goldman   Good Work, from Homer to the Present . . 36--41
                 Howard Gardner   Compromised Work . . . . . . . . . . . . 42--51
                 Lee S. Shulman   Signature Pedagogies in the Professions  52--59
            Jeanne Nakamura and   
        Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi   Engagement in a Profession: The Case of
                                  Undergraduate Teaching . . . . . . . . . 60--67
          Geoffrey Galt Harpham   Politics, Professionalism & the Pleasure
                                  of Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--75
                   W. S. Merwin   To the Present Tense . . . . . . . . . . 76--76
                  Robert Coover   Grandmother's Nose . . . . . . . . . . . 77--81
          Leszek Kolakowski and   
                   Danny Postel   On Exile, Philosophy & Tottering
                                  Insecurely on the Edge of an Unknown
                                  Abyss  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--88
    Gustavo Pérez Firmat   On Bilingualism & Its Discontents . . . . 89--92
                  Richard Stern   On How the Stories Changed . . . . . . . 93--95
                Donald P. Green   On Evidence-Based Political Science  . . 96--100
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 134, Number 4, Fall, 2005

                      Anonymous   Preface  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--5
                David Baltimore   Limiting Science: a Biologist's
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--15
                Lorraine Daston   Fear & Loathing of the Imagination in
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--30
                Steven Weinberg   Physics & History . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--39
               Robert N. Bellah   Civil Religion in America  . . . . . . . 40--55
                Clifford Geertz   Deep Play: Notes on the Balinese
                                  Cockfight  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--86
                Robert M. Solow   How Did Economics Get That Way & What Way
                                  Did It Get?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--100
            Thomas C. Schelling   Reciprocal Measures for Arms
                                  Stabilization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--117
             John Hope Franklin   The Two Worlds of Race: a Historical
                                  View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--133
                 Jill K. Conway   Politics, Pedagogy & Gender . . . . . . . 134--144
                    Tu Wei-ming   Cultural China: The Periphery as the
                                  Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--167
                    Amartya Sen   Indian Traditions & the Western
                                  Imagination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168--185
                   Robert Frost   On Emerson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186--190
                    Umberto Eco   Innovation & Repetition: Between Modern &
                                  Postmodern Aesthetics  . . . . . . . . . 191--207
                   Susan Sontag   An Argument about Beauty . . . . . . . . 208--213
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 135, Number 1, Winter, 2006

                   Chris Wilson   The Century Ahead  . . . . . . . . . . . 5--8
                 Henry J. Aaron   Longer Life Spans: Boon or Burden? . . . 9--19
                   Sarah Harper   Mature Societies: Planning for Our
                                  Future Selves  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--31
                 Paul B. Baltes   Facing Our Limits: Human Dignity in the
                                  Very Old . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--39
                Linda Partridge   Of Worms, Mice & Men: Altering Rates of
                                  Aging  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40--47
                 Hillard Kaplan   The Life Course of a Skill-Intensive
                                  Foraging Species . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--57
               Dennis J. Selkoe   The Aging Mind: Deciphering Alzheimer's
                                  Disease & Its Antecedents . . . . . . . . 58--67
                 Caleb E. Finch   Aging, Inflammation & the Body Electric   68--76
                  Kenneth Clark   The Artist Grows Old . . . . . . . . . . 77--90
          Jagadeesh Gokhale and   
                  Kent Smetters   Measuring Social Security's Financial
                                  Outlook Within An Aging Society  . . . . 91--104
            Lisa F. Berkman and   
               M. Maria Glymour   How Society Shapes Aging: The Centrality
                                  of Variability . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--114
                 Charles Wright   Last Supper  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--115
                      Ree Davis   I Kneel Before You . . . . . . . . . . . 116--119
                Daniel Bell and   
              Wolf Lepenies and   
                  Howard Eiland   On Society & Sociology Past & Present  . . 120--123
                     Jeri Laber   On Torture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--126
                Robert F. Nagel   On the Decline of Federalism . . . . . . 127--130
              Simone Reagor and   
             Howard Gardner and   
                 Paula Marshall   On Compromised Work  . . . . . . . . . . 131--133
                      Anonymous   Letters to the Editors of Dædalus . . . . 131--134
            Ronald N. Bracewell   Poetry for Nonpoets  . . . . . . . . . . 133--134
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 135, Number 2, Spring, 2006

                 David Bromwich   A Republic Divided . . . . . . . . . . . 5--10
          Patricia Meyer Spacks   Revolution in the Humanities . . . . . . 11--14
                  Steven Marcus   Humanities from Classics to Cultural
                                  Studies: Notes toward the History of an
                                  Idea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--21
                Andrew Delbanco   American Literature: a Vanishing
                                  Subject? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--37
                     Pauline Yu   Comparative Literature in Question . . . 38--53
                Anthony Grafton   History's Postmodern Fates . . . . . . . 54--69
                    Thomas Crow   The Practice of Art History in America   70--90
                   Gerald Early   The Quest for a Black Humanism . . . . . 91--104
             Jack M. Balkin and   
               Sanford Levinson   Law & the Humanities: an Uneasy
                                  Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--115
   Dagfinn Fòllesdal and   
               Michael Friedman   American Philosophy in the Twentieth
                                  Century  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116--126
                     Peg Boyers   Unsent Dedication for Martin Heidegger   127--129
                    Adam Braver   A Death in the Family  . . . . . . . . . 130--132
              William B. Quandt   On the Peace Process in the Middle East  133--135
                Norbert Schwarz   On Judgments of Truth & Beauty  . . . . . 136--138
               Byron H. Waksman   On Scientists as Professionals . . . . . 139--140
        Edgar H. Brown, Jr. and   
          Jagadeesh Gokhale and   
                  Kent Smetters   On Social Security & the Aging of America 140--142
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 135, Number 3, Summer, 2006

           Marilyn A. Brown and   
       Benjamin K. Sovacool and   
               Richard F. Hirsh   Assessing U.S. Energy Policy . . . . . . 5--11
                   Jorie Graham   Incarnation: 9:30 am to 9:36 am  . . . . 12--14
            Antonio Damasio and   
                  Hanna Damasio   Minding the Body . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--22
              Gerald M. Edelman   The Embodiment of Mind . . . . . . . . . 23--32
                Arne Öhman   Making Sense of Emotion: Evolution,
                                  Reason & the Brain  . . . . . . . . . . . 33--45
                   Mark Johnson   Mind Incarnate: From Dewey to Damasio    46--54
                 Carol Gilligan   When the Mind Leaves the Body \ldots and
                                  Returns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--66
            William E. Connolly   Experience & Experiment . . . . . . . . . 67--75
              Jacques d'Amboise   The Mind in Dance  . . . . . . . . . . . 76--77
                      Ray Dolan   The Body in the Brain  . . . . . . . . . 78--85
                    Jerry Fodor   How the Mind Works: What We Still Don't
                                  Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86--94
                   Dorian Gossy   The Door in the Woods  . . . . . . . . . 95--103
                  Stanley Rosen   Leo Strauss in Chicago . . . . . . . . . 104--113
                Joel F. Handler   On Welfare Reform's Hollow Victory . . . 114--117
             William A. Galston   On the Reemergence of Political
                                  Pluralism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--122
            Nikki R. Keddie and   
                Anthony Grafton   On History in the Twentieth Century  . . 123--125
          Solomon W. Golomb and   
              William B. Quandt   On Peace in the Middle East  . . . . . . 126--126
            Michael Dummett and   
   Dagfinn Fòllesdal and   
               Michael Friedman   On Teaching in European Universities . . 126--127
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 135, Number 4, Fall, 2006

                 Akeel Bilgrami   Notes toward the Definition of
                                  `Identity' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--14
           Kwame Anthony Appiah   The Politics of Identity . . . . . . . . 15--22
             David A. Hollinger   From Identity to Solidarity  . . . . . . 23--31
                  Courtney Jung   Why Liberals Should Value `Identity
                                  Politics'  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--39
               Sydney Shoemaker   Identity & Identities . . . . . . . . . . 40--48
                   Carol Rovane   Why Do Individuals Matter? . . . . . . . 49--59
                  Wendy Doniger   Many Masks, Many Selves  . . . . . . . . 60--71
               Todd E. Feinberg   Our Brains, Our Selves . . . . . . . . . 72--80
                    Ian Hacking   Genetics, Biosocial Groups & the Future
                                  of Identity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--95
            Glenn C. Altschuler   The convictions of Peter Debye . . . . . 96--103
       Kevin Carrizo di Camillo   Were All There for Geoffrey Hill . . . . 104--104
                  Ariel Dorfman   Stew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--107
                   Michael Cook   On Islam & Comparative Intellectual
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--111
               Daniel G. Nocera   On the Future of Global Energy . . . . . 112--115
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 136, Number 1, Winter, 2007

             William H. McNeill   Violence & Submission in the Human Past   5--12
              Steven A. LeBlanc   Why Warfare? Lessons from the Past . . . 13--21
            Jonathan Schell and   
              Robert S. Boynton   People's Power vs. Nuclear Power: a
                                  Conversation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--29
             Mark Juergensmeyer   Gandhi vs. Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . 30--39
              Neil L. Whitehead   Violence & the Cultural Order . . . . . . 40--50
            Tzvetan Todorov and   
              Arthur Goldhammer   Avant-Gardes & Totalitarianism  . . . . . 51--66
               Adam Michnik and   
               Elzbieta Matynia   The Ultras of Moral Revolution . . . . . 67--83
                  Cindy D. Ness   The Rise in Female Violence  . . . . . . 84--93
                      Mia Bloom   Female Suicide Bombers: a Global Trend   94--102
              Robert H. Mnookin   Ethnic Conflicts: Flemings & Walloons,
                                  Palestinians & Israelis . . . . . . . . . 103--119
            James G. Blight and   
                  Janet M. Lang   Robert McNamara: Then & Now . . . . . . . 120--131
               David Jewitt and   
                    Jane X. Luu   Pluto, Perception & Planetary Politics    132--136
                 Owen Gingerich   Planetary Perils in Prague . . . . . . . 137--140
                  John Kinsella   Into the Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--142
                  Peggy Shinner   Life Is Adequate . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--151
              Robert I. Rotberg   On Improving Nation-State Governance . . 152--155
                 Susan T. Fiske   On Prejudice & the Brain  . . . . . . . . 156--159
             Daron Acemoglu and   
              James A. Robinson   On the Economic Origins of Democracy . . 160--162
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 136, Number 2, Spring, 2007

               Paul Ehrlich and   
              Marcus W. Feldman   Genes, Environments & Behaviors . . . . . 5--12
                   Tim Birkhead   Promiscuity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--22
               Joan Roughgarden   Challenging Darwin's Theory of Sexual
                                  Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--36
             Brian Charlesworth   Why Bother? The Evolutionary Genetics of
                                  Sex  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--46
           Anne Fausto-Sterling   Frameworks of Desire . . . . . . . . . . 47--57
             Elizabeth Benedict   What I Learned about Sex on the Internet 58--65
                  Wendy Doniger   Reading the ``Kamasutra'': The Strange &
                                  the Familiar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66--78
               Stanley Corngold   Kafka & Sex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--87
                   Terry Castle   The Lesbianism of Philip Larkin  . . . . 88--102
                 Lawrence Cohen   Song for Pushkin . . . . . . . . . . . . 103--115
                   Greil Marcus   A Trip to Hibbing High School  . . . . . 116--124
                  Charles Simic   Darkened Chessboard  . . . . . . . . . . 125--126
                  Charles Simic   Secret History . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--126
                  Peggy Newland   Clowns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--137
                   Samuel Weber   On Benjamin's `-abilities' . . . . . . . 138--141
               William F. Baker   On the State of American Television  . . 141--144
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 136, Number 3, Summer, 2007

                      John Dunn   Capitalist Democracy: Elective Affinity
                                  or Beguiling Illusion? . . . . . . . . . 5--13
                  Joyce Appleby   The Intellectual Underpinnings of
                                  American Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . 14--23
                  John C. Bogle   Democracy in Corporate America . . . . . 24--35
                Robin Blackburn   Economic Democracy: Meaningful,
                                  Desirable, Feasible? . . . . . . . . . . 36--45
           Benjamin M. Friedman   Capitalism, Economic Growth & Democracy   46--55
             Gerhard Loewenberg   Paradoxes of Legislatures  . . . . . . . 56--66
             Richard A. Epstein   Zoning: Deliberative Democracy at Zero
                                  Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--76
                Jerry Z. Muller   The Democratic Threat to Capitalism  . . 77--86
                Robert W. Fogel   Capitalism & Democracy in 2040  . . . . . 87--95
                 Lawrence Dugan   Silent Rome  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96--96
                Nadine Gordimer   Tape Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--99
            Susan Goldin-Meadow   On Inventing Language  . . . . . . . . . 100--103
             Keith T. Poole and   
               Howard Rosenthal   On Party Polarization in Congress  . . . 104--107
              Victor S. Navasky   On Civil Liberties on Campus . . . . . . 108--110
                 David E. Apter   On Clifford Geertz . . . . . . . . . . . 111--113
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 136, Number 4, Fall, 2007

              E. J. Dionne, Jr.   Why the Public Interest Matters Now  . . 5--9
             William A. Galston   An Old Debate Renewed: The Politics of
                                  the Public Interest  . . . . . . . . . . 10--19
                   Adam Wolfson   Public Interest Lost?  . . . . . . . . . 20--29
                  Nathan Glazer   Realizing the Public Interest:
                                  Reflections on an Elusive Goal . . . . . 30--36
               Jagdish Bhagwati   Economic Policy in the Public Interest   37--44
                      Gary Hart   The Commonwealth: Our Public Legacy  . . 45--50
         Christine Todd Whitman   Governing in the Public Interest: Then &
                                  Now  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--58
               Robert N. Bellah   Ethical Politics: Reality or Illusion?   59--69
                    Amy Gutmann   The Lure & Dangers of Extremist Rhetoric  70--78
                   Lance Taylor   The Flavors of Economics & the Public
                                  Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--87
                  Molly McQuade   Spring's So Sad, We Want to Know Why . . 88--88
                    Mary Gordon   Dilly  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--100
                Cornel West and   
              D. Graham Burnett   Metaphysics, Money & the Messiah: a
                                  Conversation about Melville's ``The
                                  Confidence-Man'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--114
                    Omer Bartov   On Eastern Galicia's Past & Present . . . 115--118
                  Harriet Ritvo   On the Animal Turn . . . . . . . . . . . 118--122
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 137, Number 1, Winter, 2008

                Lorraine Daston   Life, Chance & Life Chances . . . . . . . 5--14
                  Anthony Kenny   The Beginning of Individual Human Life   15--22
               Robert P. George   Embryo Ethics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--35
                   Nikolas Rose   The Value of Life: Somatic Ethics & the
                                  Spirit of Biocapital . . . . . . . . . . 36--48
                    John Broome   What Is Your Life Worth? . . . . . . . . 49--56
                      Shai Lavi   How Dying Became a `Life Crisis' . . . . 57--65
                   Jeff McMahan   Eating Animals the Nice Way  . . . . . . 66--76
                Adrian Woolfson   Synthetic Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--83
                     Ted Richer   Anon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84--86
                    Chris Abani   Three Letters, One Song & A Refrain . . . 87--91
               Phyllis D. Coley   On Turning Green into Gold . . . . . . . 92--95
              Don Harrán   On a Jewish Musical Renaissance  . . . . 96--100
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 137, Number 2, Spring, 2008

                  Bill McKibben   The Challenge to Environmentalism  . . . 5--7
                       Leo Marx   The Idea of Nature in America  . . . . . 8--21
                  Harriet Ritvo   Beasts in the Jungle (Or Wherever) . . . 22--30
               Camille Parmesan   Where the Wild Things Were . . . . . . . 31--38
               Gordon H. Orians   Nature & Human Nature . . . . . . . . . . 39--48
               Cass R. Sunstein   Precautions & Nature  . . . . . . . . . . 49--58
          Philip E. Tetlock and   
            Michael Oppenheimer   The Boundaries of the Thinkable  . . . . 59--70
               Margaret Schabas   Nature Does Nothing in Vain  . . . . . . 71--79
               Daniel J. Kevles   The Contested Earth: Science, Equity &
                                  the Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--95
                John Hope Mason   Rousseau in England  . . . . . . . . . . 96--101
                   C. D. Wright   Because We Have Been Here Before . . . . 102--103
                   Wesley Brown   Body and Soul  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--117
                      Ian Ayres   On Options & Epidemics  . . . . . . . . . 118--121
                  Richard Kraut   On Philosophy as a Guide to Well-Being   122--125
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 137, Number 3, Summer, 2008

                      Anonymous   Journal of the American Academy of Arts &
                                  Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--3
              Darrin M. McMahon   Fear & Trembling, Strangers & Strange
                                  Lands  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--17
              Margaret C. Jacob   The Cosmopolitan as a Lived Category . . 18--25
                    Pheng Cheah   What Is a World? On World Literature as
                                  World-Making Activity  . . . . . . . . . 26--38
                Rogers M. Smith   Paths to a More Cosmopolitan Human
                                  Condition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--49
                     A. A. Long   The Concept of the Cosmopolitan in Greek
                                  & Roman Thought . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50--58
              Helena Rosenblatt   Rousseau, the Anticosmopolitan?  . . . . 59--67
               Samuel Scheffler   Cosmopolitanism, Justice & Institutions   68--77
             Martha C. Nussbaum   Toward a Globally Sensitive Patriotism   78--93
                 Seyla Benhabib   The Legitimacy of Human Rights . . . . . 94--104
                  Craig Calhoun   Cosmopolitanism in the Modern Social
                                  Imaginary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--114
             Elizabeth Benedict   Murder One: Mad Dog Taborsky & Me . . . . 115--124
                  Robert Pinsky   Paradise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--125
                     Alix Ohlin   The Teacher  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--134
     Barbara J. Finlayson-Pitts   On Man, Nature & Air Pollution  . . . . . 135--138
               William C. Kirby   On Chinese, European & American
                                  Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--146
             Charles S. Stanish   On Museums in a Postmodern World . . . . 147--149
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 137, Number 4, Fall, 2008

                      Anonymous   Journal of the American Academy of Arts &
                                  Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--4
               Linda Greenhouse   Independence: Why & from What?  . . . . . 5--7
            Sandra Day O'Connor   Fair & Independent Courts . . . . . . . . 8--10
     Kathleen Hall Jamieson and   
                 Bruce W. Hardy   Will Ignorance & Partisan Election of
                                  Judges Undermine Public Trust in the
                                  Judiciary? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11--15
             Stephen B. Burbank   Judicial Independence, Judicial
                                  Accountability & Interbranch Relations    16--27
                  Judith Resnik   Interdependent Federal Judiciaries:
                                  Puzzling about Why & How to Value the
                                  Independence of Which Judges . . . . . . 28--47
               Vicki C. Jackson   Packages of Judicial Independence:
                                  Implications for Reform Proposals on the
                                  Selection & Tenure of Article III Judges  48--63
                   Viet D. Dinh   Threats to Judicial Independence, Real &
                                  Imagined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--73
             Charles E. Schumer   Congress & the Court: Restoring Balance   74--76
        J. Harvie Wilkinson III   Congress & the Court: Judicial
                                  Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--80
                 Robert C. Post   Congress & the Court: The Scope of
                                  National Legislative Power . . . . . . . 81--85
           Charles Gardner Geyh   Methods of Judicial Selection & Their
                                  Impact on Judicial Independence  . . . . 86--101
           Bert Brandenburg and   
               Roy A. Schotland   Keeping Courts Impartial Amid Changing
                                  Judicial Elections . . . . . . . . . . . 102--109
               Ronald M. George   Why State Courts --- and State-Court
                                  Elections --- matter . . . . . . . . . . 110--121
           Margaret H. Marshall   Threats to the Rule of Law: State
                                  Courts, Public Expectations & Political
                                  Attitudes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--128
               Ruth V. McGregor   State Courts & Judicial Outreach  . . . . 129--138
                 Stephen Breyer   Serving America's Best Interests . . . . 139--143
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 138, Number 1, Winter, 2009

                      Anonymous   Dædalus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--3
      Patricia Meyer Spacks and   
               Leslie Berlowitz   Reflecting on the Humanities . . . . . . 5--7
             Don Michael Randel   The Public Good: Knowledge as the
                                  Foundation for a Democratic Society  . . 8--12
              Richard J. Franke   The Power of the Humanities & a Challenge
                                  to Humanists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--23
                Edward L. Ayers   Where the Humanities Live  . . . . . . . 24--34
                 Francis Oakley   The Humanities in Liberal Arts Colleges:
                                  Another Instance of Collegiate
                                  Exceptionalism?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--51
                   Gerald Early   The Humanities & Social Change  . . . . . 52--57
                   Michael Wood   A World without Literature?  . . . . . . 58--67
                 Rosanna Warren   The Twelfth Day [poem] . . . . . . . . . 68--70
              Caroline W. Bynum   Perspectives, Connections & Objects,
                                  What's Happening in History Now? . . . . 71--86
                Anthony Grafton   Apocalypse in the Stacks? The Research
                                  Library in the Age of Google . . . . . . 87--98
             James J. O'Donnell   Engaging the Humanities: The Digital
                                  Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99--104
           Kay Kaufman Shelemay   Performing the Humanities at the
                                  Ethiopian Millennium . . . . . . . . . . 105--109
              Kathleen Woodward   The Future of the Humanities --- in the
                                  Present & in Public . . . . . . . . . . . 110--123
          Harriet Zuckerman and   
            Ronald G. Ehrenberg   Recent Trends in Funding for the
                                  Academic Humanities & Their Implications  124--146
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 138, Number 2, Spring, 2009

                     Sarah Song   What Does It Mean to Be an American? . . 1, 31--40
                      Anonymous   Journal of the American Academy of Arts &
                                  Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--4
                      Anonymous   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--5
                David Greenberg   Torchlight Parades for the Television
                                  Age: The Presidential Debates as
                                  Political Ritual . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--19
               Hsuan L. Hsu and   
                 Martha Lincoln   Health Media & Global Inequalities  . . . 20--30
     Jennifer Ratner-Rosenhagen   Anti-Intellectualism as Romantic
                                  Discourse  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--52
               Ajay K. Mehrotra   The Intellectual Foundations of the
                                  Modern American Fiscal State . . . . . . 53--62
                John Jacob Kaag   Pragmatism & the Lessons of Experience    63--72
             Christopher Klemek   The Rise & Fall of New Left Urbanism  . . 73--82
                   Jason Puskar   Risking Ralph Ellison  . . . . . . . . . 83--93
      Chip Colwell-Chanthaphonh   Reconciling American Archaeology & Native
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--104
               Sharon K. Weiner   Looking out, looking in: competing
                                  organizational interests & the
                                  proliferation of Soviet WMD expertise    105--114
              Paul K. MacDonald   Rebalancing American Foreign Policy  . . 115--125
            Crystal N. Feimster   General Benjamin Butler & the threat of
                                  sexual violence during the American
                                  Civil War  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--134
                   Arda Collins   From Speaking In The Fall  . . . . . . . 135--135
                Matthew Dickman   Divinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--137
              Dawn Lundy Martin   Excerpts from \booktitleDiscipline . . . 138--139
                Meghan O'Rourke   Ophelia To The Court . . . . . . . . . . 140--140
               Matthew Zapruder   The New Lustration . . . . . . . . . . . 141--142
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 138, Number 3, Summer, 2009

                      Anonymous   Journal of the American Academy of Arts &
                                  Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--3
                      Anonymous   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--6
                Hilary Rose and   
                    Steven Rose   The Changing Face of Human Nature  . . . 7--20
           Michael S. Gazzaniga   Humans: The Party Animal . . . . . . . . 21--34
               Robert B. Pippin   Natural & Normative . . . . . . . . . . . 35--43
                    Ian Hacking   Humans, Aliens & Autism . . . . . . . . . 44--59
                 Charles Darwin   Comparison of the Mental Powers of Man
                                  and the Lower Animals --- Continued  . . 60--67
                  Harriet Ritvo   Humans & Humanists  . . . . . . . . . . . 68--78
          Geoffrey Galt Harpham   How Do We Know What We Are? The Science
                                  of Language & Human Self-Understanding    79--91
           Kwame Anthony Appiah   Experimental Moral Psychology  . . . . . 92--102
                      Rita Dove   The Countess Shares Confidences over
                                  Karneval Chocolate . . . . . . . . . . . 103--104
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 138, Number 4, Fall, 2009

                      Anonymous   Journal of the American Academy of Arts &
                                  Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--4
           Steven E. Miller and   
                 Scott D. Sagan   Nuclear Power without Nuclear
                                  Proliferation? . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--18
          Richard K. Lester and   
                  Robert Rosner   The Growth of Nuclear Power: Drivers &
                                  Constraints  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--30
          Robert H. Socolow and   
               Alexander Glaser   Balancing Risk: Nuclear Energy & Climate
                                  Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--44
             Paul L. Joskow and   
                John E. Parsons   The Economic Future of Nuclear Power . . 45--59
             Harold A. Feiveson   A Skeptic's View of Nuclear Energy . . . 60--70
         José Goldemberg   Nuclear Energy in Developing Countries   71--80
                   John W. Rowe   Nuclear Power in a Carbon-Constrained
                                  World  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--90
                Anne Lauvergeon   The Nuclear Renaissance: an Opportunity
                                  to Enhance the Culture of
                                  Nonproliferation . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--99
             Richard A. Meserve   The Global Nuclear Safety Regime . . . . 100--111
                   Matthew Bunn   Reducing the Greatest Risks of Nuclear
                                  Theft & Terrorism . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--123
            Thomas C. Schelling   A World without Nuclear Weapons? . . . . 124--129
                      Paul Doty   The Minimum Deterrent & Beyond  . . . . . 130--139
                Sverre Lodgaard   Toward a Nuclear-Weapons--Free World . . 140--152
                       Sam Nunn   Taking Steps toward a World Free of
                                  Nuclear Weapons  . . . . . . . . . . . . 153--156
                 Scott D. Sagan   Shared Responsibilities for Nuclear
                                  Disarmament  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--168
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--171
                      Anonymous   Back Matter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Front Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??
                      Anonymous   Volume Information . . . . . . . . . . . ??


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 139, Number 1, Winter, 2010

             Pierre Goldschmidt   Multilateral Nuclear Fuel Supply
                                  Guarantees & Spent Fuel Management: What
                                  Are the Priorities?  . . . . . . . . . . 7--19
               George Perkovich   Global Implications of the U.S.--India
                                  Deal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--31
           Charles McCombie and   
                  Thomas Isaacs   The Key Role of the Back-End in the
                                  Nuclear Fuel Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . 32--43
            Siegfried S. Hecker   Lessons learned from the North Korean
                                  nuclear crises . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44--56
             Jayantha Dhanapala   The Management of NPT Diplomacy  . . . . 57--67
              William C. Potter   The NPT & the Sources of Nuclear
                                  Restraint  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--81
                Atsuyuki Suzuki   Toward a Robust Nuclear Management
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--92
              Mohamed I. Shaker   Nuclear Power in the Arab World & the
                                  Regionalization of the Nuclear Fuel
                                  Cycle: an Egyptian Perspective . . . . . 93--104
                   Abbas Maleki   Iran's Nuclear File: Recommendations for
                                  the Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--116
             Anatoly S. Diyakov   The Nuclear ``Renaissance'' & Preventing
                                  the Spread of Enrichment & Reprocessing
                                  Technologies: a Russian View . . . . . . 117--125
           Steven E. Miller and   
                 Scott D. Sagan   Alternative Nuclear Futures  . . . . . . 126--137
                      Anonymous   Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--140

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 139, Number 2, Spring, 2010

                Loren Ghiglione   Introduction: the future of news . . . . 5--7
                Herbert J. Gans   News & the news media in the digital age:
                                  implications for democracy . . . . . . . 8--17
     Kathleen Hall Jamieson and   
           Jeffrey A. Gottfried   Are there lessons for the future of news
                                  from the 2008 Presidential campaign? . . 18--25
                Robert H. Giles   New economic models for U.S. journalism  26--38
                  Jill Abramson   Sustaining quality journalism  . . . . . 39--44
                  Brant Houston   The future of investigative journalism   45--56
                 Donald Kennedy   The future of science news . . . . . . . 57--65
                Ethan Zuckerman   International reporting in the age of
                                  participatory media  . . . . . . . . . . 66--75
              Mitchell Stephens   The case for wisdom journalism --- and
                                  for journalists surrendering the pursuit
                                  of news  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76--88
                 Jane B. Singer   Journalism ethics amid structural change 89--99
               Michael Schudson   Political observatories, databases & news
                                  in the emerging ecology of public
                                  information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--109
                    Jack Fuller   What is happening to news? . . . . . . . 110--118
                 Paul Sagan and   
                   Tom Leighton   The Internet & the future of news . . . . 119--125
                     Susan King   The Carnegie-Knight Initiative on the
                                  Future of Journalism Education:
                                  improving how journalists are educated &
                                  how their audiences are informed . . . . 126--137
                Loren Ghiglione   Does science fiction --- yes, science
                                  fiction --- suggest suggest futures for
                                  news?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--150
                   Greg Delanty   In a Diner Above the Lamoille River
                                  [poem] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--151

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 139, Number 3, Summer, 2010

             Glenn C. Loury and   
                  Bruce Western   The challenge of mass incarceration in
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--7
             Glenn C. Loury and   
                  Bruce Western   Introduction: The challenge of mass
                                  incarceration in America . . . . . . . . 5--7
              Bruce Western and   
                   Becky Pettit   Incarceration & social inequality . . . . 8--19
          Robert J. Sampson and   
               Charles Loeffler   Punishment's place: the local
                                  concentration of mass incarceration  . . 20--31
           Candace Kruttschnitt   The paradox of women's imprisonment  . . 32--42
                  Jeffrey Fagan   The contradictions of juvenile crime &
                                  punishment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--61
               Marie Gottschalk   Cell blocks & red ink: mass
                                  incarceration, the great recession &
                                  penal reform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--73
               Lo\"\ic Wacquant   Class, race & hyperincarceration in
                                  revanchist America . . . . . . . . . . . 74--90
                 Jonathan Simon   Clearing the ``troubled assets'' of
                                  America's punishment bubble  . . . . . . 91--101
                   Nicola Lacey   American imprisonment in comparative
                                  perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102--114
             Mark A. R. Kleiman   Toward fewer prisoners & less crime . . . 115--123
            Robert Weisberg and   
                Joan Petersilia   The dangers of Pyrrhic victories against
                                  mass incarceration . . . . . . . . . . . 124--133
                 Glenn C. Loury   Crime, inequality & social justice  . . . 134--140
               Etheridge Knight   A Wasp Woman Visits a Black Junkie in
                                  Prison [poem]  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--142
                Lucille Clifton   Cruelty. don't talk to me about cruelty
                                  [poems]  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--144

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 139, Number 4, Fall, 2010

       Benjamin M. Friedman and   
                Robert M. Solow   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--8
           Benjamin M. Friedman   Is our financial system serving us well? 9--21
                Robert M. Solow   The bigger they are \ldots . . . . . . . 22--30
                 Luigi Zingales   Learning to live with not-so-efficient
                                  markets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--40
                Jeremy C. Stein   Securitization, shadow banking &
                                  financial fragility  . . . . . . . . . . 41--51
              Lucian A. Bebchuk   How to fix bankers' pay  . . . . . . . . 52--60
              Nolan McCarty and   
             Keith T. Poole and   
               Thomas Romer and   
               Howard Rosenthal   Political fortunes: on finance & its
                                  regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--73
              C. A. E. Goodhart   Lessons from the financial crisis for
                                  monetary policy  . . . . . . . . . . . . 74--82
                 Robert E. Hall   Fiscal stimulus  . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--94
              Edward L. Glaeser   Housing policy in the wake of the crash  95--106
              Barry Eichengreen   International financial regulation after
                                  the crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--114
                    Peter Temin   The Great Recession & the Great
                                  Depression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--124
             Alexander Hamilton   From the writings of Alexander Hamilton  125--126
                   Alice Notley   The Codex Eats Me [poem] . . . . . . . . 127--127


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 140, Number 1, Winter, 2011

                   Gerald Early   The Two Worlds of Race Revisited: a
                                  Meditation on Race in the Age of Obama   11--27
             John Hope Franklin   The Two Worlds of Race: a Historical
                                  View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--43
            Jeffrey B. Ferguson   Freedom, Equality, Race  . . . . . . . . 44--52
                   Daniel Geary   Racial Liberalism, the Moynihan Report &
                                  the ``Dædalus'' Project on ``The Negro
                                  American'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--66
           Waldo E. Martin, Jr.   Precious African American Memories,
                                  Post-Racial Dreams & the American Nation  67--78
               Glenda R. Carpio   Race & Inheritance in Barack Obama's
                                  ``Dreams from My Father''  . . . . . . . 79--89
                  Amina Gautier   On Post-Racial America in the Age of
                                  Obama  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90--94
                  Tommie Shelby   Justice & Racial Conciliation: Two
                                  Visions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--107
              Eric J. Sundquist   ``We dreamed a dream'': Ralph Ellison,
                                  Martin Luther King, Jr. & Barack Obama    108--124
             Clarence E. Walker   ``We're losing our country'': Barack
                                  Obama, Race & the Tea Party . . . . . . . 125--130
          Farah Jasmine Griffin   At Last \ldots?: Michelle Obama, Beyoncé,
                                  Race & History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--141
                 Werner Sollors   ``Obligations to Negroes who would be
                                  kin if they were not Negro'' . . . . . . 142--153
                  Korina Jocson   Poetry in a New Race Era . . . . . . . . 154--162
                        Hua Hsu   Seeing Jay-Z in Taipei . . . . . . . . . 163--173
             David A. Hollinger   The Concept of Post-Racial: How Its Easy
                                  Dismissal Obscures Important Questions   174--182
           James Alan McPherson   Pursuit of the ``Pneuma''  . . . . . . . 183--188

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 140, Number 2, Spring, 2011

               Lawrence D. Bobo   Somewhere between Jim Crow &
                                  Post-Racialism: Reflections on the
                                  Racial Divide in America Today . . . . . 11--36
              Douglas S. Massey   The Past & Future of American Civil
                                  Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--54
          William Julius Wilson   ``The Declining Significance of Race'':
                                  Revisited & Revised . . . . . . . . . . . 55--69
               James J. Heckman   The American Family in Black & White: a
                                  Post-Racial Strategy for Improving
                                  Skills to Promote Equality . . . . . . . 70--89
             Richard E. Nisbett   The Achievement Gap: Past, Present &
                                  Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90--100
             Michael J. Klarman   Has the Supreme Court Been More a Friend
                                  or Foe to African Americans? . . . . . . 101--108
                 Daniel Sabbagh   Affirmative Action: The U.S. Experience
                                  in Comparative Perspective . . . . . . . 109--120
            Rogers M. Smith and   
            Desmond S. King and   
             Philip A. Klinkner   Challenging History: Barack Obama &
                                  American Racial Politics . . . . . . . . 121--135
                      Taeku Lee   Somewhere Over the Rainbow? Post-Racial &
                                  Pan-Racial Politics in the Age of Obama  136--150
     Jennifer L. Hochschild and   
            Vesla M. Weaver and   
                    Traci Burch   Destabilizing the American Racial Order  151--165
       Jennifer A. Richeson and   
               Maureen A. Craig   Intra-minority Intergroup Relations in
                                  the Twenty-First Century . . . . . . . . 166--175
          Marcyliena Morgan and   
                 Dionne Bennett   Hip-Hop & the Global Imprint of a Black
                                  Cultural Form  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176--196
                 Cathy J. Cohen   Millennials & the Myth of the Post-Racial
                                  Society: Black Youth, Intra-generational
                                  Divisions & the Continuing Racial Divide
                                  in American Politics . . . . . . . . . . 197--205
           Alford A. Young, Jr.   The Black Masculinities of Barack Obama:
                                  Some Implications for African American
                                  Men  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206--214
                Roger Waldinger   Immigration: The New American Dilemma    215--225
                  Martha Biondi   Controversial Blackness: The Historical
                                  Development & Future Trajectory of
                                  African American Studies . . . . . . . . 226--237
                      Anonymous   Correction: ``We're losing our
                                  country'': Barack Obama, Race & the Tea
                                  Party  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238--238

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 140, Number 3, Summer, 2011

               William J. Perry   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--9
               David M. Kennedy   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--15
              Lawrence Freedman   The Counterrevolution in Strategic
                                  Affairs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--32
          Brian McAllister Linn   The U.S. Armed Forces' View of War . . . 33--44
              Thomas G. Mahnken   Weapons: The Growth & Spread of the
                                  Precision-Strike Regime  . . . . . . . . 45--57
              Robert L. Goldich   American Military Culture from Colony to
                                  Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58--74
           Lawrence J. Korb and   
                 David R. Segal   Manning & Financing the
                                  Twenty-First-Century All-Volunteer Force 75--87
           Deborah D. Avant and   
         Renée de Nevers   Military Contractors & the American Way
                                  of War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88--99
                  Jay M. Winter   Filming War  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--111
               James J. Sheehan   The Future of Conscription: Some
                                  Comparative Reflections  . . . . . . . . 112--121
             Andrew J. Bacevich   Whose Army?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--134
         Charles J. Dunlap, Jr.   The Military--Industrial Complex . . . . 135--147
              Martha E. McSally   Defending America in Mixed Company:
                                  Gender in the U.S. Armed Forces  . . . . 148--164
               Eugene R. Fidell   Military Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--178
                  Jonathan Shay   Casualties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--188

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 140, Number 4, Fall, 2011

                 David D. Clark   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--16
               John B. Horrigan   What are the Consequences of Being
                                  Disconnected in a Broadband-Connected
                                  World? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--31
               Helen Nissenbaum   A Contextual Approach to Privacy Online  32--48
                  Coye Cheshire   Online Trust, Trustworthiness, or
                                  Assurance? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--58
                 Vinton G. Cerf   Safety in Cyberspace . . . . . . . . . . 59--69
        Deirdre K. Mulligan and   
              Fred B. Schneider   Doctrine for Cybersecurity . . . . . . . 70--92
                   L. Jean Camp   Reconceptualizing the Role of Security
                                  User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93--107
           R. Kelly Garrett and   
                   Paul Resnick   Resisting Political Fragmentation on the
                                  Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--120
       Kay Lehman Schlozman and   
               Sidney Verba and   
                 Henry E. Brady   Who Speaks? Citizen Political Voice on
                                  the Internet Commons . . . . . . . . . . 121--139
                    Lee Sproull   Prosocial Behavior on the Net  . . . . . 140--153
                 Yochai Benkler   WikiLeaks and the PROTECT--IP Act: a New
                                  Public-Private Threat to the Internet
                                  Commons  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154--164
                Michael Longley   Notebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--165
                Michael Longley   Puff-Ball  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--165
                Michael Longley   Poems by Michael Longley . . . . . . . . 165--167
                Michael Longley   Firewood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166--166
                Michael Longley   Tongue Orchid  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--167


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 141, Number 1, Winter, 2012

                 Denis Donoghue   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--10
               William H. Chafe   The American Narrative: Is There One &
                                  What Is It?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11--17
              Laurence H. Tribe   America's Constitutional Narrative . . . 18--42
                   Peter Brooks   Narratives of the Constitutional
                                  Covenant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--51
                     Jay Parini   The American Mythos  . . . . . . . . . . 52--60
                  Rolena Adorno   On Western Waters: Anglo--American
                                  Nonfictional Narrative in the Nineteenth
                                  Century  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--75
             David A. Hollinger   The Accommodation of Protestant
                                  Christianity with the Enlightenment: an
                                  Old Drama Still Being Enacted  . . . . . 76--88
                Linda K. Kerber   Why Diamonds Really are a Girl's Best
                                  Friend: Another American Narrative . . . 89--100
           David Levering Lewis   Exceptionalism's Exceptions: The
                                  Changing American Narrative  . . . . . . 101--117
                 E. L. Doctorow   Narrative C  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--125
                       Gish Jen   Spooked  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--129
                   Michael Wood   The Other Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--138
                 William Ferris   Southern Literature: a Blending of Oral,
                                  Visual & Musical Voices . . . . . . . . . 139--153
            Charlotte Greenspan   Death Comes to the Broadway Musical  . . 154--159
               Lavinia Greenlaw   On the Mountain  . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--160
               Lavinia Greenlaw   Poems by Lavinia Greenlaw  . . . . . . . 160--161
               Lavinia Greenlaw   Otolith  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161--161

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 141, Number 2, Spring, 2012

              Robert W. Fri and   
           Stephen Ansolabehere   The Alternative Energy Future:
                                  Challenges for Technological Change  . . 5--9
         Michael Greenstone and   
                    Adam Looney   Paying Too Much for Energy? The True
                                  Costs of Our Energy Choices  . . . . . . 10--30
              Michael J. Graetz   Energy Policy: Past or Prologue? . . . . 31--44
             Joseph E. Aldy and   
              Robert N. Stavins   Using the Market to Address Climate
                                  Change: Insights from Theory & Experience 45--60
       Stephen Ansolabehere and   
               David M. Konisky   The American Public's Energy Choice  . . 61--71
               Daniel P. Schrag   Is Shale Gas Good for Climate Change?    72--80
                Ernest J. Moniz   Stimulating Energy Technology Innovation 81--93
                 Kassia Yanosek   Policies for Financing the Energy
                                  Transition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--104
            Mohamed T. El-Ashry   National Policies to Promote Renewable
                                  Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--110

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 141, Number 3, Summer, 2012

               Jerrold Meinwald   Prelude  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--7
              James F. Bell III   The Search for Habitable Worlds:
                                  Planetary Exploration in the 21st
                                  Century  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8--22
                    Terence Tao   E pluribus unum: From Complexity,
                                  Universality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--34
                 Paul L. McEuen   Small Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--44
               Daniel G. Nocera   Can We Progress from Solipsistic Science
                                  to Frugal Innovation?  . . . . . . . . . 45--52
              Nima Arkani-Hamed   The Future of Fundamental Physics  . . . 53--66
              Bonnie L. Bassler   Microbes as Menaces, Mates & Marvels  . . 67--76
                 Neil H. Shubin   Fossils Everywhere . . . . . . . . . . . 77--88
               Chris Somerville   Deciphering the Parts List for the
                                  Mechanical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--97
              Gregory A. Petsko   The Coming Epidemic of Neurologic
                                  Disorders: What Science Is --- and
                                  Should Be --- Doing About It . . . . . . 98--107
                   David Tilman   Biodiversity & Environmental
                                  Sustainability amid Human Domination of
                                  Global Ecosystems  . . . . . . . . . . . 108--120
               May R. Berenbaum   Postlude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--124

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 141, Number 4, Fall, 2012

                    Lee Epstein   On the Importance of Public Opinion  . . 5--8
           D. James Greiner and   
                 Kevin M. Quinn   Long Live the Exit Poll  . . . . . . . . 9--22
               James A. Stimson   On the Meaning & Measurement of Mood  . . 23--34
              Robert S. Erikson   Public Opinion at the Macro Level  . . . 35--49
          James N. Druckman and   
               Thomas J. Leeper   Is Public Opinion Stable? Resolving the
                                  Micro/Macro Disconnect in Studies of
                                  Public Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50--68
               Linda Greenhouse   Public Opinion & the Supreme Court: The
                                  Puzzling Case of Abortion  . . . . . . . 69--82
                  Diana C. Mutz   The Great Divide: Campaign Media in the
                                  American Mind  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--97
                 Gary M. Segura   Latino Public Opinion & Realigning the
                                  American Electorate  . . . . . . . . . . 98--113
                James L. Gibson   Being Free in Obama's America: Racial
                                  Differences in Perceptions of
                                  Constraints on Political Action  . . . . 114--129


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 142, Number 1, Winter, 2013

                  Robert W. Fri   The Alternative Energy Future: The Scope
                                  of the Transition  . . . . . . . . . . . 5--7
                 Hal Harvey and   
       Franklin M. Orr, Jr. and   
                 Clara Vondrich   A Trillion Tons  . . . . . . . . . . . . 8--25
            Jon A. Krosnick and   
                    Bo MacInnis   Does the American Public Support
                                  Legislation to Reduce Greenhouse Gas
                                  Emissions? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26--39
              Naomi Oreskes and   
                 Erik M. Conway   The Collapse of Western Civilization: a
                                  View from the Future . . . . . . . . . . 40--58
           Kelly Sims Gallagher   Why & How Governments Support Renewable
                                  Energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--77
               Thomas Dietz and   
              Paul C. Stern and   
                  Elke U. Weber   Reducing Carbon-Based Energy Consumption
                                  through Changes in Household Behavior    78--89
         Roger E. Kasperson and   
                  Bonnie J. Ram   The Public Acceptance of New Energy
                                  Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90--96
          Robert O. Keohane and   
                David G. Victor   The Transnational Politics of Energy . . 97--109
                 Dallas Burtraw   The Institutional Blind Spot in
                                  Environmental Economics  . . . . . . . . 110--118
             Ann E. Carlson and   
                  Robert W. Fri   Designing a Durable Energy Policy  . . . 119--128
         Michael H. Dworkin and   
         Roman V. Sidortsov and   
           Benjamin K. Sovacool   Rethinking the Scale, Structure & Scope
                                  of U.S. Energy Institutions  . . . . . . 129--145
         Rosina M. Bierbaum and   
               Pamela A. Matson   Energy in the Context of Sustainability  146--161
       Stephen Ansolabehere and   
                  Robert W. Fri   Social Sciences & the Alternative Energy
                                  Future . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162--171

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 142, Number 2, Spring, 2013

            Leslie C. Berlowitz   Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--5
             Norman J. Ornstein   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--8
             William A. Galston   The Common Good: Theoretical Content,
                                  Practical Utility  . . . . . . . . . . . 9--14
             Thomas E. Mann and   
             Norman J. Ornstein   Finding the Common Good in an Era of
                                  Dysfunctional Governance . . . . . . . . 15--24
                  Jeffrey Rosen   Can the Judicial Branch be a Steward in
                                  a Polarized Democracy? . . . . . . . . . 25--35
              Geoffrey R. Stone   The Supreme Court in the 21st Century    36--48
             Andrew A. Hill and   
               Leonard Wong and   
              Stephen J. Gerras   ``Self-Interest Well Understood'': The
                                  Origins & Lessons of Public Confidence in
                                  the Military . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--64
         Kathleen Hall Jamieson   The Challenges Facing Civic Education in
                                  the 21st Century . . . . . . . . . . . . 65--83
                 Mickey Edwards   What is the Common Good? The Case for
                                  Transcending Partisanship  . . . . . . . 84--94
                      Jim Leach   Citizens United: Robbing America of Its
                                  Democratic Idealism  . . . . . . . . . . 95--101
               Ralph Gomory and   
                  Richard Sylla   The American Corporation . . . . . . . . 102--118
                     Andy Stern   Unions & Civic Engagement: How the
                                  Assault on Labor Endangers Civil Society 119--138
              Peter Dobkin Hall   Philanthropy, the Nonprofit Sector & the
                                  Democratic Dilemma . . . . . . . . . . . 139--158
               Michael Schudson   Reluctant Stewards: Journalism in a
                                  Democratic Society . . . . . . . . . . . 159--176
                 Deborah Tannen   The Argument Culture: Agonism & the
                                  Common Good  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--184
                Amy Gutmann and   
                Dennis Thompson   Valuing Compromise for the Common Good   185--198
                 Howard Gardner   Reestablishing the Commons for the
                                  Common Good  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199--208
           Kwame Anthony Appiah   The Democratic Spirit  . . . . . . . . . 209--221

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 142, Number 3, Summer, 2013

              Douglas S. Massey   America's Immigration Policy Fiasco:
                                  Learning from Past Mistakes  . . . . . . 5--15
                    Nancy Foner   Immigration Past & Present  . . . . . . . 16--25
              Charles Hirschman   The Contributions of Immigrants to
                                  American Culture . . . . . . . . . . . . 26--47
               Marta Tienda and   
       Susana M. Sánchez   Latin American Immigration to the United
                                  States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--64
                 Victor Nee and   
                 Hilary Holbrow   Why Asian Americans are Becoming
                                  Mainstream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65--75
                  Audrey Singer   Contemporary Immigrant Gateways in
                                  Historical Perspective . . . . . . . . . 76--91
             Mary C. Waters and   
                Philip Kasinitz   Immigrants in New York City: Reaping the
                                  Benefits of Continuous Immigration . . . 92--106
                Helen B. Marrow   Assimilation in New Destinations . . . . 107--122
              Frank D. Bean and   
               Jennifer Lee and   
             James D. Bachmeier   Immigration & the Color Line at the
                                  Beginning of the 21st Century  . . . . . 123--140
    Rubén G. Rumbaut and   
              Douglas S. Massey   Immigration & Language Diversity in the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--154
                   Richard Alba   Schools & the Diversity Transition  . . . 155--169
           Alejandro Portes and   
                Adrienne Celaya   Modernization for Emigration:
                                  Determinants & Consequences of the Brain
                                  Drain  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170--184
       Michael Jones-Correa and   
                  Els de Graauw   The Illegality Trap: The Politics of
                                  Immigration & the Lens of Illegality  . . 185--198
       Karen Manges Douglas and   
           Rogelio Sáenz   The Criminalization of Immigrants & the
                                  Immigration-Industrial Complex . . . . . 199--227
   Cristina M. Rodríguez   Immigration, Civil Rights & the Evolution
                                  of the People  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228--241

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 142, Number 4, Fall, 2013

                   Gerald Early   Introduction: This is Our Music  . . . . 5--10
                  Patrick Burke   The Screamers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11--23
                      Mina Yang   Yellow Skin, White Masks . . . . . . . . 24--37
                David Robertson   Listening to the Now . . . . . . . . . . 38--44
                   Nadine Hubbs   Homophobia in Twentieth-Century Music:
                                  The Crucible of America's Sound  . . . . 45--50
                Ellie M. Hisama   The Ruth Crawford Seeger Sessions  . . . 51--63
                   Daniel Geary   ``The Way I Would Feel About San
                                  Quentin'': Johnny Cash & the Politics of
                                  Country Music  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--72
            Charlotte Greenspan   Hollywood as Music Museum & Patron:
                                  Bringing Various Musical Styles to a
                                  Wide Audience  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--81
                 Sherrie Tucker   Swing: From Time to Torque (Dance Floor
                                  Democracy at the Hollywood Canteen)  . . 82--97
                    Todd Decker   Fancy Meeting You Here: Pioneers of the
                                  Concept Album  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--108
              John H. McWhorter   Long Time, No Song: Revisiting Fats
                                  Waller's Lost Broadway Musical . . . . . 109--119
         Guthrie P. Ramsey, Jr.   A New Kind of Blue: The Power of
                                  Suggestion & the Pleasure of Groove in
                                  Robert Glasper's Black Radio . . . . . . 120--125
                  Ronald Radano   The Sound of Racial Feeling  . . . . . . 126--134
                 Terry Teachout   Satchmo's Shadow: an Excerpt from
                                  Satchmo at the Waldorf . . . . . . . . . 135--139
                    Vernon Duke   Excerpts from \booktitlePassport to
                                  Paris  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140--145
                    Weldon Kees   A Good Chord on a Bad Piano  . . . . . . 146--146


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 143, Number 1, Winter, 2014

                 Denis Donoghue   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--18
               J. Hillis Miller   What Ought Humanists To Do?  . . . . . . 19--34
                 Francis Oakley   Politics & Eternity . . . . . . . . . . . 35--45
                  Rachel Bowlby   ``Half Art'': Baudelaire's \booktitleLe
                                  Peintre de la vie moderne  . . . . . . . 46--53
                   Gillian Beer   Excerpts from \booktitleThe Waves, by
                                  Virginia Woolf . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54--63
          Patricia Meyer Spacks   The Power of Middlemarch . . . . . . . . 64--76
                    James Olney   Beckett's ``neither'' & Giacometti's
                                  \booktitleFigurine entre deux bo\^\ites
                                  qui sont des maisons . . . . . . . . . . 77--84
                   Ross Posnock   I'm Not There  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--95
                     Henri Cole   Louise Glück's ``Messengers'' . . . . . . 96--98
           Michael C. J. Putnam   Dido's Long Dying  . . . . . . . . . . . 99--106
           Karla F. C. Holloway   Beloved: America's Grammar Book  . . . . 107--114
          Scott Russell Sanders   Hooks Baited with Darkness . . . . . . . 115--122
                  Steven Marcus   On Reading & Rereading Freud's
                                  Introductory Lectures on Psychoanalysis  123--138

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 143, Number 2, Spring, 2014

             Elizabeth J. Perry   Growing Pains: Challenges for a Rising
                                  China  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--13
                 Barry Naughton   China's Economy: Complacency, Crisis &
                                  the Challenge of Reform  . . . . . . . . 14--25
               Deborah S. Davis   Demographic Challenges for a Rising
                                  China  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26--38
              Martin King Whyte   Soaring Income Gaps: China in
                                  Comparative Perspective  . . . . . . . . 39--52
               William C. Hsiao   Correcting Past Health Policy Mistakes   53--68
                Mark W. Frazier   State Schemes or Safety Nets? China's
                                  Push for Universal Coverage  . . . . . . 69--80
              Mary E. Gallagher   China's Workers Movement & the End of the
                                  Rapid-Growth Era . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--95
            Benjamin L. Liebman   Legal Reform: China's Law-Stability
                                  Paradox  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96--109
                    Guobin Yang   Internet Activism & the Party-State in
                                  China  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--123
                 Ching Kwan Lee   State & Social Protest  . . . . . . . . . 124--134
               Robert P. Weller   The Politics of Increasing Religious
                                  Diversity in China . . . . . . . . . . . 135--144
               William C. Kirby   The Chinese Century? The Challenges of
                                  Higher Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--156
            Jeffrey Wasserstrom   China & Globalization . . . . . . . . . . 157--169
            Joseph Fewsmith and   
                      Xiang Gao   Local Governance in China: Incentives &
                                  Tensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170--183
              Elizabeth Economy   Environmental Governance in China: State
                                  Control to Crisis Management . . . . . . 184--197

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 143, Number 3, Summer, 2014

               Linda Greenhouse   Introduction: The Invention of Courts    5--8
                  Judith Resnik   Reinventing Courts as Democratic
                                  Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9--27
               Jonathan Lippman   State Courts: Enabling Access  . . . . . 28--36
             Robert A. Katzmann   When Legal Representation is Deficient:
                                  The Challenge of Immigration Cases for
                                  the Courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--50
               Carol S. Steiker   Gideon's Problematic Promises  . . . . . 51--61
                 Jonathan Simon   Uncommon Law: America's Excessive
                                  Criminal Law & Our Common-Law Origins . . 62--72
             Deborah R. Hensler   Justice for the Masses? Aggregate
                                  Litigation & Its Alternatives . . . . . . 73--82
            Gillian K. Hadfield   Innovating to Improve Access: Changing
                                  the Way Courts Regulate Legal Markets    83--95
              Michael J. Graetz   Trusting the Courts: Redressing the
                                  State Court Funding Crisis . . . . . . . 96--104
              Frederick Schauer   Our Informationally Disabled Courts  . . 105--114
              Marc Galanter and   
              Angela M. Frozena   A Grin without a Cat: The Continuing
                                  Decline & Displacement of Trials in
                                  American Courts  . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--128
             Stephen C. Yeazell   Courting Ignorance: Why We Know So
                                  Little About Our Most Important Courts   129--139
                Susan S. Silbey   The Courts in American Public Culture    140--156
                   Jamal Greene   (Anti)Canonizing Courts  . . . . . . . . 157--167
                   Kate O'Regan   Justice & Memory: South Africa's
                                  Constitutional Court . . . . . . . . . . 168--178

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 143, Number 4, Fall, 2014

               Jerrold Meinwald   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--8
         Christopher C. Cummins   Phosphorus: From the Stars to Land & Sea  9--20
             John Meurig Thomas   Foresight, Unpredictability & Chance in
                                  Chemistry & Cognate Subjects  . . . . . . 21--30
                      Fred Wudl   The Bright Future of Fabulous Materials
                                  Based on Carbon  . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--42
                 Chaitan Khosla   The Convergence of Chemistry & Human
                                  Biology  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--48
                 K. N. Houk and   
                       Peng Liu   Using Computational Chemistry to
                                  Understand & Discover Chemical Reactions  49--66
           Jeremiah P. Ostriker   From the Atom to the Universe: Recent
                                  Astronomical Discoveries . . . . . . . . 67--70
                    Anna Frebel   Reconstructing the Cosmic Evolution of
                                  the Chemical Elements  . . . . . . . . . 71--80
Gáspár Áron Bakos   Exoplanets, 2003--2013 . . . . . . . . . 81--92
             Michael A. Strauss   Mapping the Universe: Surveys of the Sky
                                  as Discovery Engines in Astronomy  . . . 93--102
                 Scott Tremaine   The Odd Couple: Quasars & Black Holes . . 103--113
              Pieter van Dokkum   The Formation & Evolution of Galaxies . . 114--124
               David N. Spergel   Cosmology Today  . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--133


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 144, Number 1, Winter, 2015

                   Fred H. Gage   Neuroscience: The Study of the Nervous
                                  System & Its Functions  . . . . . . . . . 5--9
                Robert H. Wurtz   Brain Mechanisms for Active Vision . . . 10--21
             Thomas D. Albright   Perceiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--41
                 A. J. Hudspeth   The Energetic Ear  . . . . . . . . . . . 42--52
            Larry R. Squire and   
                 John T. Wixted   Remembering  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--66
          Brendon O. Watson and   
     György Buzsáki   Sleep, Memory & Brain Rhythms . . . . . . 67--82
               Emilio Bizzi and   
                 Robert Ajemian   A Hard Scientific Quest: Understanding
                                  Voluntary Movements  . . . . . . . . . . 83--95
               Joseph E. LeDoux   Feelings: What Are They & How Does the
                                  Brain Make Them? . . . . . . . . . . . . 96--111
             Earl K. Miller and   
            Timothy J. Buschman   Working Memory Capacity: Limits on the
                                  Bandwidth of Cognition . . . . . . . . . 112--122
          Terrence J. Sejnowski   Consciousness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123--132

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 144, Number 2, Spring, 2015

                   John W. Rowe   Successful Aging of Societies  . . . . . 5--12
               S. Jay Olshansky   The Demographic Transformation of
                                  America  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--19
           Robert A. Hummer and   
                Mark D. Hayward   Hispanic Older Adult Health & Longevity
                                  in the United States: Current Patterns &
                                  Concerns for the Future  . . . . . . . . 20--30
       Frank F. Furstenberg and   
     Caroline Sten Hartnett and   
               Martin Kohli and   
         Julie M. Zissimopoulos   The Future of Intergenerational
                                  Relations in Aging Societies . . . . . . 31--40
            Lisa F. Berkman and   
         Axel Boersch-Supan and   
              Mauricio Avendano   Labor-Force Participation, Policies &
                                  Practices in an Aging America:
                                  Adaptation Essential for a Healthy &
                                  Resilient Population . . . . . . . . . . 41--54
               Dawn C. Carr and   
             Linda P. Fried and   
                   John W. Rowe   Productivity & Engagement in an Aging
                                  America: The Role of Volunteerism  . . . 55--67
           S. Jay Olshansky and   
            Dana P. Goldman and   
                   John W. Rowe   Resetting Social Security  . . . . . . . 68--79
             David E. Bloom and   
              David Canning and   
                   Alyssa Lubet   Global Population Aging: Facts,
                                  Challenges, Solutions & Perspectives  . . 80--92
     Julie M. Zissimopoulos and   
            Dana P. Goldman and   
           S. Jay Olshansky and   
                John Rother and   
                   John W. Rowe   Individual & Social Strategies to
                                  Mitigate the Risks & Expand Opportunities
                                  of an Aging America  . . . . . . . . . . 93--102

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 144, Number 3, Summer, 2015

           Anna M. Michalak and   
           Christopher B. Field   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--6
       Christopher B. Field and   
               Anna M. Michalak   Water, Climate, Energy, Food:
                                  Inseparable & Indispensable . . . . . . . 7--17
                 Michael Witzel   Water in Mythology . . . . . . . . . . . 18--26
                   John Briscoe   Water Security in a Changing World . . . 27--34
           Adena R. Rissman and   
           Stephen R. Carpenter   Progress on Nonpoint Pollution: Barriers
                                  & Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--47
              Jerald L. Schnoor   Water Unsustainability . . . . . . . . . 48--58
        Katharine L. Jacobs and   
                    Lester Snow   Adaptation in the Water Sector: Science &
                                  Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--71
           Richard G. Luthy and   
                David L. Sedlak   Urban Water-Supply Reinvention . . . . . 72--82
              Terry L. Anderson   Dynamic Markets for Dynamic
                                  Environments: The Case for Water
                                  Marketing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--93
Charles J. Vörösmarty and   
             Michel Meybeck and   
         Christopher L. Pastore   Impair-then-Repair: a Brief History &
                                  Global-Scale Hypothesis Regarding
                                  Human--Water Interactions in the
                                  Anthropocene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94--109

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 144, Number 4, Fall, 2015

                   David Tilman   Food & Health of a Full Earth . . . . . . 5--7
               David Tilman and   
                  Michael Clark   Food, Agriculture & the Environment: Can
                                  We Feed the World & Save the Earth? . . . 8--23
              Catherine Bertini   Invisible Women  . . . . . . . . . . . . 24--30
           Jaquelyn L. Jahn and   
           Meir J. Stampfer and   
              Walter C. Willett   Food, Health & the Environment: a Global
                                  Grand Challenge & Some Solutions  . . . . 31--44
       Nathaniel D. Mueller and   
                    Seth Binder   Closing Yield Gaps: Consequences for the
                                  Global Food Supply, Environmental
                                  Quality & Food Security . . . . . . . . . 45--56
            Andrew Balmford and   
                 Rhys Green and   
                     Ben Phalan   Land for Food & Land for Nature?  . . . . 57--75
            G. Philip Robertson   A Sustainable Agriculture? . . . . . . . 76--89
               Brian G. Henning   The Ethics of Food, Fuel & Feed . . . . . 90--98


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 145, Number 1, Winter, 2016

             Yochai Benkler and   
                 David D. Clark   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--8
                 David D. Clark   The Contingent Internet  . . . . . . . . 9--17
                 Yochai Benkler   Degrees of Freedom, Dimensions of Power  18--32
              Peter T. Kirstein   Edge Networks & Devices for the Internet
                                  of Things  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--42
             Deborah Estrin and   
                      Ari Juels   Reassembling Our Digital Selves  . . . . 43--53
                   Susan Landau   Choices: Privacy & Surveillance in a Once
                                  & Future Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . 54--64
                 Zeynep Tufekci   As the Pirates Become CEOs: The Closing
                                  of the Open Internet . . . . . . . . . . 65--78
                   John Palfrey   Design Choices for Libraries in the
                                  Digital-Plus Era . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--86

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 145, Number 2, Spring, 2016

          Matthew S. Santirocco   Introduction: Reassessing Greece & Rome   5--19
                  Brooke Holmes   Tragedy in the Crosshairs of the Present 20--29
                  Shadi Bartsch   Roman Literature: Translation, Metaphor &
                                  Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30--39
                   Rachel Hadas   The New ``\booktitleBrothers Poem'' by
                                  Sappho . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40--40
                Emily Greenwood   Reception Studies: The Cultural Mobility
                                  of Classics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--49
             Caroline Alexander   On Translating Homer's \booktitleIliad   50--58
                 Phillip Mitsis   Philosophy & Its Classical Past . . . . . 59--67
           Michael C. J. Putnam   Explicating Catullus . . . . . . . . . . 68--68
                   Verity Platt   The Matter of Classical Art History  . . 69--78
               Roger S. Bagnall   Materializing Ancient Documents  . . . . 79--87
              Angelos Chaniotis   Memory, Commemoration & Identity in an
                                  Ancient City: The Case of Aphrodisias    88--100
                    Kyle Harper   The Environmental Fall of the Roman
                                  Empire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--111
              Malcolm H. Wiener   The Scientific Study of Antiquity  . . . 112--112
                 Ian Morris and   
                Walter Scheidel   What is Ancient History? . . . . . . . . 113--121
                Peter T. Struck   Classics: Curriculum & Profession . . . . 122--126
                  Gregory Crane   Greco--Roman Studies in a Digital Age    127--133

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 145, Number 3, Summer, 2016

                   Archie Brown   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--7
             Nannerl O. Keohane   Leadership, Equality & Democracy  . . . . 8--20
        S. Alexander Haslam and   
             Stephen D. Reicher   Rethinking the Psychology of Leadership:
                                  From Personal Identity to Social
                                  Identity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--34
                 Eric A. Posner   Presidential Leadership & the Separation
                                  of Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--43
               Michele L. Swers   Women & Legislative Leadership in the
                                  U.S. Congress: Representing Women's
                                  Interests in Partisan Times  . . . . . . 44--56
                   Robert Elgie   Varieties of Presidentialism & of
                                  Leadership Outcomes  . . . . . . . . . . 57--68
                  Eugene Huskey   Authoritarian Leadership in the
                                  Post-Communist World . . . . . . . . . . 69--82
              Barbara Kellerman   Leadership --- It's a System, Not a
                                  Person!  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--94
                  Alfred Stepan   Multiple but Complementary, Not
                                  Conflictual, Leaderships: The Tunisian
                                  Democratic Transition in Comparative
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--108
                   Archie Brown   Against the Führerprinzip: For Collective
                                  Leadership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109--123
                   Anthony King   In Favor of ``Leader Proofing''  . . . . 124--137

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 145, Number 4, Fall, 2016

                 Scott D. Sagan   Ethics, Technology & War  . . . . . . . . 6--11
                 Michael Walzer   Just & Unjust Targeted Killing & Drone
                                  Warfare  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12--24
            Michael C. Horowitz   The Ethics & Morality of Robotic Warfare:
                                  Assessing the Debate over Autonomous
                                  Weapons  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--36
                David P. Fidler   Just & Unjust War, Uses of Force &
                                  Coercion: an Ethical Inquiry with Cyber
                                  Illustrations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--49
               C. Robert Kehler   Nuclear Weapons & Nuclear Use . . . . . . 50--61
           Jeffrey G. Lewis and   
                 Scott D. Sagan   The Nuclear Necessity Principle: Making
                                  U.S. Targeting Policy Conform with
                                  Ethics & the Laws of War  . . . . . . . . 62--74
              Jennifer M. Welsh   The Responsibility to Protect after
                                  Libya & Syria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75--87
             Lloyd Axworthy and   
                 A. Walter Dorn   New Technology for Peace & Protection:
                                  Expanding the r2p Toolbox  . . . . . . . 88--100
               Jennifer Leaning   The Path to Last Resort: The Role of
                                  Early Warning & Early Action  . . . . . . 101--112
                   Keith Krause   From Armed Conflict to Political
                                  Violence: Mapping & Explaining Conflict
                                  Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--126
             Benjamin Valentino   Moral Character or Character of War?
                                  American Public Opinion on the Targeting
                                  of Civilians in Times of War . . . . . . 127--138


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 146, Number 1, Winter, 2017

                 Scott D. Sagan   The Changing Rules of War  . . . . . . . 6--10
        Laura Ford Savarese and   
               John Fabian Witt   Strategy & Entailments: The Enduring Role
                                  of Law in the U.S. Armed Forces  . . . . 11--23
                 Scott D. Sagan   The Face of Battle without the Rules of
                                  War: Lessons from Red Horse & the Battle
                                  of the Little Bighorn  . . . . . . . . . 24--43
           Joseph H. Felter and   
               Jacob N. Shapiro   Limiting Civilian Casualties as Part of
                                  a Winning Strategy: The Case of
                                  Courageous Restraint . . . . . . . . . . 44--58
                Allen S. Weiner   Just War Theory & the Conduct of
                                  Asymmetric Warfare . . . . . . . . . . . 59--70
               Tanisha M. Fazal   Rebellion, War Aims & the Laws of War . . 71--82
            Mark S. Martins and   
                Jacob Bronsther   Stay the Hand of Justice? Evaluating
                                  Claims that War Crimes Trials Do More
                                  Harm than Good . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--99
               Leslie Vinjamuri   The Distant Promise of a Negotiated
                                  Justice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--112
                     Seth Lazar   Evaluating the Revisionist Critique of
                                  Just War Theory  . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--124
             Antonia Chayes and   
                 Janne E. Nolan   What Comes Next  . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--138
                   Paul H. Wise   The Epidemiologic Challenge to the
                                  Conduct of Just War: Confronting
                                  Indirect Civilian Casualties of War  . . 139--154

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 146, Number 2, Spring, 2017

              Timothy J. Colton   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--7
              Timothy J. Colton   Paradoxes of Putinism  . . . . . . . . . 8--18
                  Valerie Bunce   The Prospects for a Color Revolution in
                                  Russia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--29
                  Henry E. Hale   Russian Patronal Politics Beyond Putin   30--40
                     Fiona Hill   The Next Mr. Putin? The Question of
                                  Succession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--52
                Brian D. Taylor   The Russian Siloviki & Political Change   53--63
                   Maria Popova   Putin-Style ``Rule of Law'' & the
                                  Prospects for Change . . . . . . . . . . 64--75
               Elena Chebankova   Ideas, Ideology & Intellectuals in Search
                                  of Russia's Political Future . . . . . . 76--88
               Marlene Laruelle   Is Nationalism a Force for Change in
                                  Russia?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--100
               Stanislav Markus   The Atlas That has Not Shrugged: Why
                                  Russia's Oligarchs are an Unlikely Force
                                  for Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101--112
               Samuel A. Greene   From Boom to Bust: Hardship,
                                  Mobilization & Russia's Social Contract   113--127
                Keith A. Darden   Russian Revanche: External Threats &
                                  Regime Reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . 128--141
            George W. Breslauer   Images of the Future . . . . . . . . . . 142--150

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 146, Number 3, Summer, 2017

           James S. Fishkin and   
                Jane Mansbridge   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--13
                     Claus Offe   Referendum vs. Institutionalized
                                  Deliberation: What Democratic Theorists
                                  Can Learn from the 2016 Brexit Decision  14--27
              Nicole Curato and   
             John S. Dryzek and   
             Selen A. Ercan and   
        Carolyn M. Hendriks and   
                 Simon Niemeyer   Twelve Key Findings in Deliberative
                                  Democracy Research . . . . . . . . . . . 28--38
                  Bernard Manin   Political Deliberation & the Adversarial
                                  Principle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--50
      Hél\`ens Landemore   Deliberative Democracy as Open, Not
                                  (Just) Representative Democracy  . . . . 51--63
               Arthur Lupia and   
                    Anne Norton   Inequality is Always in the Room:
                                  Language & Power in Deliberative
                                  Democracy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--76
                    Ian Shapiro   Collusion in Restraint of Democracy:
                                  Against Political Deliberation . . . . . 77--84
                Cristina Lafont   Can Democracy be Deliberative &
                                  Participatory? The Democratic Case for
                                  Political Uses of Mini-Publics . . . . . 85--105
André Bächtiger and   
                    Simon Beste   Deliberative Citizens, (Non)Deliberative
                                  Politicians: A Rejoinder . . . . . . . . 106--118
                      Alice Siu   Deliberation & the Challenge of
                                  Inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--128
               Cass R. Sunstein   Deliberative Democracy in the Trenches   129--139
           James S. Fishkin and   
         Roy William Mayega and   
              Lynn Atuyambe and   
           Nathan Tumuhamye and   
           Julius Ssentongo and   
                  Alice Siu and   
                 William Bazeyo   Applying Deliberative Democracy in
                                  Africa: Uganda's First Deliberative
                                  Polls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140--154
                 Baogang He and   
                 Mark E. Warren   Authoritarian Deliberation in China  . . 155--166

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 146, Number 4, Fall, 2017

            Karl Eikenberry and   
             Stephen D. Krasner   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--17
                James D. Fearon   Civil War & the Current International
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--32
             Bruce D. Jones and   
           Stephen John Stedman   Civil Wars & the Post-Cold War
                                  International Order  . . . . . . . . . . 33--44
                Stewart Patrick   Civil Wars & Transnational Threats:
                                  Mapping the Terrain, Assessing the Links 45--58
                Martha Crenshaw   Transnational Jihadism & Civil Wars . . . 59--70
               Paul H. Wise and   
                  Michele Barry   Civil War & the Global Threat of
                                  Pandemics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--84
           Sarah Kenyon Lischer   The Global Refugee Crisis: Regional
                                  Destabilization & Humanitarian Protection 85--97
             Vanda Felbab-Brown   Organized Crime, Illicit Economies,
                                  Civil Violence & International Order:
                                  More Complex Than You Think  . . . . . . 98--111
                 Hendrik Spruyt   Civil Wars as Challenges to the Modern
                                  International System . . . . . . . . . . 112--125
                 Stephen Biddle   Building Security Forces & Stabilizing
                                  Nations: The Problem of Agency . . . . . 126--138
                   William Reno   Fictional States & Atomized Public
                                  Spheres: A Non-Western Approach to
                                  Fragility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--151
           Aila M. Matanock and   
Miguel García-Sánchez   The Colombian Paradox: Peace Processes,
                                  Elite Divisions & Popular Plebiscites . . 152--166
                 Barry R. Posen   Civil Wars & the Structure of World Power 167--179
                      Anonymous   Correction Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . 168


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 147, Number 1, Winter, 2018

            Karl Eikenberry and   
             Stephen D. Krasner   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
               Francis Fukuyama   The Last English Civil War . . . . . . . 15
               Tanisha M. Fazal   Religionist Rebels & the Sovereignty of
                                  the Divine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
             Stathis N. Kalyvas   Jihadi Rebels in Civil War . . . . . . . 36
               Steven Heydemann   Civil War, Economic Governance & State
                                  Reconstruction in the Arab Middle East   48
            Charles T. Call and   
            Susanna P. Campbell   Is Prevention the Answer?  . . . . . . . 64
                  Sumit Ganguly   Ending the Sri Lankan Civil War  . . . . 78
                 Clare Lockhart   Sovereignty Strategies: Enhancing Core
                                  Governance Functions as a Postconflict &
                                  Conflict-Prevention Measure  . . . . . . 90
               Thomas Risse and   
               Eric Stollenwerk   Limited Statehood Does Not Equal Civil
                                  War  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
       Tanja A. Börzel and   
                    Sonja Grimm   Building Good (Enough) Governance in
                                  Postconflict Societies & Areas of Limited
                                  Statehood: The European Union & the
                                  Western Balkans  . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
              Seyoum Mesfin and   
          Abdeta Dribssa Beyene   The Practicalities of Living with Failed
                                  States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
                    Lyse Doucet   Syria & the CNN Effect: What Role Does
                                  the Media Play in Policy-Making? . . . . 141
          Nancy E. Lindborg and   
               J. Joseph Hewitt   In Defense of Ambition: Building
                                  Peaceful & Inclusive Societies in a World
                                  on Fire  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
              Richard Gowan and   
           Stephen John Stedman   The International Regime for Treating
                                  Civil War, 1988--2017  . . . . . . . . . 171
     Jean-Marie Guéhenno   The United Nations & Civil Wars . . . . . 185
         Stephen D. Krasner and   
                Karl Eikenberry   Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 147, Number 2, Spring, 2018

          Philip J. Deloria and   
      K. Tsianina Lomawaima and   
Bryan McKinley Jones Brayboy and   
            Mark N. Trahant and   
            Loren Ghiglione and   
              Douglas Medin and   
                  Ned Blackhawk   Unfolding Futures: Indigenous Ways of
                                  Knowing for the Twenty-First Century . . 6
Heidi Kiiwetinepinesiik Stark and   
              Kekek Jason Stark   Nenabozho Goes Fishing: a Sovereignty
                                  Story  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
               Amy E. Den Ouden   Recognition, Antiracism & Indigenous
                                  Futures: a View from Connecticut . . . . 27
 Rosita Kaaháni Worl and   
         Heather Kendall-Miller   Alaska's Conflicting Objectives  . . . . 39
   Noelani Goodyear-Ka`opua and   
           Bryan Kamaoli Kuwada   Making `Aha: Independent Hawaiian Pasts,
                                  Presents & Futures  . . . . . . . . . . . 49
           Nanibaa' A. Garrison   Genetic Ancestry Testing with Tribes:
                                  Ethics, Identity & Health Implications    60
           Arianne E. Eason and   
             Laura M. Brady and   
           Stephanie A. Fryberg   Reclaiming Representations & Interrupting
                                  the Cycle of Bias Against Native
                                  Americans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Bryan McKinley Jones Brayboy and   
          K. Tsianina Lomawaima   Why Don't More Indians Do Better in
                                  School? The Battle between U.S.
                                  Schooling & American Indian/Alaska Native
                                  Education  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
          Cheryl Crazy Bull and   
                Justin Guillory   Revolution in Higher Education: Identity
                                  & Cultural Beliefs Inspire Tribal
                                  Colleges & Universities . . . . . . . . . 95
              Philip J. Deloria   The New World of the Indigenous Museum   106
                Mark N. Trahant   The Story of Indian Health is
                                  Complicated by History, Shortages & Bouts
                                  of Excellence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
              Gary Sandefur and   
              Philip J. Deloria   Indigenous Leadership  . . . . . . . . . 124
                     Kyle Whyte   Critical Investigations of Resilience: a
                                  Brief Introduction to Indigenous
                                  Environmental Studies & Sciences  . . . . 136
                 Megan Bang and   
               Ananda Marin and   
                  Douglas Medin   If Indigenous Peoples Stand with the
                                  Sciences, Will Scientists Stand with Us? 148
          Teresa L. McCarty and   
        Sheilah E. Nicholas and   
            Kari A. B. Chew and   
            Natalie G. Diaz and   
          Wesley Y. Leonard and   
                 Louellyn White   Hear Our Languages, Hear Our Voices:
                                  Storywork as Theory and Praxis in
                                  Indigenous-Language Reclamation  . . . . 160

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 147, Number 3, Summer, 2018

              Robert I. Rotberg   Accomplishing Anticorruption:
                                  Propositions & Methods  . . . . . . . . . 5
                    Thomas Nash   Boss Tweed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
           Alina Mungiu-Pippidi   Seven Steps to Control of Corruption:
                                  The Road Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
                   Bo Rothstein   Fighting Systemic Corruption: The
                                  Indirect Strategy  . . . . . . . . . . . 35
               Michael Johnston   Reforming Reform: Revising the
                                  Anticorruption Playbook  . . . . . . . . 50
              Matthew M. Taylor   Getting to Accountability: a Framework
                                  for Planning & Implementing
                                  Anticorruption Strategies  . . . . . . . 63
                Paul M. Heywood   Combating Corruption in the Twenty-First
                                  Century: New Approaches  . . . . . . . . 83
            Susan Rose-Ackerman   Corruption & Purity . . . . . . . . . . . 98
                Zephyr Teachout   The Problem of Monopolies & Corporate
                                  Public Corruption  . . . . . . . . . . . 111
              Louise I. Shelley   Corruption & Illicit Trade  . . . . . . . 127
                   Mark L. Wolf   The World Needs an International
                                  Anti-Corruption Court  . . . . . . . . . 144
    Sérgio Fernando Moro   Preventing Systemic Corruption in Brazil 157
                 Sarah Bracking   Corruption & State Capture: What Can
                                  Citizens Do? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
               Rotimi T. Suberu   Strategies for Advancing Anticorruption
                                  Reform in Nigeria  . . . . . . . . . . . 184
                 Jon S. T. Quah   Combating Corruption in Asian Countries:
                                  Learning from Success & Failure . . . . . 202
                     Minxin Pei   How Not to Fight Corruption: Lessons
                                  from China . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 147, Number 4, Fall, 2018

      Shari Seidman Diamond and   
             Richard O. Lempert   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
                Sheila Jasanoff   Science, Common Sense & Judicial Power in
                                  U.S. Courts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
               Linda Greenhouse   The Supreme Court & Science: a Case in
                                  Point  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
      Shari Seidman Diamond and   
             Richard O. Lempert   When Law Calls, Does Science Answer? A
                                  Survey of Distinguished Scientists &
                                  Engineers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
                Jules Lobel and   
                      Huda Akil   Law & Neuroscience: The Case of Solitary
                                  Confinement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
       Rebecca S. Eisenberg and   
             Robert Cook-Deegan   Universities: The Fallen Angels of
                                  Bayh--Dole?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
              Jed S. Rakoff and   
            Elizabeth F. Loftus   The Intractability of Inaccurate
                                  Eyewitness Identification  . . . . . . . 90
            Jennifer L. Mnookin   The Uncertain Future of Forensic Science 99
           Joseph B. Kadane and   
            Jonathan J. Koehler   Certainty & Uncertainty in Reporting
                                  Fingerprint Evidence . . . . . . . . . . 119
              Nancy Gertner and   
                 Joseph Sanders   Alternatives to Traditional Adversary
                                  Methods of Presenting Scientific
                                  Expertise in the Legal System  . . . . . 135
        Daniel L. Rubinfeld and   
                   Joe S. Cecil   Scientists as Experts Serving the Court  152
            Valerie P. Hans and   
                Michael J. Saks   Improving Judge & Jury Evaluation of
                                  Scientific Evidence  . . . . . . . . . . 164
            David Baltimore and   
             David S. Tatel and   
               Anne-Marie Mazza   Bridging the Science--Law Divide . . . . 181


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 148, Number 1, Winter, 2018

               John G. Levi and   
            David M. Rubenstein   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
                Robert H. Frank   How Rising Income Inequality Threatens
                                  Access to the Legal System . . . . . . . 10
                 Lincoln Caplan   The Invisible Justice Problem  . . . . . 19
              David F. Levi and   
                 Dana Remus and   
                 Abigail Frisch   Reclaiming the Role of Lawyers as
                                  Community Connectors . . . . . . . . . . 30
            Gillian K. Hadfield   More Markets, More Justice . . . . . . . 37
            Rebecca L. Sandefur   Access to What?  . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
                 Tonya L. Brito   The Right to Civil Counsel . . . . . . . 56
               D. James Greiner   The New Legal Empiricism & Its
                                  Application to Access-to-Justice
                                  Inquiries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
              Andrew M. Perlman   The Public's Unmet Need for Legal
                                  Services & What Law Schools Can Do about
                                  It . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
               Sameer Ashar and   
                      Annie Lai   Access to Power  . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
                  Shani M. King   The Center on Children & Families . . . . 88
                 Tanina Rostain   Techno-Optimism & Access to the Legal
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
            Elizabeth Chambliss   Marketing Legal Assistance . . . . . . . 98
                 Luz E. Herrera   Community Law Practice . . . . . . . . . 106
               James J. Sandman   The Role of the Legal Services
                                  Corporation in Improving Access to
                                  Justice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
                 Margaret Hagan   Participatory Design for Innovation in
                                  Access to Justice  . . . . . . . . . . . 120
        Colleen F. Shanahan and   
              Anna E. Carpenter   Simplified Courts Can't Solve Inequality 128
                 Jo-Ann Wallace   Corporate Support for Legal Services . . 136
           Pascoe Pleasence and   
                Nigel J. Balmer   Justice & the Capability to Function in
                                  Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
             Kenneth C. Frazier   Why Big Business Should Support Legal
                                  Aid  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
                  Karen A. Lash   Executive Branch Support for Civil Legal
                                  Aid  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
                 Fern A. Fisher   Why Judges Support Civil Legal Aid . . . 171
               Robert W. Gordon   Lawyers, the Legal Profession & Access to
                                  Justice in the United States: a Brief
                                  History  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
                Nathan L. Hecht   The Twilight Zone  . . . . . . . . . . . 190

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 148, Number 2, Spring, 2019

               Gerald Early and   
                  Ingrid Monson   Why Jazz Still Matters . . . . . . . . . 5
          Farah Jasmine Griffin   Following Geri's Lead  . . . . . . . . . 13
                  Gabriel Solis   Soul, Afrofuturism & the Timeliness of
                                  Contemporary Jazz Fusions  . . . . . . . 23
           Christopher J. Wells   ``You Can't Dance to It'': Jazz Music
                                  and Its Choreographies of Listening  . . 36
             Kelsey A. K. Klotz   Dave Brubeck's Southern Strategy . . . . 52
                   Gerald Early   Keith Jarrett, Miscegenation & the Rise
                                  of the European Sensibility in Jazz in
                                  the 1970s  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
                    Judith Tick   Ella Fitzgerald & ``I Can't Stop Loving
                                  You'', Berlin 1968: Paying Homage to &
                                  Signifying on Soul Music . . . . . . . . 83
                   Krin Gabbard   La La Land Is a Hit, but Is It Good for
                                  Jazz?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
                  Ingrid Monson   Yusef Lateef's Autophysiopsychic Quest   104
                Carol A. Muller   Why Jazz? South Africa 2019  . . . . . . 115

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 148, Number 3, Summer, 2019

           Mich\`ele Lamont and   
                   Paul Pierson   Inequality Generation & Persistence as
                                  Multidimensional Processes: an
                                  Interdisciplinary Agenda . . . . . . . . 5
            David B. Grusky and   
              Peter A. Hall and   
              Hazel Rose Markus   The Rise of Opportunity Markets: How Did
                                  It Happen & What Can We Do? . . . . . . . 19
         Patrick Le Gal\`es and   
                   Paul Pierson   ``Superstar Cities'' & the Generation of
                                  Durable Inequality . . . . . . . . . . . 46
            Irene Bloemraad and   
              Will Kymlicka and   
           Mich\`ele Lamont and   
             Leanne S. Son Hing   Membership without Social Citizenship?
                                  Deservingness & Redistribution as Grounds
                                  for Equality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
         Leanne S. Son Hing and   
             Anne E. Wilson and   
           Peter Gourevitch and   
             Jaslyn English and   
                      Parco Sin   Failure to Respond to Rising Income
                                  Inequality: Processes That Legitimize
                                  Growing Disparities  . . . . . . . . . . 105
                Jane Jenson and   
         Francesca Polletta and   
                  Paige Raibmon   The Difficulties of Combating Inequality
                                  in Time  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
         Jennifer L. Hochschild   Political Inequality, ``Real'' Public
                                  Preferences, Historical Comparisons &
                                  Axes of Disadvantage . . . . . . . . . . 164
            Katherine S. Newman   New Angles on Inequality . . . . . . . . 173
                 Vijayendra Rao   Process-Policy & Outcome-Policy:
                                  Rethinking How to Address Poverty &
                                  Inequality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 148, Number 4, Fall, 2019

                 Sandy Baum and   
              Michael McPherson   Improving Teaching: Strengthening the
                                  College Learning Experience  . . . . . . 5
                Harry Brighouse   Becoming a Better College Teacher (If
                                  You're Lucky)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
           Mary Sue Coleman and   
             Tobin L. Smith and   
                Emily R. Miller   Catalysts for Achieving Sustained
                                  Improvement in the Quality of
                                  Undergraduate STEM Education . . . . . . 29
              Carl Edwin Wieman   Expertise in University Teaching & the
                                  Implications for Teaching Effectiveness,
                                  Evaluation & Training . . . . . . . . . . 47
           Beverly Daniel Tatum   Together and Alone? The Challenge of
                                  Talking about Racism on Campus . . . . . 79
                 Sylvia Hurtado   ``Now Is the Time'': Civic Learning for
                                  a Strong Democracy . . . . . . . . . . . 94
           Daniel I. Greenstein   The Future of Undergraduate Education:
                                  Will Differences across Sectors
                                  Exacerbate Inequality? . . . . . . . . . 108
               Sally G. Hoskins   CREATE a Revolution in Undergraduates'
                                  Understanding of Science: Teach through
                                  Close Analysis of Scientific Literature  138
           Thomas R. Bailey and   
              Clive R. Belfield   The False Dichotomy between Academic
                                  Learning & Occupational Skills  . . . . . 164
             Jennifer M. Morton   Mitigating Ethical Costs in the
                                  Classroom  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
         Benjamin Castleman and   
                Katharine Meyer   Financial Constraints & Collegiate
                                  Student Learning: A Behavioral Economics
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
                     Earl Lewis   Toward a 2.0 Compact for the Liberal
                                  Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
                 Sandy Baum and   
              Michael McPherson   The Human Factor: The Promise & Limits of
                                  Online Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 235


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 149, Number 1, Winter, 2020

         Nannerl O. Keohane and   
      Frances McCall Rosenbluth   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
              Dawn Langan Teele   Women & the Vote  . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
               Kira Sanbonmatsu   Women's Underrepresentation in the U.S.
                                  Congress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
              Rafaela Dancygier   Another Progressive's Dilemma:
                                  Immigration, the Radical Right & Threats
                                  to Gender Equality . . . . . . . . . . . 56
                    Susan Chira   Donald Trump's Gift to Feminism: The
                                  Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
             Torben Iversen and   
  Frances McCall Rosenbluth and   
           Òyvind Skorge   The Dilemma of Gender Equality: How
                                  Labor Market Regulation Divides Women by
                                  Class  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
            Jamila Michener and   
         Margaret Teresa Brower   What's Policy Got to Do with It? Race,
                                  Gender & Economic Inequality in the
                                  United States  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
                     Sara Lowes   Kinship Structure & Women: Evidence from
                                  Economics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
                Anita I. Jivani   Gender Lens to the Future of Work  . . . 134
                  Mala Htun and   
         Francesca R. Jensenius   Fighting Violence Against Women: Laws,
                                  Norms & Challenges Ahead  . . . . . . . . 144
               Anne Marie Goetz   The New Competition in Multilateral
                                  Norm-Setting: Transnational Feminists &
                                  the Illiberal Backlash . . . . . . . . . 160
                 Olle Folke and   
             Johanna Rickne and   
               Seiki Tanaka and   
                Yasuka Tateishi   Sexual Harassment of Women Leaders . . . 180
                   Nancy Folbre   Cooperation & Conflict in the Patriarchal
                                  Labyrinth  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
         Catharine A. MacKinnon   Equality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
                 Debora L. Spar   Good Fellows: Men's Role & Reason in the
                                  Fight for Gender Equality  . . . . . . . 222
             Nannerl O. Keohane   Women, Power & Leadership . . . . . . . . 236

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 149, Number 2, Spring, 2020

             Robert Legvold and   
           Christopher F. Chyba   Introduction: The Search for Strategic
                                  Stability in a New Nuclear Era . . . . . 6
               Steven E. Miller   A Nuclear World Transformed: The Rise of
                                  Multilateral Disorder  . . . . . . . . . 17
       Anya Loukianova Fink and   
                    Olga Oliker   Russia's Nuclear Weapons in a Multipolar
                                  World: Guarantors of Sovereignty, Great
                                  Power Status & More . . . . . . . . . . . 37
                         Li Bin   The Revival of Nuclear Competition in an
                                  Altered Geopolitical Context: a Chinese
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
                   Brad Roberts   On Adapting Nuclear Deterrence to Reduce
                                  Nuclear Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
               Linton F. Brooks   The End of Arms Control? . . . . . . . . 84
            Jon Brook Wolfsthal   Why Arms Control?  . . . . . . . . . . . 101
                  James Cameron   What History Can Teach . . . . . . . . . 116
                 James M. Acton   Cyber Warfare & Inadvertent Escalation    133
           Christopher F. Chyba   New Technologies & Strategic Stability    150
         Harald Müller and   
              Carmen Wunderlich   Nuclear Disarmament without the
                                  Nuclear-Weapon States: The Nuclear
                                  Weapon Ban Treaty  . . . . . . . . . . . 171
                   James Timbie   A Way Forward  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
                Nina Tannenwald   Life beyond Arms Control: Moving toward
                                  a Global Regime of Nuclear Restraint &
                                  Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
       Christopher F. Chyba and   
                 Robert Legvold   Conclusion: Strategic Stability & Nuclear
                                  War  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 149, Number 3, Summer, 2020

                    Robert Audi   Religion & Democracy: Interactions,
                                  Tensions, Possibilities  . . . . . . . . 5
                Kent Greenawalt   Democracy & Religion: Some Variations &
                                  Hard Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
                 Samuel Freeman   Democracy, Religion & Public Reason . . . 37
                  Paul Weithman   Liberalism & Deferential Treatment  . . . 59
                Cathleen Kaveny   The Ironies of the New Religious Liberty
                                  Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
              David E. Campbell   The Perils of Politicized Religion . . . 87
              Stephanie Collins   Are Organizations' Religious Exemptions
                                  Democratically Defensible? . . . . . . . 105
          Winfried Löffler   Secular Reasons for Confessional
                                  Religious Education in Public Schools    119
                  Lorenzo Zucca   Conscience, Truth & Action  . . . . . . . 135
                 T. Jeremy Gunn   Do Human Rights Have a Secular,
                                  Individualistic & Anti-Islamic Bias?  . . 148
             Jonathan A. Jacobs   Judaism, Pluralism & Public Reason  . . . 170
                 Colleen Murphy   Religion & Transitional Justice . . . . . 185
                   John E. Hare   Patriotism & Moral Theology . . . . . . . 201

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 149, Number 4, Fall, 2020

             Nancy L. Rosenblum   Introduction: Paths to Witnessing,
                                  Ethics of Speaking Out . . . . . . . . . 6
              Robert Jay Lifton   On Becoming Witnessing Professionals . . 25
                  Naomi Oreskes   What Is the Social Responsibility of
                                  Climate Scientists?  . . . . . . . . . . 33
              Robert H. Socolow   Witnessing for the Middle to Depolarize
                                  the Climate Change Conversation  . . . . 46
             Dennis F. Thompson   The Professional Ethics of Witnessing
                                  Professionals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
             Michael B. Gerrard   An Environmental Lawyer's Fraught Quest
                                  for Legal Tools to Hold Back the Seas    79
               Mark A. Mitchell   Racism as a Motivator for Climate
                                  Justice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
              Patrick L. Kinney   From Air Pollution to the Climate
                                  Crisis: Leaving the Comfort Zone . . . . 108
              Rebecca Henderson   Climate in the Boardroom: Struggling to
                                  Reconcile Business as Usual & the End of
                                  the World as We Know It  . . . . . . . . 118
                David W. Titley   Task Force Climate Change: a Patron
                                  Saint of Lost Causes, or Just Ahead of
                                  Its Time?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
                  Elke U. Weber   Seeing Is Believing: Understanding &
                                  Aiding Human Responses to Global Climate
                                  Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
               Jessica F. Green   Less Talk, More Walk: Why Climate Change
                                  Demands Activism in the Academy  . . . . 151
         Nancy L. Rosenblum and   
                 Rafe Pomerance   A Conversation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
                Carolyn Kormann   The Coral Is Not All Dead Yet  . . . . . 180
          Scott Gabriel Knowles   Slow Disaster in the Anthropocene: a
                                  Historian Witnesses Climate Change on
                                  the Korean Peninsula . . . . . . . . . . 192
              Antonio Oposa Jr.   Let Me Tell You a Story  . . . . . . . . 207


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 150, Number 01, Winter, 2021

                   Michael Wood   Introduction: In This World  . . . . . . 5
                   Lorrie Moore   What Is It Like to Write a Novel?  . . . 14
                 Franco Moretti   Two Theories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
                 Simon Goldhill   Finding the Time for Ancient Novels  . . 26
                Nancy Armstrong   Some Endangered Feeling  . . . . . . . . 40
           Ruth Bernard Yeazell   Henry James in --- and out of --- the
                                  Classroom  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
                 Sharon Cameron   The Hole in the Carpet: Henry James's
                                  \booktitleThe Bostonians . . . . . . . . 78
               Daphne A. Brooks   ``A Woman Is a Sometime Thing'':
                                  (Re)Covering Black Womanhood in
                                  \booktitlePorgy and Bess . . . . . . . . 98
                   Rey Chow and   
                  Austin Sarfan   We ``Other Victorians''? Novelistic
                                  Remains, Therapeutic Devices,
                                  Contemporary Televisual Dramas . . . . . 118
                Wai Chee Dimock   The Survival of the Unfit  . . . . . . . 134
                 Robyn Creswell   Poets in Prose: Genre & History in the
                                  Arabic Novel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
                Garrett Stewart   Organic Reformations in Richard Powers's
                                  \booktitleThe Overstory  . . . . . . . . 160
                     Eric Hayot   Video Games & the Novel . . . . . . . . . 178
             Jonathan Greenberg   Losing Track of Time . . . . . . . . . . 188

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 150, Number 2, Spring, 2021

              Douglas S. Massey   The Bipartisan Origins of White
                                  Nationalism  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--22
                  Zoltan Hajnal   Immigration & the Origins of White
                                  Backlash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--39
               Michael Hout and   
             Christopher Maggio   Immigration, Race & Political
                                  Polarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40--55
   Christopher Sebastian Parker   Status Threat: Moving the Right Further
                                  to the Right?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--75
             Ellis P. Monk, Jr.   The Unceasing Significance of Colorism:
                                  Skin Tone Stratification in the United
                                  States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76--90
        Cecilia Menjívar   The Racialization of ``Illegality''  . . 91--105
César Cuauhtémoc García Hernández   Criminalizing Migration  . . . . . . . . 106--119
             Mary C. Waters and   
                Philip Kasinitz   Race, Legal Status & Social Mobility  . . 120--134
        Roberto G. Gonzales and   
            Stephen P. Ruszczyk   The Legal Status Divide among the
                                  Children of Immigrants . . . . . . . . . 135--149
     Stephanie L. Canizales and   
             Jody Agius Vallejo   Latinos & Racism in the Trump Era . . . . 150--164
  Yajaira Ceciliano-Navarro and   
        Tanya Maria Golash-Boza   ''Trauma Makes You Grow Up Quicker'':
                                  The Financial & Emotional Burdens of
                                  Deportation & Incarceration . . . . . . . 165--179
                   Jennifer Lee   Asian Americans, Affirmative Action & the
                                  Rise in Anti-Asian Hate  . . . . . . . . 180--198
                   Richard Alba   The Surge of Young Americans from
                                  Minority-White Mixed Families & Its
                                  Significance for the Future  . . . . . . 199--214

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 150, Number 3, Summer, 2021

                   Mark Tushnet   Introduction: The Pasts & Futures of the
                                  Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . 5--16
               Peter L. Strauss   How the Administrative State Got to This
                                  Challenging Place  . . . . . . . . . . . 17--32
                Susan E. Dudley   Milestones in the Evolution of the
                                  Administrative State . . . . . . . . . . 33--48
                   Sean Farhang   Legislative Capacity & Administrative
                                  Power Under Divided Polarization . . . . 49--67
                 David E. Lewis   Is the Failed Pandemic Response a
                                  Symptom of a Diseased Administrative
                                  State? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--88
                Bernard W. Bell   Replacing Bureaucrats with Automated
                                  Sorcerers? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--103
                Cary Coglianese   Administrative Law in the Automated
                                  State  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--120
             Beth Simone Noveck   The Innovative State . . . . . . . . . . 121--142
               Aaron L. Nielson   Deconstruction (Not Destruction) . . . . 143--154
          Christopher J. Walker   Constraining Bureaucracy Beyond Judicial
                                  Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--171
                Avery White and   
                  Michael Neblo   Capturing the Public: Beyond Technocracy
                                  & Populism in the U.S. Administrative
                                  State  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172--187
             Jeremy Kessler and   
                  Charles Sabel   The Uncertain Future of Administrative
                                  Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--207
               Cass R. Sunstein   Some Costs & Benefits of Cost--Benefit
                                  Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208--219
                      Neomi Rao   The Hedgehog & the Fox in Administrative
                                  Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--241

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 150, Number 4, Fall, 2021

             Allen Isaacman and   
            Muchaparara Musemwa   Water Security in Africa in the Age of
                                  Global Climate Change  . . . . . . . . . 7--26
            Muchaparara Musemwa   Urban Struggles over Water Scarcity in
                                  Harare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--47
              Matthew V. Bender   Water for Bongo: Creative Adaptation,
                                  Resilience & Dar es Salaam's Water Supply 48--63
                Leila M. Harris   Everyday Experiences of Water
                                  Insecurity: Insights from Underserved
                                  Areas of Accra, Ghana  . . . . . . . . . 64--84
               Julie Livingston   Water Scarcity & Health in Urban Africa   85--102
                 Allen Isaacman   Cahora Bassa Dam & the Delusion of
                                  Development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103--123
            Stephan F. Miescher   Ghana's Akosombo Dam, Volta Lake
                                  Fisheries & Climate Change  . . . . . . . 124--142
               Jennifer L. Derr   The Dammed Body: Thinking Historically
                                  about Water Security & Public Health  . . 143--158
                Harry Verhoeven   The Grand Ethiopian Renaissance Dam:
                                  Africa's Water Tower, Environmental
                                  Justice & Infrastructural Power . . . . . 159--180
             Oscar Gakuo Mwangi   Hydropolitics versus Human Security:
                                  Implications of South Africa's
                                  Appropriation of Lesotho's Highlands
                                  Water  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181--193
                  Jyhjong Hwang   An Offer You Can Refuse: a Host
                                  Country's Strategic Allocation of
                                  Development Financing  . . . . . . . . . 194--219
                     Heinz Klug   Between Principles & Power: Water Law
                                  Principles & the Governance of Water in
                                  Post-Apartheid South Africa  . . . . . . 220--239
                Jackie King and   
                     Cate Brown   Africa's Living Rivers: Managing for
                                  Sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240--259
                Harry Verhoeven   Climate & Water in a Changing Africa:
                                  Uncertainty, Adaptation & the Social
                                  Construction of Fragile Environments . . 260--277


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 151, Number 1, Winter, 2022

              Bruce Western and   
                  Sukyi McMahon   Violence, Criminalization & Punitive
                                  Excess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--10
          Kellie Carter Jackson   The Story of Violence in America . . . . 11--21
                    Paul Butler   The Problem of State Violence  . . . . . 22--37
              Daniel W. Webster   Public Health Approaches to Reducing
                                  Community Gun Violence . . . . . . . . . 38--48
                David M. Hureau   Seeing Guns to See Urban Violence:
                                  Racial Inequality & Neighborhood Context  49--66
                   Micere Keels   Developmental & Ecological Perspective on
                                  the Intergenerational Transmission of
                                  Trauma & Violence . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--83
                 Beth E. Richie   The Effects of Violence on Communities:
                                  The Violence Matrix as a Tool for
                                  Advancing More Just Policies . . . . . . 84--96
               Barbara L. Jones   Faces of the Aftermath of Visible &
                                  Invisible Violence & Loss: Radical
                                  Resiliency of Justice & Healing . . . . . 97--106
         Khalil Gibran Muhammad   The Foundational Lawlessness of the Law
                                  Itself: Racial Criminalization & the
                                  Punitive Roots of Punishment in America  107--120
      Jennifer M. Chacón   Criminal Law & Migration Control: Recent
                                  History & Future Possibilities  . . . . . 121--134
      Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve   Due Process & the Theater of Racial
                                  Degradation: The Evolving Notion of
                                  Pretrial Punishment in the Criminal
                                  Courts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--152
                  Geoff K. Ward   Recognition, Repair & the Reconstruction
                                  of ``Square One''  . . . . . . . . . . . 153--169
                 Jonathan Simon   Knowing What We Want: a Decent Society,
                                  a Civilized System of Justice & a
                                  Condition of Dignity . . . . . . . . . . 170--180

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 151, Number 2, Spring, 2022

                  James Manyika   Getting AI Right: Introductory Notes on
                                  AI & Society  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--27
                 Nigel Shadbolt   ''From So Simple a Beginning'': Species
                                  of Artificial Intelligence . . . . . . . 28--42
                 Stuart Russell   If We Succeed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--57
                   Jeffrey Dean   A Golden Decade of Deep Learning:
                                  Computing Systems & Applications  . . . . 58--74
                    Kevin Scott   I Do Not Think It Means What You Think
                                  It Means: Artificial Intelligence,
                                  Cognitive Work & Scale  . . . . . . . . . 75--84
                 Li Fei-Fei and   
                 Ranjay Krishna   Searching for Computer Vision North
                                  Stars  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85--99
                    Daniela Rus   The Machines from Our Future . . . . . . 100--113
                   Kobi Gal and   
               Barbara J. Grosz   Multi-Agent Systems: Technical & Ethical
                                  Challenges of Functioning in a Mixed
                                  Group  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114--126
         Christopher D. Manning   Human Language Understanding & Reasoning  127--138
                     Yejin Choi   The Curious Case of Commonsense
                                  Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--155
                  Ermira Murati   Language & Coding Creativity  . . . . . . 156--167
                    Tobias Rees   Non-Human Words: On GPT-3 as a
                                  Philosophical Laboratory . . . . . . . . 168--182
     Blaise Agüera y Arcas   Do Large Language Models Understand Us?  183--197
                   Michele Elam   Signs Taken for Wonders: AI, Art & the
                                  Matter of Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198--217
                  Iason Gabriel   Toward a Theory of Justice for
                                  Artificial Intelligence  . . . . . . . . 218--231
                 John Tasioulas   Artificial Intelligence, Humanistic
                                  Ethics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232--243
                 Michael Spence   Automation, Augmentation, Value Creation
                                  & the Distribution of Income & Wealth  . . 244--255
             Laura D. Tyson and   
                    John Zysman   Automation, AI & Work . . . . . . . . . . 256--271
              Erik Brynjolfsson   The Turing Trap: The Promise & Peril of
                                  Human-Like Artificial Intelligence . . . 272--287
                   Eric Schmidt   AI, Great Power Competition & National
                                  Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288--298
                     Ash Carter   The Moral Dimension of AI-Assisted
                                  Decision-Making: Some Practical
                                  Perspectives from the Front Lines  . . . 299--308
              Cynthia Dwork and   
                   Martha Minow   Distrust of Artificial Intelligence:
                                  Sources & Responses from Computer Science
                                  & Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309--321
                Sonia K. Katyal   Democracy & Distrust in an Era of
                                  Artificial Intelligence  . . . . . . . . 322--334
Mariano-Florentino Cuéllar and   
                    Aziz Z. Huq   Artificially Intelligent Regulation  . . 335--347
                    Diane Coyle   Socializing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . 348--359
                 Helen Margetts   Rethinking AI for Good Governance  . . . 360--371
                  James Manyika   Afterword: Some Illustrations  . . . . . 372--379

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 151, Number 3, Summer, 2022

            Carin Berkowitz and   
            Norman Bradburn and   
             Robert B. Townsend   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--10
         Robert B. Townsend and   
                Norman Bradburn   The State of the Humanities circa 2022   11--18
                   Alan Liu and   
              Abigail Droge and   
             Scott Kleinman and   
             Lindsay Thomas and   
               Dan C. Baciu and   
                Jeremy Douglass   What Everyone Says: Public Perceptions
                                  of the Humanities in the Media . . . . . 19--39
                  Judith Butler   The Public Futures of the Humanities . . 40--53
                     Sara Guyer   Beyond the Survival of the Global
                                  Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54--67
            Carin Berkowitz and   
                 Matthew Gibson   Reframing the Public Humanities: The
                                  Tensions, Challenges & Potentials of a
                                  More Expansive Endeavor  . . . . . . . . 68--81
       George J. Sánchez   Opening the Humanities to New Fields &
                                  New Voices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--93
        Denise D. Meringolo and   
                   Lee Boot and   
     Denise Griffin Johnson and   
                Maureen O'Neill   Creating Knowledge with the Public:
                                  Disrupting the Expert/Audience Hierarchy 94--107
             Fath Davis Ruffins   Grassroots Museums & the Changing
                                  Landscape of the Public Humanities . . . 108--123
                  Susan Smulyan   Why Public Humanities? . . . . . . . . . 124--137
        Edward J. Balleisen and   
                      Rita Chin   The Case for Bringing Experiential
                                  Learning into the Humanities . . . . . . 138--152
               Roderick P. Hart   Communication & Media Arts: Of the
                                  Humanities & the Future . . . . . . . . . 153--165
               Jodi Magness and   
           Margaret M. Mitchell   Religious Studies & the Imagined
                                  Boundaries of the Humanities . . . . . . 166--179
           Kwame Anthony Appiah   Philosophy, the Humanities & the Life of
                                  Freedom  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180--193
                   Keith Wailoo   Patients Are Humans Too: The Emergence
                                  of Medical Humanities  . . . . . . . . . 194--205
              James O. Pawelski   The Positive Humanities: A Focus on
                                  Human Flourishing  . . . . . . . . . . . 206--221
             Dipesh Chakrabarty   Planetary Humanities: Straddling the
                                  Decolonial/Postcolonial Divide . . . . . 222--233

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 151, Number 4, Fall, 2022

             Henry E. Brady and   
           Kay Lehman Schlozman   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--24
                Sheila Jasanoff   The Discontents of Truth & Trust in 21st
                                  Century America  . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--42
             Henry E. Brady and   
                 Thomas B. Kent   Fifty Years of Declining Confidence &
                                  Increasing Polarization in Trust in
                                  American Institutions  . . . . . . . . . 43--66
          Robert J. Blendon and   
                 John M. Benson   Trust in Medicine, the Health System &
                                  Public Health  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--82
             C. Ross Hatton and   
           Colleen L. Barry and   
             Adam S. Levine and   
            Emma E. McGinty and   
                     Hahrie Han   American Trust in Science & Institutions
                                  in the Time of COVID-19  . . . . . . . . 83--97
              Naomi Oreskes and   
                 Erik M. Conway   From Anti-Government to Anti-Science:
                                  Why Conservatives Have Turned Against
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--123
                     Lee Rainie   Networked Trust & the Future of Media . . 124--143
               Michael Schudson   What Does ``Trust in the Media'' Mean?   144--160
               Tracey L. Meares   Trust & Models of Policing  . . . . . . . 161--176
                    Cary Wu and   
                Rima Wilkes and   
                David C. Wilson   Race & Political Trust: Justice as a
                                  Unifying Influence on Political Trust    177--199
                 Robert Wuthnow   Religion, Democracy & the Task of
                                  Restoring Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . 200--214
                  Margaret Levi   Trustworthy Government: The Obligations
                                  of Government & the Responsibilities of
                                  the Governed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215--233
            III Charles Stewart   Trust in Elections . . . . . . . . . . . 234--253
              Max Margulies and   
             Jessica Blankshain   Specific Sources of Trust in Generals:
                                  Individual-Level Trust in the U.S.
                                  Military . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--275


D{\ae}dalus
Volume 152, Number 1, Winter, 2023

              Margaret Levi and   
                Zachary Ugolnik   Mobilizing in the Interest of Others . . 7--18
              Samuel Bowles and   
                   Wendy Carlin   Foundations of an Expanded Community of
                                  Fate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--24
Mariano-Florentino Cuéllar   Reimagining Political Economy Without
                                  ``Yanking on a Thread before It's
                                  Ready''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--30
                   Jenna Bednar   Governance for Human Social Flourishing  31--45
                   Prerna Singh   All (Cautiously) Hail-and
                                  Scale-Community! . . . . . . . . . . . . 46--51
             III Joseph Kennedy   Power to Pursue Happiness  . . . . . . . 52--57
                  Alison Gopnik   Caregiving in Philosophy, Biology &
                                  Political Economy  . . . . . . . . . . . 58--69
           Anne-Marie Slaughter   Care Is a Relationship . . . . . . . . . 70--76
                Steven M. Teles   Egalitarian Pluralism  . . . . . . . . . 77--80
           Natasha Iskander and   
                   Nichola Lowe   Biophilic Institutions: Building New
                                  Solidarities between the Economy & Nature 81--93
             Eric D. Beinhocker   Biophilic Markets  . . . . . . . . . . . 94--99
               Julie Livingston   Biophilia & Military Degrowth . . . . . . 100--104
               John S. Ahlquist   Making Decent Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . 105--118
                   Suresh Naidu   Eudaimonic Jobs  . . . . . . . . . . . . 119--124
                Michelle Miller   Mutual Aid as Spiritual Sustenance . . . 125--130
           Richard M. Locke and   
              Ben Armstrong and   
   Samantha Schaab-Rozbicki and   
                  Geordie Young   Supply Chains & Working Conditions During
                                  the Long Pandemic: Lessons for a New
                                  Moral Political Economy? . . . . . . . . 131--142
                   Joshua Cohen   Doing Well by Doing Right  . . . . . . . 143--148
                  R. Alta Charo   Unchaining Workers . . . . . . . . . . . 149--153
              Grieve Chelwa and   
           Darrick Hamilton and   
                      Avi Green   Identity Group Stratification, Political
                                  Economy & Inclusive Economic Rights . . . 154--167
              Henry Farrell and   
                  Margaret Levi   Reducing the Transactional Value of
                                  Identity & Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168--173
                  Manuel Pastor   Neoliberal Fragility: Why It's So Hard
                                  for (Some) Economists to Talk about
                                  Racism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--178
                     Debra Satz   Democracy & ``Noxious'' Markets . . . . . 179--188
                 Marc Fleurbaey   Is There a Proper Scope for Markets? . . 189--193
                 Chloe Thurston   How Should We Govern Housing Markets in
                                  a Moral Political Economy? . . . . . . . 194--197
              Rebecca Henderson   Moral Firms? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198--211
                    Colin Mayer   Are Moral Firms Committed Firms? . . . . 212--216
                Margaret O'Mara   Can Firms Act Morally? . . . . . . . . . 217--224
              Henry Farrell and   
                Marion Fourcade   The Moral Economy of High-Tech Modernism 225--235
                     danah boyd   The Structuring Work of Algorithms . . . 236--240
             William H. Janeway   High-Tech Modernism: Limits & Extensions  241--244
          Federica Carugati and   
               Nathan Schneider   Governance Archaeology: Research as
                                  Ancestry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245--257
                   Lily L. Tsai   Taking Responsibility for Tomorrow:
                                  Remaking Collective Governance as
                                  Political Ancestors  . . . . . . . . . . 258--264
      Ann Pendleton-Jullian and   
               John Seely Brown   In Search of Ontologies of Entanglement  265--271

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 152, Number 2, Spring, 2023

          Jennifer M. Welsh and   
               Paul H. Wise and   
         Jaime Sepúlveda   Preface  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--12
             David Miliband and   
                      Ken Sofer   Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--21
         Anastasia Shesterinina   Identifying Contemporary Civil Wars'
                                  Effects on Humanitarian Needs, Responses
                                  & Outcomes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24--37
              Lawrence Freedman   Humanitarian Challenges of Great Power
                                  Conflict: Signs from Ukraine . . . . . . 40--51
               Ana Elisa Barbar   Challenges for Ethical Humanitarian
                                  Health Responses in Contemporary
                                  Conflict Settings  . . . . . . . . . . . 53--62
                  Keith Stanski   Humanitarian Health Responses in Urban
                                  Conflict Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70--82
              Sergio Aguayo and   
        Sandra Sepúlveda   The Great Evasion: Human Mobility &
                                  Organized Crime in Mexico & Its Borders   86--99
   Ann-Kristin Sjöberg and   
                   Mehmet Balci   In Their Shoes: Health Care in Armed
                                  Conflict from the Perspective of a
                                  Non-State Armed Actor  . . . . . . . . . 103--124
                   Larissa Fast   Governing Data: Relationships, Trust &
                                  Ethics in Leveraging Data & Technology in
                                  Service of Humanitarian Health Delivery  125--140
              Simon Bagshaw and   
              Emily K. M. Scott   Talk Is Cheap: Security Council
                                  Resolution 2286 & the Protection of
                                  Health Care in Armed Conflict  . . . . . 142--156
                 Dima M. Toukan   Localizing Responses to Gender-Based
                                  Violence: The Case of Women-Led
                                  Community-Based Organizations in Jordan  167--178
              Amanda Murdie and   
                  Morgan Barney   Localizing the NGO Delivery of Health
                                  from the Outside In  . . . . . . . . . . 181--196
               Paul H. Wise and   
          Jennifer M. Welsh and   
         Jaime Sepúlveda   Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210--215
                  Sergio Aguayo   La Gran Evasión: Migración y Crimen
                                  Organizado en México y sus Fronteras  . . i--xiv
            Svitlana Biedarieva   The Morphology of War I  . . . . . . . . 23
                   Mark Neville   Children from Bogdanovka inside Their
                                  Burnt-Out School Bus, Kyiv Region  . . . 39
                    Nina Murray   how to write a poem about Bucha  . . . . 52
                      Bina Shah   A Bird with One Wing . . . . . . . . . . 63--69
              Viet Thanh Nguyen   Excerpt from The Committed . . . . . . . 83--85
             Fouad M. Fouad and   
             Norbert Hirschhorn   Aleppo Diary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--102
                   Tariro Ndoro   Swept Away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
                Elliot Ackerman   An Evacuation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--166
                    ko ko thett   A survival guide for exiles  . . . . . . 179--180
                 Hajar Hussaini   Disbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--209
                Sergiy Maidukov   Izium  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
                Sergiy Maidukov   June 10  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

D{\ae}dalus
Volume 152, Number 3, Summer, 2023

               Walt Wolfram and   
     Anne H. Charity Hudley and   
        Guadalupe Valdés   Language & Social Justice in the United
                                  States: an Introduction  . . . . . . . . 5--17
                Anne Curzan and   
             Robin M. Queen and   
             Kristin VanEyk and   
      Rachel Elizabeth Weissler   Language Standardization & Linguistic
                                  Subordination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--35
                   Walt Wolfram   Addressing Linguistic Inequality in
                                  Higher Education: a Proactive Model  . . 36--51
        Guadalupe Valdés   Social Justice Challenges of Teaching
                                  Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52--68
              Wesley Y. Leonard   Refusing Endangered Languages Narratives 69--83
              Julia C. Fine and   
       Jessica Love-Nichols and   
              Bernard C. Perley   Climate & Language: an Entangled Crisis   84--98
              Jonathan Rosa and   
                  Nelson Flores   Rethinking Language Barriers & Social
                                  Justice from a Raciolinguistic
                                  Perspective  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99--114
        Aris Moreno Clemons and   
             Jessica A. Grieser   Black Womanhood: Raciolinguistic
                                  Intersections of Gender, Sexuality &
                                  Social Status in the Aftermaths of
                                  Colonization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--129
               Joyhanna Yoo and   
                 Cheryl Lee and   
               Andrew Cheng and   
                 Anusha \`Anand   Asian American Racialization & Model
                                  Minority Logics in Linguistics . . . . . 130--146
                   H. Samy Alim   Inventing ``the White Voice'': Racial
                                  Capitalism, Raciolinguistics & Culturally
                                  Sustaining Pedagogies  . . . . . . . . . 147--166
                     John Baugh   Linguistic Profiling across
                                  International Geopolitical Landscapes    167--177
               Sharese King and   
               John R. Rickford   Language on Trial  . . . . . . . . . . . 178--193
           Norma Mendoza-Denton   Currents of Innuendo Converge on an
                                  American Path to Political Hate  . . . . 194--211
         Anne H. Charity Hudley   Liberatory Linguistics . . . . . . . . . 212--226